Transcript
Document Separator
DSO00 Document ID Number
26837
I I I I I I I I I I I I
Site-specific Health and Safety Plan Hazardous Waste Operations
Shoreham Facility Canadian Pacific Railway Minneapolis, Minnesota
Prepared for Canadian Pacific Railway 105 South Fifth Street Minneapolis, MN 55402
I I I I I I I
Prepared by AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. 800 Marquette Avenue Suite 1200 Minneapolis, MN 55402 612-332-8326
July, 2002 Project No. 276320000
CPR-O021-1
I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I
Section: Signature Page Page: 1 of I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN FOR HAZARDOUS WASTE OPERATIONS AT SHOREHAM FACILITY CANADIAN PACIFIC RAILWAY MINNEAPOLIS, MN
REVIEW AND APPROVALS: Prepared by: N~me, Job Title Approved by: Certified Industrial Hygienist James N. Friedman, PE, ClH
Date
Project~a nagger~’~-
This Site-specific Health and Safety Plan has been developed in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120 and has been streamlined to avoid duplication of existing AMEC documents.
I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I I I
SECTION_
TITLE LIST OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4
tNTRODUCTtO.N General Information Site Description and Features Background/Site History Scope of Work/Planned Site Activities Scheduled On-site Personnel Personnel Responsibilities Required On-site Signage and Postings (Within Site Fence Line)
1.5 1.6 1.7
I
2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3
I i I
2.4
I
3.0 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 3.2. 3.2.1
I I I
3.2.2 3.2.3
I I
Section No.: Table of Contents Page: i of v
3.2.4
HAZARD EVALUATION Chemical Exposure Hazard Communication Physical, Biological, and Operational Hazards and Control Measures Hazard Analysis of Each Site Work Task PERSONNEL PROTECTION Administrative Controls Medical Surveillance Training Accident Prevention Safe Work Practices (See also Appendix C for SOPs) Logs, Reports, and Record Keeping Engineering Controls Barriers Containments Ventilation Dust Suppression
PAGE a-1
1 1 1 4 4 5 6 7
8 8 23 24 31 34 34 34 35 36 36 38 39 39 40 40 40
I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
SECTION 3.2.5 3.2.6 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5
4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3
I i i I i i
i
!
TITLE Rinsate Collection/Containment Noise Reduction Personal Pr~otective Equipment (PPE) Levels of Protection Chemical Cartridge Change Out Schedule PPE Donning/Doffing Procedure PPE Failure/Chemical Exposure PPE Inspection, Storage, and Maintenance
PAGE 40 41 41 41 44 44 45 45
SITE CONTROL Site Security Visitor Access Work Zones Communications
47
5.0 5.~ 5.2 5.3
AIR SURVEILLANCE OF VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS Type and Frequency of Monitoring Monitoring Instruments Action Levels
48 48 48 48
6.0 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4
DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES Personnel Decontamination Equipment Decontamination Emergency Decontamination Disposal Procedures
5O 5O 5O 51 51
7.0
SANITATION AND ILLUMINATION Sanitation Illumination
52 52 52
4.4
7.2
! i
Section No.: Table of Contents Page: ii of v
CPR-0021-1
46 46 46 46
I I I I I I I I I I I
i
Shoreham Fecility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Table of Contents iii of v
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
SECTION
TITLE_
PAGE
8.0
SPILL PREVENTION
53
9.0
EMERGENCY ~ACTIONS Preplanning and General Procedures Site-specific Response Scenarios
54
9.1 9.2 9.2.1 9.2.2 9.2.3 9.2.4 9.3 9.3.1 9.3.2 9.3.3 9.4 9.5 10.0
CPR-0021-1
Natural Disasters Weather-related Emergencies Spill and/or Discharge of Hazardous Materials Fire or Explosion Medical Emergency Response Clinic Hospital Bloodbome Pathogen Exposure Control Plan Accident Reporting and Record Keeping Emergency Reference List HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN ACCEPTANCE
54 56 56 56 56 57 58 58 58 59 61 62 65
I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Table of Contents Page: iv of v
LIST OF FIGURES
NUMBER 1 2 3
TITLE Property Location Map Site Areas Map Hospital Route Map
PAGE 2 3 63
LIST OF TABLES I
NUMBER
I
1 2 3 4
I I I I I I I I I
5
CPR-0021-1
TITLE
Site Characterization Chemical Hazard Properties and Exposure Information Physical, Biological and Operational Hazards Initial Assignments of Protection Levels, Training, and Medical Surveillance for Site Work Tasks Airbome Contaminant Action Levels
PAGE
9 11 24 42 49
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Table of Contents v of v
LIST OF APPENDICES i
NUMBER
I
A B
TITLE
MSDSs and Selected Chemical Data Sheets Project Forms a) EmployeeNisitor Daily Roster b) Site Visitor Health and Safety Orientation Form c) Subcontractor Health and Safety Orientation Form d) Tailgate Safety Meeting Report e) Instrument Calibration Log f) Machinery and Mechanized Equipment Certification Form g) Daily Drill Rig Checklist h) Site Air Surveillance Record i) Supervisor’s Report of Injury Or Illness j) First Aid Incident Report
k) Acciden~First Aid Incident Summary Log I) Incident Report m) Record of Change n) SHSC Biweekly Report C
Standard Operating Procedures for Site Activities
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: May 2002
Section No.: Page:
List of Acronyms 1 of 2
LIST OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
AMEC ANSI AST bgs CFR COCs CPR1 CPR2 CRZ dBA DCA DCE DRO DOT EC EPA EZ F FID FM FT ft fL/sec
GFCI GRO HASP HAZVVOPER
AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. Amedcan National Standards Institute Aboveground Storage Tank below ground surface Cod~ of Federal Regulations Contaminants of Concern Canadian Pacific Railway Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation Contamination Reduction Zone decibels (A-weighted scale) Dichloroethane Dichloroethene Diesel Range Organics Department of Transportation Emergency Coordinator U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Exclusion Zone Fahrenheit Flame Ionization Detector Field Manager Field Trailer Feet Feet per Second Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Gasoline Range Organics Health and Safety Plan
HBV HIV
Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response Hepatitis B Virus Human Immunodeficiency Virus
IDLH IDW IT Ibs
Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health Investigation-Derived Waste IT Corporation Pounds
CPR-O021-0
a-1
I I i I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facil~ Health and Safety Plan Date: May 2002
Section No.: Page:
LEL MPCA mph MSDS NE NIOSH
Lower Explosive Limit Minnesota Pollution Control Agency Miles per Hour Material Safety Data Sheet
O2 OSHA
Oxygen Occupational Safety and Health Administration
OZ
PCBs
Ounces Polychlodnated Biphenyls
PCP PE PID PM PPE ppm
Pentachlorophenol Polyethylene Photo Ionization Detector Project Manager Personal Protective Equipment Parts per Million
QA/QC ROC SAP SCBA
Quality Assurance/Quality Control Record of Change
SHE SHSC SOP SPF SZ TCA TCE TWA TZ UST V
List of Acronyms 2 of 2
Northeast National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
Sampling and Analysis Plan Self-contained Breathing Apparatus Safety, Health, and Environment Site Health and Safety Coordinator Standard Operating Procedure Sun Protection Factor Support Zone Trichloroethane Trichloroethene Time-weighted Average Transition Zone Underground Storage Tank vehicle
CPR-0021=0
a-2
I I ! I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
1.0
INTRODUCTION
1.1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Client: Canadian Pacific Railway (CPR1)
Text 1 of 68
Client Contact: LeeAnn Thomas (612) 347-8255
Site Name & Location: Shoreham Facility 27~ Avenue and Central Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55402 AMEC Field Manaqer (FM): Joe Renier (612) 252-3669
AMEC Project Mana,qer {PM) Tom Bader (612) 252-3657
AMEC Site Health and Safety Coordinator (SHSC): Jim Friedman (612) 252-3762
AMEC Corporate Safety, Health, and Environment Director: Denise Daggett (858) 458-9044 Ext 328 1.2
SITE DESCRIPTION AND FEATURES
This Health and Safety Plan (HASP) has been prepared to support site investigation field work at the Shoreham Facility Site (Site) located in Minneapolis, Minnesota. The Site is owned by Soo Line Railroad Company doing business as Canadian Pacific Railway (CPR1). The Site covers an area of approximately 230 acres and is located in the northeast portion of Minneapolis. The Site’s west to east dimension measures approximately 0.75 miles, and the western Site boundary is approximately 1.3 miles east of the Mississippi River (Figure 1). The Site is an active railroad Facility which includes, or has included, facilities such as office buildings, storage buildings, locomotive washing and repair facilities, refueling facilities, a round house, tool and work shops, and associated aboveground and underground storage tanks (ASTs and USTs, respectively). As depicted on the Site Location Map (Figure 1), the Site is bounded on the north by St. Anthony Parkway and Columbia Heights Park, on the east by Central Avenue NE, on the southeast by St. Anthony Cemetery and 28th Avenue NE, on the southwest by 27th Avenue NE, and on the west by University Avenue NE. Site features are illustrated in Figure 2.
I I
Section No.: Page:
CPR-0021-1
I I
FIGURE ~ PROPERTY LOCATION MAP flHOREHAM FACILITY
PREPARED FOR CANADIAN PACIFIC RAILWAY MINNEAPOLIS, MN
N I
ONE MILE
amec
Earth & Environmental
|
THIS DR.AVaNG IS ME PROP~RI~ OF AMEC Z&Z SEFMCES, INC AN{) IS NOT TO BE LOANED OR REPRO{)UC[D IN ANY WAY WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF AMEC E&E SERVICES, INC.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No,: Page:
Text 4 of 68
Land use surrounding the Site is mixed. Land north of the Site is used primarily for recreation. Mixed commercial and residential neighborhoods are present east of Central Avenue. St. Anthony Cemetery lies between 27th and 28th Avenues NE along the Site’s southern boundary. Further south, beyond the cemetery, lies a mixed neighborhood of residential houses and businesses. Areas located immediately to the west of the Site are dominated by commercial and industrial properties. Railroad tracks are active across the Site. Utilities are accessible at the Site, and a heated storage shed is at the Site for equipment and material storage.
1.3
BACKGROUND/SITE HISTORY
The Site has served as a railroad yard since the late 1800s, with portions of the Site having been leased at vadous times to independent operators. The Site has housed a number of facilities including office and storage buildings, train tracks and switching facilities, a locomotive repair shop, a wash facility, a chemical blending facility, gas stations, and refueling areas with fuel storage tanks. As a result of these activities soil and groundwater contamination has occurred with the primary contaminants of concem (COCs) being petroleum hydrocarbons, chlorinated solvents, and pentachlorophenol (PCP). At least 11 riifferent investigations have been conducted at the Site since 1987, incluriing studies by IT Corporation (IT), Barr Engineering (Barr), Braun, Blackhawk Geometrics (Blackhawk), Dames and Moore, Delta Environmental (Delta), the MPCA, Remediation Technologies Inc. (ReTec), Soil Exploration, and Wenck Associates (Wenck). Approximately 234 soil borings have been advanced, and 84 monitoring wells installed as a result of these studies. Reports produced from the investigations include preliminary environmental assessments, work plans, well abandonment reports, interim response action plans, Phase I and Phase II investigation reports, remedial investigation reports, soil and water impact assessments, quarterly monitoring reports, and corrective action reports. 1.4
SCOPE OF WORK/PLANNED SITE ACTIVITIES
Site investigation activities are ongoing and potential remediation activities may be occurring over a period of several years at the Site and may include: Collect soil samples using either truck-mounted hollow stem auger drill and splitspoon sampling, rotosonic drilling and continuous coring, or push probe sampling. Total depth of the borings may range from 10 feet (ft) to over 200 ft bgs. Groundwater is at approximately 35 to 40 ft bgs. Install and develop additional groundwater monitoring wells to depths ranging from 40 ft to over 200 ft bgs. Wells will be developed using a compressor or by a combination of pumping, bailing, and/or surging. Sample groundwater monitoring wells by hand bailing or pumping. Measure groundwater and product level using water/product level interface probes.
5. Trench with a backhoe to a depth of 10 to 15 ft bgs. Personnel entry into the trench is not anticipated or recommended. CPR-0021-1
I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 5 of 68
6. Decontaminate heavy equipment using a steam cleaner and a process of detergent wash, water rinse, solvent dnse, water rinse, and deionized water dnse. 7. Manage investigation-derived waste, including collection, segregation, labeling, handling, and inventorying of drums containing generated wastes and sample spoils, and poly tanks containing purge water. 8. Land survey monitoring well locations, soil boring locations, and Site structures. 9. Drill and sample private site and along and/or on public right-of-ways and roadways. 1.5
SCHEDULED ON-SITEPERSONNEL
Substitutions will be made with similarly qualified personnel; the Record of Change (ROC) must reflect all personnel changes (see Appendix B for form). SCHEDULED ON-SITE PERSONNEL*
I I I I I I I I
NAME
COMPANY
PROJECT ~TLE
Tom Bader
AMEC
Joe Renier Tim Lockrem
AMEC AMEC
Shoreham Facility Project Manager (PM) Shoreham Facility Field Manager (FM)
Robert Fr~kman Jim Fdedman Tom Hudrlik
AMEC AMEC AMEC
Site H&S Coordinator (SHSC) Technician
Tom McManus
AMEC
Technician
TBD TBD
Environmental Scientist(s)
TBD TBD
Equipment Operator(s) Land Surveyor(s)
Driller(s)
Note that all personnel arriving or departing the Site should log in and out on the EmployeeNisitor Daily Roster (Appendix B). A~I personnel requiring access to controlled work areas must have completed the Site-Specific training and medical administrative control requirements.
I I
Geologist/Site Manager Geologist/Site Manager
CPR-0021-1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
1.6
Section No.: Page:
Text 6 of 68
PERSONNEL RESPONSIBILmES
Corporate Safety, Health, and Environment Director (Corporate SHE Director) The Corporate SHE Director is responsible for the review and approval of the HASP and for coordinating the implementation of health and safety procedures through supervision/direction of the SHSC. In addition, the Corporate SHE is responsible for approval of all changes made to this HASP. Shoreham Facility Project Manager or Field Manager (PM or FM) The project or field manager (PM or FM) Is responsible for the following field activities: ¯ Enforce safe work practices. ¯ Ensure that daily tailgate meetings are conducted (either by the PM or FM, or a rotation of field team members and subcontractor team members). ¯ Serve as the Emergency Coordinator (EC) in emergency situations. ¯ Assume (or assign to a qualified person) the SHSC duties and responsibilities when the SHSC is not available. ¯ Conduct accident and near-miss investigations. Submit the Supervisor’s Report of Injury or Illness and First Aid Incident Report (Appendix B) to the Corporate SHE Director within 24 hours of a significant incident. Site Health and Safety Coordinator (SHSC) The SHSC reports jointly to the Corporate Safety, Health, and Environment Director (Corporate SHE Director) and the Field Manager (FM) for all aspects of the project and is the Ddmarv contact for health and safety during all field activities, including the following: ¯ Establish work zones, evacuation routes, and assembly areas. ¯ Make the day-to-day decision tb modify levels of protection provided in the Health and Safety Plan (HASP) based on site conditions or monitoring data. ¯ Provide necessary support to the Emergency Coordinator (see Project or Field Manager below). ¯ Stop all work if conditions are judged to be hazardous to on-site personnel or the public. ¯ Report and investigate accidents and near-misses to SHE Director. ¯
Document implementation of the HASP by maintaining the project health and safety files.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Text 7 of 68
Technical Staff AMEC and subcontracting personnel are responsible for the following: ¯ Comply with this HASP in its entirety. ¯ Be alert and take reasonable precautions to prevent injury to themselves and to fellow employees. ¯ Perform only tasks that they believe can be done safely. ¯ Report any accidents, near misses, and/or unsafe conditions to the SHSC or the FM. Subcontractors Subcontractors are responsible for the following: ¯ Ensure proper conduct of their personnel while on the Site. ¯ Ensure that personnel comply with this HASP. ¯ Notify the FM or SHSC of any special medical conditions that could be affected by site conditions (e.g., allergies, diabetes, etc.). ¯ Correct any unsafe acts/conditions that are identified by the PM, FM, or SHSC.
1.7
REQUIRED ON-SITE SIGNAGE AND POST/NGS (WITHIN SITE FENCE LINE)
The following information will be posted in AMEC’s field office or on-site facility (i.e., heated storage shed) in a conspicuous area, preferably near a telephone: ¯ Hospital Route Map ¯ Emergency Call List ¯ Matedal Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) Availability ¯ Location of OSHA 200 Log (centralized)
I
I
Section No.: Page:
CPR-0021-1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
2.0
Text 8 of 68
HAZARD EVALUATION
Chemical, physical, biological, and operational safety hazards anticipated during this project will be evaluated in the tables and sections that follow. The tables provide details that support the task-specific hazard analyses: ¯ Table 1 provides a site characterization overview of the COCs; ¯ ¯
Table 2 provides chemical properties and exposure assessment data; and Table 3 summarizes the physical and operational safety hazards and appropriate control measures. A hazard analysis of each Site work task and the list of protective measures completes this section of hazard evaluation. Further details of specific control measures for these hazards are presented in Section 3.0, Personnel Protection. 2.1
CHEMICAL EXPOSURE
The pdmary entry routes of potential contaminants and hazardous materials on the Site include inhalation of vapors and dusts, skin contact with contaminated materials, and ingestion of airborne dusts or materials from hand.to-mouth contact due to inadequate personal hygiene. To minimize these exposure pathways, the Site contractor will employ dust suppression techniques, and the SHSC or his/her designee will monitor for airborne contaminants in the work and perimeter areas as necessary. In addition, all required personal protective equipment (PPE) as specified in Section 2.4, Hazard Analysis of Each Site Work Task, will be worn, and personal hygiene will be carefully monitored. The following COCs under investigation may be present at the Site: ¯ Benzene ¯ Toluene
¯ Lead ¯ Naphthalene
¯ Ethylbenzene ¯ Xylene
¯ Styrene ¯ Trichloroethylene (TCE
¯ Gasoline (GRO) ¯ Diesel (DRO /
I I
Section No.: Page:
CPR-O021-1
¯ 2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol ¯ Trichloroethane (TCA)
¯ Dichloroethene (DCE) / ¯ Dichloroethane (DCA~ ¯ Pentachlorophenol (PCP) ¯ Vinyl Chloride ¯ 2,4-Dimethylphenol
I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 9 of 68
Table 1
SITE CHARACTERIZATION I ANTICIPATED PHYSICAL STATE OF CONTAMINANT(S): (X) Liquid (X) Solid
( ) Sludge (X) GasNapors
]
( ) Unknown
/MATRIX: (X) Surface soils (X) Soils at depth
l ( ) Surface water (X) Groundwater
(X) Free product
I POTENTIAL HAZARDOUS PROPERTIES: ( ) Corrosive ( ) Toxic ( ) Inert ( ) Asphyxiant
(X) Flammable/Combust. (X) Volatile (X) Carcinogenic ( ) Compressed gas
I ) Radioactive ) Reactive ) Unknown
I CONTAINER/STORAGE SYSTEM INFORMATION:
( ) Tanks (X) Drums for IDW.~ ( ) Pipes ( ) Quantity
( ) Landfills/Dumps ( ) Impoundments ( ) Size/capacity ~
( ) Surface
) Subsurface (X) (X) Tarped/bermed soil piles (X) Poly Tanks
Notes: Poly tanks are used for temporary storaf:le of purf:ie water after each qroundwater sampling event CONDITION OF CONTAINER/STORAGE SYSTEM(S): (X) Sound/Undamaged ( ) Deteriorated/Unsound
( ) Confirmed leaks ( ) Suspected leaks
(X) N/A ( ) Unknown
I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Table 1 (Continued) SITE CHARACTERIZATION IORIGIN OR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION OF CHEMICALS OF CONCERN: Industrial Process ( ) Manufacturing (X) Maintenance/Repair (X) Painting/Coating ( ) Power Generation
( )Prev. Use (X) Storage (X) Wood treating ( ) N/A
Chemicals Used or Identified ( ) Acids ( ) Caustics ( ) Halogen
(X) Metals (X) Pesticides (X) PCBs
(X) Phenols (X) Paints (X) Solvents
(X} Unleaded gasoline (X) Leaded Gasoline ) Jet Fuel
(X) Diesel fuel
OIIslFuels (X) Fuel Oil (X) Waste Oil (X) Hydraulic
Metal slodges Other:
Oily sludges
Septic sludges
Solids (X) Asbestos
I I I
Section No.: Page:
CPR-0021-1
Sandblast grit
(X) Landfill refuse
Text 10 of 68
Table 2 CHEMICAL HAZARD PROPERTIES AND EXPOSURE INFORMATION CHEMICAL NAME/ SYNONYM
ACGIH TLV Notations "I3NA
TLV Basis
OSHA PEL
STEL (ST) or CEILING
IDLH
IP(eV)
LE~ UEL
RoWe
ROUT~ SYSTEMS** Sym~oms
Acids
Acetic Acid
10 ppm
Animal carcinogen
Chromic Acid
0 05 mg/m~
Ceiling
Irritation
10 ppm
15 ppm
50ppm
1066
0.1 mg/m~
None
15mg]mz
NA
12.74
Inh Ing Con
Irdt eyes. nose, throat; eye, skin bums; derm; sldn sens, dental e{os~on, black skin, hy~erkeratos~s, lac; phar edema, c~ronic bron
Inh Ing Con
Irdl resp sys, nasal septum perf; I~’er, kidney damage; leu(:yt, leugen, mo~ocy, esims; eye inj, conj, skin ulcer, ser,s derm; [r.arc]
Inh Ing
lint nose. throat, larynx; cough, chod~ing; derm
Con Inh Ing Co~
Irr~ eyes, skin, mu~ memb; delayed gelm e~ema, pneuitis, bron; dental e~o~on
Ico~ (liq)
cough, foamy sputum, dysp, chest pain, oyan; liq:f~osd~e
NA/NA
Inh Ing
Itht eye, skin, r~se, throat; p~Jlrnonary edem,3, b~on; empt~y;
10 84 6.0oM36%
Inh Ing Con
Irdt eye, skin, upper [esp sys; head
4.0%/ (200°F): 19.9%
kidney
Hydrogen Chlodde (hydrochloric acid)
5 ppm (ceiling)
None
Irritation;
See ceilit~j
5 ppm ceiling
50ppm
Nitdc Acid
2ppm
None
Irritation;
2 ppm
4 ppm
25 ppm
0.1 ppm
02 ppm
2 ppm
NA./N A
NA~NA
pulmonary Phosgene
0.1 ppm
Sulfudc Acid
None
Suspected human carc in strong inorganic acid mist
anoxia: pulmonary edema Irdtatian; cancer (larynx)
11.55
None
Alcohols Methanol
200 ppm
Skin
Neuropathy; vision; CNS
200 ppm
Irritation
50 ppm
250 ppm
6,000 ppm
vomrl; ~ns dist, optic nerve damage (l~ir~ness), germ
Alkalies Ammonia
25 pprn
None
35 ppm
Page I of 12
300 ppm
10.18
15%J28%
Inh Ing Con
Irrit eyes, nose, throat; dysp, bronspas, c~est pain; pulm edema; p~nk frothy sp~lum; skin bums,
Table 2 (Continued)
CHEMICAL HAZARD PROPERTIES AND EXPOSURE INFORMATION CHEMICAL NAME] ACGIH TLV SYNONYM TWA Sodium Hydroxide 2 mgim~ (ceiling)
Notations
TLV Basis
OSHA PEL
STEL (ST) or CEILING 2 mg~m~
IDLH
ROUTE/SYSTEMS~ Symptoms
NA
LEL/ UEL NAfNA
5Oppm
13.60
5.6%/40%
Inh Abs Lng Con
Asp,by; weak, head, coaf; nau, vomlt ir~r. rate and depth of respiratio~ or respdabon slow and gasping; thyroid, tYood c~nanges
ND
ND
ND
Inh
lint eyes; atlergic derm, chloracne: po~yda; GI dish possible repro, terato effects; in animals: fiver, kidney damage: herno~; [carc|
10 mg/m3
None
Inflation
See ceiling
Skin
CNS; irdt; anoxia; lung; thyroid
See ceiling
5 mg/m~
25 mg/m~
4.7 ppm (ceiling)
Skin
CNS;irrit; anoxia;lung;
10 ppm
4.7 ppm
All routes of exposure shall be avoided None Established
None
Allroutes of
ND
IP(eV)
Route Inh Ing Con
Irdt eyes, skJn, muc memb; pneuitis; eye, skin burns; tern loss of hair
Cyanides Cyanide Sa~s (sodium, potassium, caldum)
Hydrogen Cyanide
(ceiling)
Dloxin & Furans Dioxin (aka: tet r achlo rodibenzo-pDioxin, TCDD) Tetrachlorodibenzofuran (TCDF)
None
NA
shaBbe avoided None establ~hed
log
ND
ND
ND
ND
Inh Abs
Higldy toxic, can injure skJn and hair, cause de~n~ht~s and anemia and damage the I~ver, teratngen
Con
Fuels 100 mg/m~
Skin
Methyl-ted Butyl Ether (MTBE)
40 ppm
Animal carcinogen
TPH (as gasoline)
300 ppm
Diesel Fuel
Irdtatien; dermatffis; lung Irritation; kidney; reproductive
5~0 ppm
None
1100 ppm
None
None
None listed
None listed
1.6%/ 84%
None
54)0 ppm
None
None listed
7.6%
CNS
None
1.1% 5.9%
Inh Ing Con Inh Abs log Con
paeu (aspir Nausea, vomiting, sedation; kidney damage; b~o~d cell hemolysJs, imt. to noise, throat, s~in, and cornea
Con k~ney damage [carc]
Page 2 of 12
Table 2 (Continued) CHEMICAL HAZARD PROPERTIES AND EXPOSURE INFORMATION CHEMICAL NAME/ ACGIH TLV NotaUons SYNONYM
TLV Basis
OSHA PEL
STEL (ST) Ol CE)LING
IDLH
IP(eV)
LEU UEL
Route
ROUTE/SYSTEMSSymptoms
Halogenated Aromatic Hydrocarbons Isopropylbenzeee (cumene]
50 ppm
None
Irritation, CNS
50 ppm [skin[
None
900 ppm
8.75
0.9%/ 6.5%
Skin, animal carcinogen
Irritation, liver
0.5 ppm {skin]
None
850 ppm
10.48
NPJNA
9.07
t 3%/ 9.6%
Halogenated Hydrocarbons Bromoform
05 ppm
10 ppm
75 pprn
Ch!oroform
10ppm
Animal carcinogen
Liver, reproductive
See ceiling
1,2-Dich!orobenzene
25 ppm
Notre
Irritation; liver
See ceiling
1,2-Dichloroethylene
200 ppm
None
Liver
200 ppm
Methylene Ch!odde {di~oromethane)
50 ppm
Animal
CNS; anoxia
25 ppm
05 ppm
Skin, human car~nogen
Cancer
1 ppm
Inh
kidney in|. Ir~ eyes, skin; d~z, mental dullness, nay. conf; he~d. fig, anes; enta~ged Hver; [c~rc]
500 ppm
200 ppm
9.06
22%/ 9.2%
1,000 ppm
9.65
5.6%/ 12.8%
75 ppm (ST)
2,300 ppm
11.32
13o/~23%
1 ppm
500 ppm
9.24
1 2°/0/ 7 78%
50 ppm
Irdt eyes, resp sys; CNS dep~es
Hydrocarbons, Aromatic Benzene
Ethy~benzene
100 ppm
100 ppm
125 ppm
CNS
Page 3 of 12
800 ~pm
8.76
0.8o/0/ 6.7%
Inh Abs Ing Con Inh leg Con
Irdt eyes, skin, nose, ~esp sys; gi~d; head, nau, staggered gait; depres; [carc] hrd eyes, skin, muc mernb; head~ derrn: narco, cc~na
Table 2 (Continued) CHEMICAL HAZARD PROPERTIES AND EXPOSURE INFORMATION CHEMICAL NAME/ ACGIH TLV SYNONYM Styrene (monomer) 20 ppm
Notations NoRe
TLV Basis
IDLH
100 ppm
STEL (ST) ol CEILING 200 ppm
700 ppm
8.40
CNS
5O ppm
150 ppm
500 ppm
8.82
11%/ 71%
Inh Abs Ing Con
Irrit eyes, nose; fig, weak, c~nf, euph, dlzz, head; dilated pupils,
CNS; blood
None (25 ppm NIOSH)
None
None
8.27
0 9%/ 64%
Inh thj
Ir~t eyes, skin. nose, throat, resp
100 ppm
150 ppm
1.1%/
Inh Abs Ing Con
Irdt eyes, skin, nose, throat; dizz,
Neuro-
OSHA PEL
IP(eV)
LEL/ UEL 0.9°,,{4 68%
Route
ROUTE/SYSTEMS’* Symptoms
CNS Toluene
50 ppm
Skin
Tdmethylbenzene mixed isomers)
25 ppm
None
Xylene (o, m, p)
100 ppm
None
Irritation
900 ppm
8.56
7.0%
head, drew, ftg, dizz, nau, inco;
Hydrocarbon~s, Polynuclear Naphthalene
PAHs (as coal tar pitch volatiles)
10 ppm
0.2 mg/m~
Skin
Irritation; ocular; blood
10 ppm
Human
15 ppm
250 ppm
812
0.9%~ 59%
None
80 mg/m~
Not
Not listed
carcinogen
Inh Abs thg
Irdt eyes; head, conf, e~citement, rnal; nau, rot, abd~rn pain; irdt I:dedde~, profuse sweat; jaun; hema, herr~j, renal shut~:~wn; Con den-n; opScal neurd~, corn damage Inh Derm, brom Icarc] Con
Metals ~uminum soluble salts) Arsenic (inorganic compounds) Barium (as sulfate)
2 rng/m~
None
0.01 rn~/m~
None
None
NA
0.5 mg/mz
0.002 rngJm~ [15 mini
5 rng/m3
NA
5 mg/mz (resp#able)
None
None determined
NA
(lung, skin); lung None iosis
Page 4 of 12
NPJNA
NNNA
Inh Ing Coa Inh Abs Ing Con Inh Con
Ulcerat~ of nasal septum, derm, GI disturbances, peri neut. resp irdt, hyperpig of skin, [car(:] Irnt eyes, nose, uppe~ resp sys; bemgn p~eumonlosis (bantos4s)
Table 2 (Continued) CHEMICAL HAZARD PROPERTIES AND EXPOSURE INFORMATION CHEMICAL NAME/ ACGIH TLV SYNONYM TWA Beryllium 0.002 mg/m~
Cadmium Dust and compounds Ca)cium (as suffate)
0.002 mg/m3 respirable 10rng/m3
Chromium Metal Chromium Vl compounds (insoluble)
001rng/m3
No~tions Human
ILV Basis Cander (lung);
0.005 mg]mz respirable
None
In,ration
5 mg/m~ (respirable)
None
None determined
Irrffaticn; dermatitis
1.0 mg/m~
None
250 rng/m~
Ceiling
0.1 mg/m~
15 rng/m~
None
100 mglm~
10 mg/m~
None
250 rng/mz
0.05 rog/m~
None
100 mg/mz
Irritation, r’r~t al fume fever CNS; lung, reproductive
15 nlg/m~
None
1 mg/m~
5 mg/m~ ceiling
CNS; kidney; reproductive
0.01 rog/mz
0.03 mgtm~
Suspected human carcinogen
kidney; metal fume fever
None
None Human carcinogen
OSHA PEL , STEL (ST) or CEILING 0.002 rng/m~ 001 mg/m3
irrffation
Copper (dusts and mists) Iron oxide (dust and fume)
5mg/m~
None
Lead, elemental and Inorganle compounds
0.05 m~m~
Animal
NA
NA/NA
10 mg/m3
None
Mar}ganese
0.2 mg/mz
None
0.025rng/m~
Skin
Page 5 of 12
Route Inh Con
Inh lag
ROUTE/SYSTEMS~ Symptoms Bee/I/~osis (chronic exposure); anor, Iow-mgt, weak, chest pain, co*Jgh, dubbing of flngers, cyan, pulm insufSdency; irnt eyes; derm Pulm e~rna, dysp. oaugh, chest tJghL subs pain; head; chills muse aches; nau, vomit, diarr; anon, emphy, p~oL mild ane~la; {c~arc}
Irnt eye~, skin; lung fib, sens derm
lint resp sys, nasal septum pad; liver, kidney damage; leucyL leupan, moaocy, eo~n; eye inj, conj; skin ulcer, se~s derm [carc]
NA/NA
NA
blood; kidney; reproductive
Magnesium (as oxide)
Mercury (inorganic forms including metallic mercury)
Pneumoconi osis
NA
LEU UEL NA/NA
fnh Ing Con
Infl eyes, nose, pha~nx; nasal ref; metat~Ic taste; derm; in an~a~s: lung. Liver kidney damage, anerak~
Inh
Benign pneumoconiosis w~th x-ray shadows ir~sfingulshat~e from fdbrotic p~ e~ moconio s~s(s~d e r osis)
Inh lag Con
Weak, lass, insotn; fadal paBo#; pal eye, anor, Iow-wgt malnul; constip, abdom pain, colic; anemia; gingiva] lead line; t~emor; para
NA 500 mg/m~
Inh Ing
NNNA
Table 2 (Continued) CHEMICAL HAZARD PROPERTIES AND EXPOSURE INFORMATION CHEMICAL NAME/ ACGIH TLV SYNONYM TWA Nickel Metal 1.5 rng/m~ inorganic 0 1 mg/m~ compounds Silver metal dust soluble compounds
(organic)
0.1 mgdm~ 0.01 mg/m3
Notations
TLV Basis
None
None
Arqyda (skin, eyes, membrane)
0.1 mg/m~
Skin
01 rng/m~
Skin
OSHA PEL
IDLH
0.1 mg/m~
STEL (ST) or CEILING None
10 mg/rn3
0.01 mg/mz
None
10 rng/mz
0.01 mglm~
None
15 m~m~
None
25 mg/m3
None
CNS,
IP(eV) NA
LEL/ UEL NAfNA
ROUTE] SYSTEMS~* Symptoms Inh Sens derm, allergic asthma, In9 ~u~s; [~c} Con
Route
Inh Ing Con
Blue, ray eyes. nasal, septum. throat, skin; irrit, ulceration skin; GI dist
Inh Abs Ing
Nau. diarr, abdo~n pain. vomit. pths~s strabismus; pa~ neuritis. tremor, retster tight, chest pain. Tpulm edema, sez chorea, psychobis, tivertXidney damage. atope~.a, pares legs
Varies
NA/NA
I O0 mgJm~
NA
NNNA
Ich Con
Irdt eyes. skin. resp sys; in animals: vomit, diarr, papa w/musc
35 rng/m~
NA
NA/NA
Inh Lng Con
Irdt eyes, skin, throat; gree~ tongue, m elz~tic taste, eczema; cough; fine rale~, wheez, bron,
NA
NA/NA
Inh Lng Coa
.A~bestosis (chrOnic exposure); dysp, interst=t~al fib, resthcted pu~m func~on; finger dubbing, irdt eyes;
NA/NA
tnh Con
Cough. dysphea (breathing difr~ulty), wheezing; decreased palrr~3nan/funct, pre~Jressk.e resp. symtoms (sdicosis); irritation eyes
irritation Tin, metal and oxide Vanadium
Zinc oxide (as dust)
0.05 mg/m~
10 mg/m~
None
Stannosis
None
Irritation; lung
See ceiling
None
Lung
5 mgJm~ (respirable dust)
respffable ceiling None
Particulates Asbestos
0.1flcc
ConSrmed human carcinogen
AsbestosL~; cancer
(quartz)
0.05 mg~m~ (respirable)
None
Silicosis; lung fibrosis; cancer
None %SIO2+2
Page 6 of 12
50 mg/m~
NA
Table 2 (Continued) CHEMICAL HAZARD PROPERTIES AND EXPOSURE INFORMATION ’ CHEMICAL NAME/ SYNONYM
ACGIH TLV TWA
Notations
TLV Basis
Pesticides (fungicides, insect~cides herbicides, roderd~cides) 0.25 mg~m~ Skin Liver
A~dfin
OSHA PEL
STEL (ST) CEILING
IDLH
IP(eV)
None
0.25 mgJm~
25 rng/m~
None
LEL/ UEL
2,4-D (dichlorophenox~yacetic acid)
10 mg/m~
None
Irritation
None
I 0 mg/m3
100 mg/m3
None
Chlordane
0.5 mg/m~
Skin
Sei-ures; liver
05 n~J/m3
None
100 mg~m~
None
NA~NA
1 mg/m3
Animal
Seizures;
None
1 mg/m~
None
NA~NA
DDT
Dielddn
0.25 mg/m~
Skin
LJveF, CNS
None
0.25 ~/m=~
O~quat (fesptiable}
0.1 mg/m~
Skin
trrit; eye
None
None
Enddn
0.1 rng/m~
Skin
CNS; liver
None
Heptac~or
0.05 mg/m~
Skin, an~nal carcinogen
CNS; liver; blood
Malathion
10 mg/m~
Skin
CholinergiC; CNS; neuropathy,
Route Inh Abs Ing Con Inh Abs Ing Con Inh Abs Ing Con Inh Ing Con
None
None
NNNA
0.1 mg/m~
None
NNNA
None
05 mg/m~
None
None
15 mcjlm~
None
"ND
Inh Abs Con Inh Abs Ing Con
NA/NA Abs Ing Con
Page 7 of 12
ROUTE/SYSTEMS** Symptoms
Head, dizz, n~u, vor~L real; myodonJc jerks of the limbs; don~c tonic consuls; coma. hem& azotern~a: [cam] Weak, stupor, t~peref]ex~, musc twdoh; convu~s, derm; in ammals:liver, kidney ~nj Blurred ~sion; conf, atax~, de~dum; co~Jgh; a b~/orn p~in, nau, vomiL diar[; linty, tremor, comtuls; anuda; in animals; lung, I~ver, kidney damage; [carc] I 1rdt eye~, sldn, pares tongue, lips, vomit: Icarc]
Table 2 (Continued) CHEMICAL HAZARD PROPERTIES AND EXPOSURE INFORMATION CHEMICAL NAME/ SYNONYM Paraquat (respirable)
ACGIH TLV Nota~ons TWA 0 1 rng/m~ None
TLV Basis
OSHA PEL No,qe
STEL (ST) or CEILING 0.5 r~j/m~
IDLH
IP(eV) None
inflation
Parathion
0 1 rng/m3
Skin
Chloinergic
None
0.15 mg/m3
10 rng/m3
St~chnine
0 15 n~j/m3
None
CNS
None
0.15 mg/m3
3 mg/m~
2, 4, 5T (2,4,5 trichIorophenoxyacetic acid) Waffadn
10 rng/m~
None
Irr~ation
10 mg/m~
None
250 mgJm~
None
LEL/ UEL NA/NA
NA/NA
Route Abs Ing Con Inh
Con Abs Ing Co~
None
NNNA log Con
0,1 mg/m~
None
Blood; bleeding
None
0 1 mg/m~
100 rng/m~
ROUTEr SYSTEMS** Symptoms
None
In ana]~als: ataxia; skin irdt, ac~elike rash, liver damage
Inh Ing
Phenols Phenol
5 ppm
Skin
Irritation; CNS; blood
5 ppm [skin]
Skin
Irritation, chloroacne; liver
1 rng/m~
Skin, animal carcinogen
Irritation, chloroac~e;
05 rng/m~
None
250 ppm
1.8%/ 8.6%
PCBs Potychlodnated Biphenyl (PCB) 42% chlorine) Polychlodnated Biphenyl (PCB)
0.5 mg/m~
5 rnglm~
ND
5 mgJm~
ND
Inh Abs
Irfil eye~, chlorac~e, liver damage, repro effects [carcJ
Con
None
54% chlorine)
Page 8 of 12
Inh Abs Ing Con
Irdt eyes, ~ac~e, liver damage, repro effects [carc]
Table 2 (Continued) CHEMICAL HAZARD PROPERTIES AND EXPOSURE INFORMATION CHEMICAL NAME/ ACGIH TLV SYNONYM TWA
TLV Basis
OSHA PEL
STEL (ST) or CEILING
IOLH
LEt_/ UEL
ROUTE/SYSTEMS*" Symptoms
Semivolatile Orgamcs Benzo(b)fluoranthene
None
Suspected humae
None
None
None
NA
Benzo(a)anthracene
None
Suspected
None
None
None
NA
Benzo(a)pyrene
None
carcinogen Suspected
None
None
None
NA
ChpJsene
None
None
None
None
NA
0.2 mg/mz
None
80 mg/m3
NA
1,000 ppm
750 ppm
2,500 ppm
9.69
10 ppm
10 ppm
200 ppm
5~ ppm
1 00 ppm
50 ppm
11.05
6.2% 16%
Inh Abs Lng Con
Irdt eyes, corn opac; CNS depres; nau, vomit; derm; liver, kidney, CVS damage; (carc)
5.6% 12.8%
Inh Ing Con
Irrit eyes, resp sys; CNS depres
114%
Lng
ND/ND
thh
NA/NA
Con thh
Coal tar pitch volatiles (as benzene solubles)
carcinogen Confinmed animal
Skin
0.2 rng/m~ carcinogen
NA/NA
See coal tar pitdn vo~atiles
Inh
Derm, bron, [carc]
Inh Ing Con Inh Abs Lng
Irrg eyes, nose throat; head, dizz, CNS depress: den~
Solvents Acetone
500 ppm
None
Carbon tetrachlobde
5 ppm
1,2~ichloroethane (ethylene dichloride) DCA
10 ppm
Skin, suspe~ed human carcinogen None
1,2~ichloroethylene (cts&trans DCE)
200 ppm
None
Liver
200 ppm
None
1,000 ppm
9.65
Methylethylketone
200 ppm
None
Irdtation, CNS
200 ppm
300 ppm
300 ppm
9.54
Irritation; narcosis; kidney
,500 pem
Stoddard Solvent
Tetrachloroethylene (Perc)
100 ppm 25 ppm
None
Animal
Irritation
25 ppm
310 ppm 100 ppm
3,400 ppm 150 ppm
2.5% 12.8% NNNA
ND 9.32
Ing Con
Page 9 of 12
Irdt eyes, skJn, CNS depres; nay, vomit, liver, kidney inj; drow, thzz, inco; [car(:]
c, hemic~l pneu (asp~r liq); in ani~nals; kidney damage
Table 2 (Continued)
CHEMICAL HAZARD PROPERTIES AND EXPOSURE INFORMATION CHEMICAL NAME/ ACGIH TLV SYNONYM "I3NA
Notations
350 ppm
None
Anesthesia; CNS
350 ppm
50 ppm
Not suspected human c~rc~nogen
CNS, headache, liver
100 ppm
(methyl chloroform) Tdchloroethylene (TCE)
ACGIH IDLH
LEL
NA
OSHA PEL
SXEL (ST) or CEILING 450 ppm
200 pprn (ceiling) 300 ppm (STEL 5 mins)
IBLH
LEL/ UEL 7.5%/ 12.5%
700 ppm
1,000 ppm
9.45
8°/0/ 10.5%
ROUT~ SYSTEMSSymptoms lint eyes, skin; head, lass, CNS deDres, poor equi, liver damage, den~, c~rd arrhy lint eyes, skin, head, vedi, ’,ffs dlst, fig, gidd, bemor, som, nau, vomit, [carc]
ND
None determined
ppm
Parts per million
Hygienists Immediately dangerous to life and health Ionization potential
NE
None established
STEL
Short-term exposure limit
NIOSH
TLV
ACGIH Threshold Limit Values
Lower explosive limit
OSHA
TPH
Total petroleum hydrocarbons
Milligrams per cubic meter
PAH
National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health Occupational Safety and Health Administration Polyaromatic hydrocarbon
TWA
Time weighted average
Not applicable
PEL
OSHA Permissible Exposure Limit
UEL
Upper explosive limit
Sources: The above information was derived from NIOSH Pocket Guide to Chemical Hazards, (June 1997). ACGIH Threshold Limit Values (2001).
Page 10 of 12
Table 2 (Continued) CHEMICAL HAZARD PROPERTIES AND EXPOSURE INFORMATION **ROUTEISYSTEMS ABBREVIATIONS: abdom=abdominal abdom=abdominal abnor=abnormal/abnormalitles album=albuminuria Abs=skin absorption aries=anesthesia
appre=apprehension arrhy=arrhythmias asphy=asphyxia aspir=aspiration asphy=asphyxia BP=blood pressure breath=breathing bron=bronchitis broncopneu=bronchopneumonia bronspas=bronchospasm BUN=blood urea nitrogen [carc]=carcinogen card=cardiac chol=cholinesterase cirr=cirrhosis CNS=central nervous system Con=contact conc=concentration conf=confusion conj=conjunctivitis constip=constipation convuls=convulsions CVS=cardiovascular system cyan=cyanosis depres=depressant derm=dermatitJs
diarr=diar[hea dist-disturbance dizz=dizziness drow=drowsiness dysfunc=dysfunction dysp=dyspnea emphy=emphysema equi=equilibdum eosin=eosinophilia epilep=epileptiform epis=epistaxis (nosebleed) eryt=-eryt hema euph=euphoria fail=failure fasc=fasciculation FEV=forced expiratory volume
Inh=inhalation insom=insomnia irreg=irregular irdt=irritant irrity=irdtability jaun=jaundice kera=keratitis (inflammation of the cornea) lac=lacrimation lar=laryngeal lass= ass rude (weakness, exhaustion) Leth=lethargy (drowsiness or indifference) leucyt=leukocytosis (increased blood /eukocyhis) /eupen=leukopenia li-head=lightheadedness
ftg=faligue func=function Gl=gastrointestinal gidd=giddiness halu=hallucinations head=headache hema-hematuda (b,~ed in the udne) hemato=hematopoietlc hemog=hemoglobinufia hemorr=-hemorrhage hyperpig=hyperpigmentation hypox=hypoxemia (reduced oxygen in the ict=icterus inco=incoordinatlon incr=-increase inebd=inebdation inflam=inflammation lng=ingestion
local=focalized mal=malaise (vague feeling of disoomfod) malnut=malnutritlon ment=mental methemo=rnethemoglobinemia monocy---monocytosis (increased t~ood monet,lie s) Molt=molten muc memb=mucous membrane musc=muscle narcS=narcosis nau=nausea BeG=necrosis neph=nephritis nerv=nervousness numb=numbness opac=opacity palp=palpitatidns
Page 11 of 12
para=paralysis pares=paresthesia perf=-perforaboR peri neur = peripheral neuropathy periob=periorbita] (utuated around the eye)
pha~phaP~ngeal photo=photophobla (abnormal v~sual inb~era nce to light) pig=pigmentation pneu=pneumonia pneuitis=pneumonffis PNS=pedpheral nervous system polneuFpolyneu ropat hy prot=proteinuda pulm=pulmonary RBC=red blood cell Repro=repoductive resp=respiratory restless=restlessness retster=-retrostemal (occurring behind the sternum) rhin=rhinorrhea (discharge of thin nasal salv=salivation sens=sensitizatlon sez=seizure short=shortness sneez=sneezing sol=solid soln=solution sore=somnolence (steepiness unnatural) subs=substernal (occumng beneath the sternum) sweat=sweating swell=swelling sys=system
Table 2 (Continued)
CHEMICAL HAZARD PROPERTIES AND EXPOSURE INFORMATION tacar=-tachycardia tend-~enderness terato=teratogenic throb-throbbing tight-~ightness
trachbronc=tracheobronchitis twitch=twitching
verb~edigo (an illus*on of n’,ovement) wheez=wheezing vesic=vesicutafion vis dist-visual disturbance vap-vapor vomit=vomiting venfib=ventricular fibrillation weak=weakness ¯ ACGIH TLVs and OSHA PELs are TWA concentrations that must not be exceeded duhng any 8-hour sh~ff or a 40-hour workweek. ¯ Ceiling concentrations.must not be exceeded during any pad of the workday; if instantaneous monitoring is not feasible, the ceiling must be assessed as a 15-minute TWA exposure. ¯ IDLH represents the maximum concentration from which, in the event of respiratory failure, one could escape within 30 minutes w~thout a respirator and without experiencing any escapeimpairing (e.g., severe irritation) or irreversible hea~th effects. ¯ Skin designates the potential for dermal absorption; skin exposure should be prevented. The value only represents inhalation hazards. ¯ "Ppm" is pads per million by volume and is not equivalent to a ppm by weight in soil value, e.g, mg~g. lPs (given in electron volt [ev] units) are presented for photoionization (PID) usefulness evaluation. The PID lamp should have an eV value grea’ler than the analyte it is detecting. 1- Exceeds PID detection capabilities.
Page 12 of 12
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
2.2
Text 23 of 68
HAZARD COMMUNICATION
In addition to the COCs, the following hazardous substances may reasonably be brought on the Site for investigation activities: ¯ Cyclohexane ¯ Methanol ¯ Gasoline Fuel
¯ Diesel Fuel ¯ Calibration gases
These hazardous materials are subject to the Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200); required MSDSs are presented in Appendix A. The hazardous materials must also be properly labeled with the identity of the hazardous chemical(s) contained within and the appropriate hazardous waming information. The above list must be updated by the SHSC and MSDSs must be obtained and filed for any additional hazardous substances brought onsite. For more information, see the Health, Safety and Emergency Response Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs), Hazard Communication Wdtten Program, in Volume VI of the AMEC Corporate SHE Manual. The SHSC or his/her designee must give all site visitors and employees (including subcontracted employees) a hazard communication orientation. This orientation will include instruction of chemical, physical, biological and operational safety hazards, and precautionary measures to be taken during normal operations and foreseeable emergencies, labeling practices, and location of MSDSs. Hazard communication to aforementioned parties is documented using the Health and Safety Orientation Forms presented in Appendix B. CPR1 shall supply MSDSs for hazardous materials in use by CPRI’s employees at the Site. The SHSC shall orientate AMEC employees/subcontractors as described above.
I I
Section No.: Page:
CPR-0021-1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 24 of 68
2.3 PHYSICAL, BIOLOGICAL AND OPERATIONAL HAZARDS AND CONTROL MEASURES Physical, biological and operational hazards identified or reasonably anticipated to be associated with site work tasks are provided in Table 3, along with a summary of specific control measures. More detailed discussions are provided in the Health, Safety, and Emergency Response SOPs in Volume VI of the AMEC Corporate SHE Manual. This referenced Volume of SOPs will remain on Site where work is being completed and in the custody of the SHSC or his/her designee.
Plazards
Table 3 PHYSICAL, BIOLOGICAL AND OPERATIONAL HAZARDS Preventative measures
E~ack Injuries duo to Improper Iftlng / Ergonomlc Stress
Use proper lifting techniques. Lift with the legs, not the back. Keep loads c~ose to the body and avoid twisting. Loads heavier than 50 pounds (Ibs) require a second person or mechanical device for lifting. Use mechanical devices such as drum dollies, hand trucks, and tool hoists (for I~ng augers) to lift or move heavy loads whenever possible. When working with a heavy tool or object, keep legs under the load and do not overreach or twist to the side. Reposltion body to be more square to the load and work. Push loads, rather than pull, whenever feasible.
Do not persist with Iiffing when the load is too heavy. Use a mechanical lifting aid or have a caworker assist with the lift. Rotate repetitive tasks to avoid soft-tissue fatigue. Falls from elevated surfaces
References: Safety SOP S-7, Fall Protection
Protect employees from falling off surfaces that have a side or an edge that is 6 ft or more above a lower level. Provide a safety harness and shock-absorbing lifeline or adequate fall protection. Employees must wear them when working 6 ft or higher above the platform or main work deck. Install either a guardrall system or fall arrest system that conforms to 29 CFR 1926.502 (d) and is approved by the Amedcan National Standards Institute (ANSI).
Noise
References: Health SOP H-10, Hearing Conservation Program
Wear headng protection when speech becomes difficult to understand at a distance of 2-3 ft and while standing within 20 to 25 ft from heavy equipment, pneumatic power tools, steam cleaners, and other equipment in operation that can generate more than 85 decibels (Aweighted scale) (dBA). Label equipment as a noise hazard if It generates, or is capable of generating, more than 85 dBA.
I I I I I I i I I I I I I I I i I i
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Hazards
Section No.: Page:
Text 25 of 68
Table 3 (Continued) PHYSICAL~ BIOLOGICAL AND OPERATIONAL HAZARDS Preventative measures
Biological agents
References: Emergency Response SOP ER-1, BIoodbome Pathogen Exposure Control, Poison Ivy, Oak, ~ and Sumac Field Guide
Project work will not expose workem to infectious agents or wastes; however, msponders to first aid incidents could contac~ bloodbome )athogens. Follow the Bloodbome Pathogen Control Plan in this Health and Safety Plan (HASP).
Identify personnel who are highly sensitive or allergic to insect bites or stings (from wasps, mosquitoes or other insects) dudng the "kickoff" meeting so that the appropdafa emergency treatment can be made available on-site. Never try to capture wild or semi-wild antmals-.-they may bite you or Infect you with pathogens. Poison Iw. Oak. and Sumac ¯ Review the Poison Iv’y, Oak, and Sumac Field Guide dudng daily tailgate safety meetings. Worker must be familiar with the appearance of these poisonous plants. If thera is accidental contact, carefully remove affected c~othing and wash skin with soap and warm water as soon as possible. Ticks
Tick parasites are commonly encountered in thick vegetation. Check yourself and cowarkers rogulady for feeding ticks. If a tick is located, remove it with tweezers and place in a vial. If irritation is felt or observed at the bite site, seek medical attention. Bdng in removed tick, If possible. Tick bites can lead to local infections at the bite site or result in potentially severe illnesses, such as Lyme Disease or Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever. Hanta Virus In areas with rodent infestation, the existence of Hanta virus must be discussed dudng the tailgate safety meetings. Hanta virus is carded by rodents, particularly deer mica. Exposure to the virus through contact with the rodents and their droppings can teed to a severe, often deadly illness in humans. Do not sweep up or disturb rodent droppings without an appropriate respirator. Do not eat food or drfnk beverages that have been exposed to rodents and/or their droppings. Cold stress
References: Health SOP H-3, Cold Stress Control
CPR-0021-1
Dudng tailgate safety meetings, train workers to recognize the signs and symptoms of cold stress illnesses: Frostbite - Skin color changes to white to reddish, pain followed by cold and numbness in the affected area(s); blisters may appear later. Hypothermia - Uncontrollable shivering, a sensation of feeling cold, a slowed and sometimes irregular heartbeat, a weakened pulse, and changes in blood pressure. More severe cases can result in slurred speech, memory lapses, incoherence, and drowsiness.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Hazards
Section No.: Page:
Text 26 of 68
Table 3 (Continued) PHYSICALr BIOLOGICAL AND OPERATIONAL HAZARDS Preventative measures
Cold stress (Continued)
Flrat ~ Frostbite - Cover the frozen body part, provide extra clothing and blankets, bdng the victim Indoors as soon as possible, place the frozen body part in worm woter (~100°F) or rawarm with worm packs. Seek medical assistance as soon as possible. Hypothermia - Get victim out of wind, snow, and rain. Keep person awoke. Remove any wet clothing and replace with dry, warm clothing. Wrap blanket around victim. If conscious, give vi~m sweet warm beveragas. Seek medical attention as soon as posstble. Prevention Provide shelter awoy from rain, snow, or wind for breaks, ins~uta a work-rest schedule in accordance with the standard operating procodura (SOP).
Drill Hgs and other heavy ~quipment operation
:Refs: Safety SOP S-4, Ddlllng Safety
Increase fluid intake t~ prevent dehydration. Ddnk warm, sweet, coffeine-fl’ee~ nonalcoholic ddnks or soup periodically. Owner/operator shall inspect equipment dally and keep daily logs. Con’ect all discrepanciee before placing equipment in service, Keep blades, buckets, and other heavy equlpment fully lowered when not in use. Parking brakes must be engaged. After working hours, bucket may be elevated If the locking pin Is In p~ace.
Never leave ddll rods or core ban’els balancing, leenlng, or otherwise unsecured on the dg. Chock or block the wheels of equipment parked on incJines. Set the parking brake. Never use equipment on unstable or unsafe inclines. Use hand signals, radios (as appropdata), and line-of-sight confirmation to communicate effe~vely with operators. Rail Facility and Vehicular Traffic
Rail Facility traffic at the Site is heavy and field personnel must continually be aware of trains while moving between work leeations. Site personnel must not step on rails due to the slip hazard this presents, walk across switches since they can be tdpped and catch and pin feet, and may not work at a well within 25 ft of tracks unless aided by a rail flagman. Site personnel should be keenly awore that moving trains can be almost silent and should take great care when crossing any tracks in a vehicle or on foot. Field personnel should also be constantly aware of trucks and other vehicles and must wear blaze orange hard hats and vests equipped with reflective tape so they are highly visible (in accordance with CPR~ health and safety procedures).
CPR-0021-1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shorehem Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Hazards
Section No,: Page:
Text 27 of 68
Table 3 (Continued) PHYSICAL, BIOLOGICAL AND OPERATIONAL HAZARDS Preventative measures
Electrocution
References: Safety SOP S-4, Ddlltng Safety; Safety SOP S-2, Control of Hazardous Energy; Safety SOP S-5, Electrical Safety Requirements for Work at Transformers
¯
Locate all underground power lines by geophysical methods. Review engineering drawings with appropriate CPR1 contact and/or site personnel. Confirm exact location of lines with hand tools, not heavy equipment. Wear rubber, Insulated protective gloves when hand digging or work on a rubber Insulating maL Do not work within 10 ft of high voltage electrical equipment having live exposed parts unless qualified, trained, and following safe work pra~cas per 29 CFR 1910.331-335. Leave at least 20 ft betv,~en ddlling masts and overhead power lines under 50 kilovolts, unless the lines have been de-energized and visibly grounded at the point of work, or are equipped with insulated berhers to prevent physical contact. Lower the ddlling mast before moving the dg any distance.
Lock-out and tag controls that will be deactivated for maintenance or work on energized or de-energized equipment or c~mults. Extension cords, powedelestdc tools, pumps, floodlights, and generators that lack double insulation must have grounding conductors that work. Use ground fault circuit Interrupters (GFCIs) on all 120-volt, 20-amp circuits. Never work on Site when there is a threat of lightning storms. Entanglement In rotating or moving equipment
References: Safety SOP S-4, ~dlllng Safety
Heavy Equipment and Vehicles
References: Daily Backhoe Checklist (Appendix B), Safety SOP S-13, Mobile and Stationary Mechanized Equipment
Never operate equipment without safety guards. Loose-fitting or dangling clothes, hair, and jewelry are prohibited. Stay clear of rotating augers and pinch points, such as cables and pulleys. Passage under, or stopping over, a moving stem or auger is prohibited. Ddll crews are not allowed on the mast while the ddll bit]auger is in operation or dudng transport. Use long-handled shovels only to remove cuttings from the auger. The ddll crew and the FM shall know the location and proper operation of the dg’s emergency shut-down equipment (kill-switches, etc,), and procedures. Heavy equipment operators are to be continuously aware of workers on foot. Workers on foot must wear hard hats and safety vests. Always lower the bucket]blade to the ground when the operator leaves the equipment. Backup lights and alarms must be functional. Obey all Site traffic signs and speed limits. Seat belts must be functional and in use dudng operation of the equipment and any site vehicles (including rentals). Operator shall regularly inspect the equipment for defective parts, such as brakes, controls, motor, chassis, ddves, hydraulic mechanisms. If stopped on an incline (>50%) with the engine running, the parking brake must be set.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
~azards
Text 28 of 68
Table 3 (Continued) PHYSICAL, BIOLOGICAL AND OPERATIONAL HAZARDS Preventative measures
Dxygen (O2) deficiency
Test confined spaces for 02 deficiency (19.5% oxygen by volume in air;, see Table 5) before anyone enters. The FM shall vedfy the results.
Test atmospheres for Lower Explosive Limit (LEL)/O2, carbon monoxide, and hydrocarbons when oberat}ng equipment powered by an internal combustion engine (dgs, backhoes, generators, etc.) in an enclosed space.
References: Safety SOP S-1, 3onfined Space Entnj; Safety SOP S~, Excavation, Trenching and Shodng
Heat atreas
Section No.: Page:
Wl’~n workers are weadng Impervious or protective clothing, follow the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Heafl~/OSHA/U.S. Coast Guard/U.S. Environmental Protection Agency protocol for the prevention of heat stress. Monitor for heat stress at tempareturea greater than 70°F.
References: Health SOP H-9, Heat Stress Control Train workers to recognize the signs and symptoms of heat illnesses:
¯
Heat cramps---muscle spasms dudng or after work shift Heat exhaustion--fatigue, clammy skin, nausea, profuse sweating Heat stroke--confusion, hot and dry skin, absence of sweating (life threatening)
First Aid Remove victim to cool area. Give cool fluids (only if conscious). Immediately reduce body temperature by w~apping cold water towels around the head and body. ~mmed~ately seek med~ce~ attention. Prevention
¯
Provide shelter or shaded area for work tasks (as feasible) and break areas. Adjust work schedules by rotation of personnel or altamata job functions to minimize heat stress or overexertion at one task. Work dudng cooler hours of the day (or night), as feasible. To maintain normal body fluid levels, ddnk 16 ounces (oz) (2 cups) of water before each shift and about 8 oz (1 cup) every 15 to 20 minutes. Drink 2 gallons of water dudng an 8-hour pedod. Wear non-binding cotton clothing (e.g., medical scrubs and cotton undergarments) under persona~ protective equipment (PPE) to absorb moisture and to help prevent heat rash. Where feasible, set up field "showers" or hose-down areas to cool down body.
I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Hazards
Section No.: Page:
Text 29 of 68
Table 3 (Continued) PHYSICAL, BIOLOGICAL AND OPERATIONAL HAZARDS Preventative measures
Inclement weather, shut-down condlttens References: Emergency Response SOP ER-2, Emergency Action Planfor Field Operations
Shut-d0W/! O-..0rlditions ,¯ ¯ ¯ ¯
¯ ¯ Slips, trips, and falls
References: Safety SOP S-11, Signs, Signals, and Barricades; ~,dministrative SOP A-2, Housekeeping
Poor visibility. Precip~tation severe enough to impair safe movement or travel. Lightning in the Immediate area. Steady winds In excess of 40 mph. Other conditions as determined by the SHSC, FM, or Corporate Safety, Health, and Environment Director (Corporate SHE Director). Imminent tnraat of severe tropical storm or hurricane. (Also see Emergency Response sastion of this HASP and Emergency Action Plan SOP ER-2.) Resume work when the conditions are deemed safe. FM will comp|eta an Incident Report (Appendix B) within 24 hrs for all work shutdowns. Clear work ares of obsl~ructlons and debds before setting up. Alter work areas as necessary to provide a safe, reasonably level area.
All walking and working surfaces shall continually be inspected and maintained to be free of slip, tdp, and fall hazards. Keep ddll platforms, stairs, and Immediate work areas cieer. Do not allow oil, grease, or excessive mud to accumulate in these areas. Channel the discharge of drilling fluids and foam away from the work area to prevent pending or slippery conditions.
Backfill open boreholes immediately, or cap and flag them. Barricade open excavations or cover them with steel traffic plates.
I I I I I I I I
Eliminate slip, tdp, and fall hazards or identify them ch~ady with caution tape, bardcades, or equivalent means. Store loose or light matedal and debds in designated areas or containers. Secure tools, materials, and equipment subject to displacement or falling. Fire and explosion
References: Emergency Response SOP ER-3, Fire Prevention for Field Work; Safety SOP $-8, Hot Work Permits
Make fire extinguishers accessible in the work area. Store flammables in Underwdter’s Laboratory and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) approved metal safety cans equipped with spark arrestors. Store flammable containers more than 50 ff from tne dg. Store portable (flammable) tanks more than 100 ff from the dg. Keep exhaust equipment powered by internal combustion engines well away from flammables and combustibles. Secure hot work permits/approvals (Appendix B) before welding or cutting. Store and use compressed gases In a safe manner. Never refuel equipment (e.g., generators) while it is in operation or hot enough to ignite fuel vapors. Conspicuously mark operations that pose fire hazards "No Smoking" or "Open Flames." Remove trash, weeds, and unnecessary combustibles from the Exclusion Zone (EZ).
CPR-O021-1
I I I I I I I I I I ! I ! I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Hazards
Section No.: Page:
Text 30 of 68
Table 3 (Continued) PHYSICAL, BIOLOGICAL AND OPERATIONAL HAZARDS Preventative measures
;}ischarge of static electricity (UST- ¯ Pmpody ground and bond all equipment. ¯ elated) ¯ Check for and remove ungrounded and un-bonded objects in the tank such as loose gauge floats and sample can.
References: Safety SOP S-12, Removal of Underground Storage Tanks
Avoid splash filling. Discharge through the fill-pipe outlet near the bottom of the tank wtth minimal agitation of the water and sediment (sludge). Avoid discharging fuel product from a nozzle that is elevated above the liquid level. Limit the velocity of the incoming liquid stream to 3 ft par second (ft/sea) until the fill pipe is submerged either 2 pipe diameters or 2 ft, whichever is less. Avoid pumping substantial amounts of air or other enti’ained gas Into the tank through the liquid.
Delay one minute or more before gauging, strapping, or sampling of static-accomulating fuels after filling. Trench collapse or cave-in
Workers shall not enter trenches or test pits to collect samptea, but shall use remote equipment or devices (e.g., backhoe buckets, hand augers, shovels, or equivalent), whenever possible.
References: Safety SOP S-6, Excavation, Trenching, and Shodng; Safety SOP S-1, Confined Space Entry: Safety SOP S-11, Signs, Signals, and Sa~cades
If entry is required at depths >4 ft, follow the procaduras in SOP S-6, Excavation, Trenching, and Shodng, including use of OSHA protecfive systems (sloping, benching, shodng, etc.); a "Competent" person must inspect the trench pdor to ent~; and emergency retfleval systems, safe ladders, and use of a confined space entry permit are required to ensure safe atmospheres. All simple slopes In excavations <20 ff shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1½:1 Horizontal:Vertical (H:V) or 34° as measure( from the hofizontel. Store excavated matefials~spoils >2 ft from the edge and/or have retaining devices. Propedy barricade and post all trenches/excavations to resthct unauthorized pedesthan and vehicular traffic. Barflcades must conform to those specified In SOP S-11, Signs, Signals, and Barricades. As feasible, backfill trenches upon completion. Do not leave open trenches unattended unless covered by steel traffic plates.
Jltravlolet Exposure
Wear appropriate long pants, shirt or t-shirt, and a hat to protect skin from prolonged sun exposure, Apply sunscreen (Sun Protection Factor [SPF]>15) pdor to working outdoors in the sun and peflodically thereafter, Wear polycarbonate safety glasses to protect eyes from ultraviolet exposurs.
Use lip balm with SPF 15 or greater. Reduce sun exposure from 10 AM to 4 PM. Utilize shade protection especially during these hours.
CPR-0021-1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002 2.4
Section No.: Page:
Text 31 of 68
HAZARD ANALYSIS OF EACH SITE WORK TASK
TASK NAME: GROUNDWATER SAMPUNG I WATER LEVEL MEASUREMENT EqulpmentJtoo~s: Grundfos Dump, whaler DumD. oenerator. Teflon bailer, water level meter Hazardous chemicals: Cvdohexane/methanot for decon. ’,~latiles and semi-votatiles iq groundw’pt~r, Potential hazards: Check or add all that appI)’ to Site conditions (X) Ground intTusion (underline) Ddlling Samolln~ Excavation Direct push Heavy equip, opemtJo~ (X) Physical exertion/strain (X) Sllddwet surfaces (X) Uneven terrain Falls from slav. >6 ff Trench collapse/engulf. Confined spac~O~ def. (X) Heat stTess (X) Cold stTees
{X) Chemlusl (underline) Vapor generatJo~ Dust generation Electrical (underline) Ov~ndJunderg. utilities Ee~rglzed equipment Power tools Pedeshtan tmff]c (X) Vehicle t~afflc Noise (>85 dBA) (X) Ergonomlc (llffing. repetitive motion)
(X) Blok:~cal (underline) Toxic or irfltant olanls Pathogens In.is ( ) F~re/expleaion (underline) Flammable materials Fuel lines Hot work Compressed gases ( } Boat operationJueage ( )Work over water ( ) Ex~esive ordnance ()Other
I Conb’ol and protective measures: Corporate SHE Manual, CPR~ SOP ( ) Equip. Ogerator Training ( ) Equip. CertJflcJthspectJons (X) PPE Level D ( ) Air Meditating Equipment: ( ) Speolalized Training: ( ) Site Control/Safe Access; (X) SOPs/Guidelines: P-.~ ( ) EnginasrJng Controls: (X) Safe Work Practices: Emo~omlc stmes, increment ~eather shut-down, ell~/tdo/fa~l hazards, uneven surfacas, tn~ck/trpth traffic, cold ~tmes. he,It stra&s (}ea Table 3) ( ) Other: Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) initial levels of protection warn as.~gnsd to this work task based on the potential dsk of exposure. These levels may be changed if warranted by monitoring date (see Action Levels) and site conditions (as determined by the SHSC). Any change to these initial levels must be noted here and doc~Jmented w~th a completed ROC form/Appendix EPA level of ()A ()B ()c protection ( ) D Modified IXl D Rasplrator purif, resp. ( ) SCBA, afdine ()other (Level C and up) dust prmflltars ( I P.100 Filter Protective ctoththg ( ) encap, suit Tyvek ® or equiv. PE Tyvek ® or equiv. ( ) Saranex ® or edulv. splash suit (X) other blaze onanoa trafllc vef~t (X) hard hat (blaze orange) (X) safety glasses goggles ( ) splash shield other ear plugs/muffs Gloves (outer) (X) nlthls neoprene other (inner) ( ) nltrlle vinyl other (X) safety4oa leather, puncture resistant sole ( ) hip waders
overboutsicovers shin/knee guards
Modifications: X = required PPE; * = modifications permitted; J- =in case of upgrade.
CPR-O021-1
safety-toe rubber other --__
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 32 of 68
’ TA~K NAME: SO~I* BORING I MONITORING WELL INSTALLA’nON AND DEVELOPMENT EqulpmentJtoo~s: PID for FID) for air monitodncL sell ssmoiina eouioment Hazardoua chemicals: Cvdohexaneimethanol for decon, volatiles and semi-votetilea in soil and aroundw~ter.
Potential hazards: Chec~ or add all that appI)’ to S~te conditions (X) Ground intrusion (undedlne) ~xca~on ~ (X) Heavy equip. ObersUon (X) Physical exertion/strain (X) Slld,Jw~t surfaces (X) Uneven terrain Falls from elev. >6 ft Trench co, lapse/engulf. Confined spaca/Oz def. (X) Heat st]’sss (X) Cold stress
(X) Chemical (underline) Vaoor aer~mt~on Dust generation (X) Etactdca] (undedine) Ovrhd./undem. ut~llttes Energized equipment P~er ton~s ( )Pedsstdan tTafftc (X) VehicJe trafl]c (X) Noise (>85 dBA) (X) Ergonornic (liFting. repetitive motion)
(X) Biological (underline) Toxic or irdtant elants Pathcgens Insects ( ) Fire/explosion (underline) Flammable matertels Fuel lines Hot Compressed gases ( ) Boat operat~n/usage ( ) Work over water ( } Explosive o~rdnenca ()Other
I Control and protective measures: Corporate SHE Manual, CPR~ SOP
i
( ) Equip. Operator Training ( ) Equip, Cer6flc./lnspecflone (X) PPE Level (~ (X) Air Monitoring Equipment: PID or FID ( ) Spedal6~ed Training: (X) Site Cont)’e~/Safe Access: Exclusion zone around heaw eaui~m~qt (X) SOPs/Guidelinea: .~..L~I (X) Englneaflng Controls: Wamlno siens, herders and/or Ilahtine for Site roadway work, (X) Safe Wonk Practices: Emonomic stress, inc~ement weather shut-down, sli~Yid=~’all hazards, noise, uneven surfaces, heaw eaulDment and vehicles, truck/train traffic, cold stress, heat stress (see Table 3) ( ) Other: Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) initial levels of protection ware assigned to this wx:~k task based on the potential dsk of exposure. These levels may be changed if warranted by monitoring data (see Action Levels) and site conditions (as determined by the SHSC). Any change to these initial levels must be noted here and documented w~th a completed ROC form (Appendix BI. EPA level of ~()A ()B ()c protection D Modified (x) D Respirator SCBA, aidine pudf. reap. ()other ILevel C and up) P-100 Filter dust pr~fllters Protective clothing enc~ p. suit ) Tyvek ® o~ equiv, ( ) PE Tyvek ® or equiv. Saranex ® or equiv. splash suit (X) other blaze oranee tra~c vest (X) hard hat (blaze orange) (X) safety glasses ( ) goggles splash shield (X) ear plugs/muffs ( ) other Gloves nltdle (outer) neoprene (X) other outer leather cloves as needed rot pr0tectiop (inner) (X) nlthle vinyl ( ) other (X) safety-toe leather, ( ) overbootsicovers ( ) safety-toe rubber puncture resistant sole ( ) shthrknoe guards ( ) other
( / hip waders Modifications: X = required PPE; * = modifications permitted; 1" =in case of upgrade.
CPR.0021-1
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i I I
Section No.: Page:
Text 33 of 68
TASK NAME: EXCAVATION 111~ENCHING EqullxnentJtoole: PID for FID) for air monitorfnn, soil samellne eaulement Hazardous chemicals: Cvcte~exanehnefoanol for deson, volat~les and seml-velatiles in soil and amundwater. Potential hazards: Check ~" add all t~at appI), to Site conditions (X) Ground intrusion (underline) (X) Chemical (undedlne) Dfl ng Sampling xj~ Direct push (X) Heavy equip, o~emt~on (X) Physical exertion/strain (X) Elsctrlosl (undedine) (X) Slic~Jwet sun~ces (X) Uneven terrain Energized equipment ( ) Falls from elev. >6 ff Power tools (X) Trench collapse/engulf. ( ) Pedes~an h’afftc ( ) Confined space/O= def. (X) Vehlcte b-affic (X) Heat stress (X) Noise (>85 dBA) (X) Cold stress (X) Ergonomtc (lifiJng. repat~flve motion)
(X) BIological (underline) Toxic or irritant olant~ Pathogens Insects ( ) Flfe/explesio~ (underline) Flammable materfals Fuel lines Hot work Compressed gases ( ) Boat oberat~oeiusage ( ) Work over water ( ) Explosive ordnenoa ( ) Other
] Cont]’ol end prote~llve measures: Corporate SHE Manual. CPR, SOP (X) Equip. Operator Training ( } Equip. Ce~lJficJlnspectfons (X) PPE Level (X) Air Monitoring Equipment: PID or FID ( ) SpacJalized Training: (X) Site ControVSafe Access: Exclusion zone around heaw eeuloment and (X) SOPs/Guidelines: CPR1 ( ) Englnendng Controls: (X) Safe Work Practices: Eroonomic stress. Inclement wether shut-down, slid/the/fall hazards, nolca, uneven sureness, hesw e~ulement and vehicles, tmck~Taln traffic, cold stTees, heat stress {see Table 3} ( ) Other: Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Inlttel levels of protection were assigned to this work task based on the potential dsk of exposure. These levels may be changed if warranted by monitoring data (see Action Levels) and Site conditions (as detarmlned by the SHSC). Any change to these Initial levels must be noted hera and donumented with a completed ROC form (Appendix BI. EPA level of ()A ()B ()c protection D Modified (x) D Respirator SCBA, aidlne puflf, rasp. ( ) other (Level C and up) P-100 Filter dust pre-fllters Protective clothing encap, suit ) Twek ® or equiv. ( ) PE Tyvek ® or edulv. Saranex ® or equiv. splash suit (X) other blaze oranee traf~ yest Head, face, eyes, ears (X) hard hat (blaze orange) (X) safety glasses ( ) goggles splash shield (X) ear plugsJmuffs ( ) other
Gloves
(outer) (inner)
nitrile (X) nltdle (X) safety-tea leather, puncture resistant sole
neoprene
vinyl ( ) overbooLs/oavers ( ) shlniknee guards
I ) hip waders Modifications: X " required PPE; * = modifications permitted; 1" =in case of upgrade.
CPR-O021-1
(X) other outer leather aloves as needed for DrotectlgD { ) other ( ) safety-tea rubber ( ) other
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
3.0
Section No.: Page:
Text 34 of 68
PERSONNEL PROTECTION
The prescribed methods and procedures used to protect personnel (site workers and adjacent community) from overexposure to hazardous materials and hazardous conditions posed by site operations are grouped into three pdmary categories: Administrative Controls, Engineering Controls, and PPE. 3.1
ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS
3.1.1
Medical Surveillance
l Perlodlc Comprehensive Exam: Personnel requiring access to controlled work areas will have completed a pre-assignment medical examination and a pedodic (usually annual) update examination pdor to assignment, in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120(f). An Occupational Health Physician, who will provide written clearance for hazardous waste site work and for respirator usage, must perform the exam. Protocols for the baseline, periodic, and exit exams must be at least as stringent as those defined in the AMEC Medical Surveillance Program, Volume Ill of the Corporate SHE Manual. I Emergency Medical Treatment: Personnel who exhibit signs and symptoms of chemical or heat overexposure, or have been injured on the job, must seek medical services. See also the Medical Emergency Response (Section 9.3) for specific information regarding emergency services and logs, reports, and record keeping, and Section 3.1.5 for required report submittals. Subcontractors should provide internal Workers’ Compensation information to the SHSC during the pre-work meeting, for emergency use. I Medical Clearance Record Keeping: Clearance documents are on file at the AMEC San Diego Corporate Health and Safety Department. To ensure confidentiality, results of the medical exams or treatment records are maintained at the Medical Care Provider’s clinical offices.
CPR-0021-1
I I I I I I I i I i I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Fac}llty Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 35 of 68
3.1,2 Training I Comprehensive: All routine on-site general workers performing intrusive activity or having the potential to recaJve exposures exceeding permissible limits will have completed the OSHA 40-hour Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response (HAZWOPER) Training. Three days of on-site supervised training must be completed upon initial assignment. HAZWOPER personnel must complete annual refresher (within 12 months) updates. Supervisors will have completed the above and an additional 8 hours of OSHA Management and Supervisory Training. Occasional site workers who are not expected to receive exposures exceeding permissible exposure limits (e.g., geophysical and land surveyors) require only 24 hours of OSHA HAZWOPER Training and 1 day of on-site training and supervision. First Aid/CPR= Instruction: At least one AMEC employee on-site will have completed training in first aid/cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR~) and fire extinguisher usage.
i Specialized:
I
Prior to initiation of site activities, the SHSC and PM/FM will conduct a health and safety "kickoff" meeting. At this meeting, pertinent AMEC SOPs and the HASP will be discussed in detail with special attention given to Site chemical and physical hazards, PPE, emergency procedures, etc. Upon completion of this briefing, all routine field personnel, including subcontractors, will be required to read and sign the acceptance sheet of this HASP. Visitors and subcontractors who do not attend this meeting will be required to undergo a specialized health and safety orientation, as documented on the Site Visitor and the Subcontractor Health and Safety Orientation Forms in Appendix B. Daily: "Tailgate" safety meetings will be conducted each morning by the PM/FM or a rotation of AMEC and subcontractor team members for all phases of: work. The tailgate meetings wilt be conducted in accordance with SOP A-9, Guidance for Conducting Tail-gate Safety Meetings (Appendix C). Topics of discussion will include work tasks and designated PPE,
CPR-O021-1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 36 of 68
emergency procedures, evacuation routes, instruction in use of safety equipment (as required), prior safety problems, recognition of signs and symptoms of overexposure, importance of proper decontamination, and personal hygiene, etc. These meetings must be documented; forms are provided in Appendix B. lFire Extinguisher Usage: .._J In accordance with 29 CFF~ 1910.157, all field personnel who are provided portable fire extinguishers for use will be familiar with general principles of use and the hazards of incipient (eady stage) firefighting.
LDOT Hazardous Materials ShlpmentJRecelpt (HM 126F):
J
In accordance with 49 CFR 172, Department of Transportation (DOT) HM126F training is required for all employees who handle, transport, or prepare to transport hazardous materials. Equipment Operators: ] In accordance with state and federal OSHA regulations, all heavy equipment operators (forklifts, backhoe, excavators) must be trained for safe operation. Proof of documentation may be requested. 3.1.3. Accident Prevention The PM/FM and Site employees will inspect the work site daily to identify and correct any unsafe conditions. Adherence to the Safe Work Practices (to follow) and procedures outlined in this HASP will assist with accident prevention. 3.1.4 Safe Work Practices (see also Appendix C for SOPs): Personal Conduct ¯ Unauthorized personnel are not allowed on the Site. ¯ Work groups will always consist of at least two team members.
CPR.-0021-1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health end Safety Plan Date: July 2002 ¯
Section No.: Page:
Text 37 of 68
A high standard of personal hygiene will be observed. Smoking, eating, drinking, chewing gum or tobacco, taking medication, and applying cosmetics will not be permitted within any restricted area or EZ.
¯
Wearing of contact lenses in contaminated atmospheres is prohibited unless a full-face respirator is wom.
¯
Personnel under the obvious influence of alcohol or Controlled substances are not allowed on-site; those taking medications must notify the PM/FM. All Site personnel will familiarize themselves with these practices and the
¯ ¯
emergency procedures during dai~y tailgate and pre-work safety meetings. Workers who are passengers or ddvers of vehicles will wear their seat belts any time the vehicle is in motion.
Personal Protection Personnel will wear protective clothing to avoid skin contact with contaminated or potentially contaminated media. If such contact occurs, the affected areas should be washed thoroughly with soap and water. Personnel wif{ discard and replace any damaged or heavily soiled protective clothing. Discarded PPE will be drummed at the end of each day. Personnel should notify the SHSC of any defective monitoring, emergency, or other protective/safety equipment. A supply of potable water, electrolyte replacement solutions, shaded break area, and sufficient lighting will be maintained on-site; sanitary facilities wilt be accessible to personnel. Equipment and Activities ¯ Open flames are not allowed anywhere on Site without a hot-work permit. ¯
Owners/operators of heavy equipment will ensure that the equipment is in good working order by performing daily inspections and routine maintenance. Deficiencies affecting health and safety shall be corrected prior to equipment use.
¯
¯
CPR-0021-1
All unsafe conditions shall be made safe immediately. All unsafe conditions not in the scope of the project shall be reported to the PM/FM and the condition corrected. Loose-fitting clothing or loose long hair are prohibited near moving machinery.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002 ¯
Section No.: Page:
Text 38 of 68
¯ ¯
All internal combustion engines must have spark arrestors that meet the requirements for hazardous atmospheres if they are to be used in such areas. Do not refuel while vehicle is running. Install adequate on-site signs, lights, and devices.
¯
Where portable electric tools and appliances can be used (where there is no
¯ ¯
potential for flammable or explosive conditions), they will be equipped only with 3-wire grounded power and extension cords to prevent electrical shock. Store tools in dean, secure areas so they will not be damaged, lost, or stolen. When exiting a vehicle, shift into park, set the parking brake, and shut off the engine. Never leave a running vehicle UNATTENDED.
¯
3.1.5 Logs1 Reports, and Record Keeping [Submittal of Certifications:
j
Proof of health and safety training and medical certifications must be submitted to the PM or FM and SHSC by the subcontractor pdor to mobilization of field crews. The SHSC will maintain a copy of the certifications (and all ROCs for revisions of personnel additions and substitutions) certifying that all AMEC and subcontracted personnel have satisfied the minimum training and medical requirements listed above. Supporting documentation and certificates will remain on file with the SHE Coordinator in the home office. Field projects will not be allowed to take place in the absence of adequate documentation. I Site Monitoring, Reports, and Records: The health and safety field files maintained by the SHSC, or his/her designee, will be the primary form of record keeping and documentation of Site health and safety activities. These documents will be completed in sufficient detail to document the work performed; any unusual or significant circumstances under which the work was performed; any unanticipated/unplanned action taken to mitigate or to otherwise cope with unexpected field conditions; and pertinent comments about Site-specific conditions that could have a bearing on the work performed. Documentation is required for all phases of work. See also the SHSC duties listed under Section 1.6, Personnel Responsibilities. Record keeping practices will follow 29 CFR 1910.20.
CPR-0021-1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 39 of 68
The health and safety records will contain the following documents; all blank forms (designated by an asterisk) are provided in Appendix B of this HASP: ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯
Visitor Health and Safety Orientation Form Subcontractor Health and Safety Orientation Form AMEC Tailgate Safety Meeting Report
¯
Instrument Calibration Log
¯
Machinery & Mechanized Equipment Certification Form
¯ ¯
Daily Ddll Rig Checklist
¯ ¯ ¯
3.2
Certification of medical and training requirements. Signed acceptance sheet of this HASP (signed by all routine on-site personnel). Health and safety notations made in the Site Log Book that is held by the PM or FM. Employee/Visitor Daily Roster
Site Air Surveillance Record Supervisor’s Report of Injury or Illness and First Aid Incident Report
¯
Accident]First Aid Incident Summary Log Incident Report (for environmental incidents, equipment damage, and work stoppages) Record of Change (ROC) Form
¯
SHSC Biweekly Report (submit for field projects lasting longer than 2 weeks)
ENGINEERING CONTROLS
3.2.1 Barriers I Barriers and Signs: I Barricades, traffic cones, and/or marking or caution tape will be erected at a safe distance from excavations, pits, hazardous areas, and moving equipment to prevent unauthorized access to work areas from vehicular and pedestrian traffic. Barriers will be appropriate for the level of work activities and anticipated traffic.
CPR-O021-1
I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Heelth and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 40 of 68
3.2.2 Containments
Temporary fencing, barricade tape, or traffic cones will be used to establish an exclusion zone around heavy equipment involved in drilling, sampling, or trenching. Trenches will not be left open overnight unless fenced off to prevent unauthorized access. Soil and water IDW will be properly contained to prevent unauthorized contact. 3.2.3 Ventilation
If PID readings for organic vapors above 10 ppm are detected during ddlling or excavation activities, the activity will cease and ventilation or natural dispersion will be used to control vapors until levels are below 10 ppm. If confined space entry becomes necessary, ventilation will be used to control levels of vapors within the confined space below 10 ppm. 3.2.4 Dust Suppression When necessary, dust suppression techniques will be employed to minimize the generation of dustJparticulates and associated contaminants into the atmosphere, to the greatest extent practical. If utilized, the water tap should be fitted with a nozzle or other device to create a water spray or curtain to contain dusts. Also, stationary sources of dusts, e.g., stockpiles, should be covered with plastic or canvas tarping. Trenching operations have the largest dust-generating potential; therefore, mod{fication (reduction) of work pace may be necessary to reduce visible emissions. Work areas will be visibly monitored on a daily basis to ensure dust suppression controls are effective. 3.2.5 Rinsate Collection/Containment A system for collection of rinsate from decontamination operations (heavy equipment, sampling equipment, and personnel decontamination) will be required. The system will be as complex or simple as necessary to collect and contain spent decontamination fluids, including overspray from steam-cleaning operations. Construction of the "permanent" heavy equipment decontamination area and all areas where steam cleaning of sampling equipment (augers, spoons, etc.) occurs will be the responsibility of the equipment contractor. Construction of temporary stations for personnel and other sampling equipment will be the responsibility of the FM. Decontamination buckets should be placed in large,
I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 41 of 68
plastic bins to contain splash. All spent fluids will be containerized in accordance with procedures/guidelines referenced in this HASP (see Section 6.0, Decontamination Procedures). 3.2.6 Noise Reduction Site activities in proximity to welding, construction, and heavy equipment often expose workers to excessive noise. It is anticipated that situations may adse when noise levels may exceed the OSHA Action Level of 85 decibels (A-weighted scale) (dBA) in an 8-hour timeweighted average (TWA). An example of this possibility is working in close proximity to the subcontractor during drilling or trenching activities on-site. If excessive noise levels occur, ear plugs will be issued to all personnel and a system of hand signals understood by all will be implemented (see Section 4.4). 3.3
PERSONAL PROTECTWE EQUIPMENT (PPE)
3.3.1
Levels of Protection
Initia~ levels of protection for the Site may vary depending on the work task. All personnel entedng controlled work zones will initially be required to wear the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)/OSHA Level of Protection as specified in Section 2.4, Hazard Analysis of Each Site Work Task, and summarized in Table 4 below.
CPR-O021-1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 42 of 68
Table 4 INITIAL ASSIGNMENTS OF PROTECTION LEVELS, TRAINING, AND MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE FOR SITE WORK TASKS Task Name List in same order as In Section 2.4, Hazard Analysis of Each Site Work Task
HAZWOPER Level of Protection
40-hour Classroom Training
D
Required
Required
D
Required
Required
D
Required
Required
Groundwater Sampling/ Water Level Measurement Soil Boring/Monitoring Well Installation and Development Excavation/Trenchin~l
24-hour Classroom Training
Medical Surveillance
In~al assignments may be modified by the SHSC as additional data are received from monitoring data and compared to action levels ("Fable 5), or as wan’anted by Site cond~ons. Any changes will be noted in this HASP and/or documented on ROCks (Appendix B).
Refer to SOP H-12, Personal Protective Equipment, in Volume VI of the Corporate SHE Manual for levels of protection definitions and examples. Protection may be upgraded or downgraded depending on monitoring data (compared with action levels) and Site conditions, as determined by the SHSC. All changes must be noted in this HASP and documented on ROCs (Appendix B). The following outlines the minimum requirements for each level of protection that is assigned or potentially assigned. I Level D PPE: ¯ Work shirt and full-length cotton pants or coveralls ¯
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standard safety-toe work boots with puncture-resistant sole
¯
ANSI standard hard hat (blaze orange)
¯
Blaze orange traffic vest
¯ ¯
ANSI standard safety glasses EPA-approved hearing protectors (when working in high noise areas, e.g., steam cJeaners and heavy equipment)
I Modlfled Level D PPE: ¯ Level D equipment
CPR-0021-1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 43 of 68
¯
Tyvek@ coverall or equivalent (upgrade to polyethylene [PE] or Saranex-coated Tyvek® as needed)
¯ ¯
Outer chemical-resistant gloves and inner nitdle gloves Boot covers or chemical-resistant boots
Level C PPE: I ¯ Modified Level D equipment, with taping of coverall to boots and gloves, as necessary National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH)-approved, half-faca or full-faca air-purifying respirator with organic vapor/acid gas cartridges and particulate prefilters (respirator usage clearance is defined in SOP H-13, Respiratory Protection, Volume VI of the Corporate SHE Manual) I Level B PPE: ¯ Modified Level D equipment, use of chemical-rasistant coverall, taped to boots and gloves
¯
NlOSH-approved, pressure-demand, full-facepiece serf-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) or pressure-demand supplied-air respirator with escape-SCBA (additional employee training is required for Level B operations)
Level A PPE." ¯ Level B equipment, use of fully encapsulating suit
It is expected that project personnel will be required to wear Level D protective clothing at all times when working on Site. Modified Level D and Level C protective clothing will be available on Site in the event that an upgrade in the level of protection is needed. If conditions warrant higher levels of protection, work will be suspended until those conditions can be rectified. Upgrade to Level C requires amendment of this HASP to include a respirator cartridge change-out schedule and written calculations to justify the daily cartridge change described in Section 3.3.2. If Level B PPE is required, the project must be reviewed and a HASP addendum prepared by the SHSC. Regardless of level of protection worn, field personnel are required to wear blaze orange hard hats and vests equipped with reflective tape so they are highly visible to trains and vehicular traffic (in accordance with CPRI’s health and safety procedures).
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 44 of 68
3.3.2 Chemical Cartridge Change Out Schedule Based upon OSHA requirements and manufacturer recommendations, organic vapor cartridges used with the air purifying respirator will be changed out (daily, or number of hours) whenever the level of PPE is increased to Level C or when Level C is initially required. The used cartridge.s will be disposed of as part of the project IDW. 3.3.3 PPE DonnlnglDofflng Procedure The following procedures are given as a guide. Failure to adhere to these procedures may result in the PPE being ineffective against contaminants. These procedures may be altered by the SHSC if improvements can be made and these changes are warranted in the field. Also, some articles of PPE may not be necessary for some Site tasks. I PPE Donning Procedure (for Mod. Level D and greater): Inspect all protective gear before donning. Don Tyvek® coverall or equivalent, inner gloves and outer gloves, secure with tape, as required, leave pull-tab, if coverall is loose secure with tape to avoid capture in moving or rotating equipment. Don respirator. If not in Level C, maintain respirator in a sealed plastic bag onsite in case of an upgrade. PPE Doffing Procedure (see also SOP H-6, Personnel Decontamination, Volume Vl, Corporate SHE Manual): ¯ Wash/rinse (if necessary) excess mud or other debris from outer boots, gloves, and clothing. ¯ Remove tape using pull tab and remove outer clothing in the order of boots, outer gloves, and coverall suits. Place disposable and reusable PPE in designated (separate) containers. ¯ Remove respirator (if applicable). Decontaminate and ~t-check prior to reuse. ¯ Remove inner gloves. ¯
Wash face, neck and hands.
¯
Enter the Support Zone (SZ).
CPRo0021-1
! I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 45 of 68
3.3.4 PPE Failure/Chemical Exposure In the event of PPE failure, worker and buddy will cease work, perform personal decontamination procedures, and exit to the SZ. Refer to the MSDS and Section 9.0, Emergency Actions, if emergency medical response is needed. If chemicals contact the eyes, irrigate for 15 minutes .and consult a physician.
3.3.5 PPE Inspection, Storaqe, and Maintenance Reusable PPE will be decontaminated, inspected, and maintained, as necessary, after each use. Personal equipment (e.g., respirators, leather safety-toe boots) shall be properly stored by the employee/subcontractor. The FM will periodically inventory the disposable and reusable PPE on-site and will replenish stocks in a timely manner.
CPR-0021-1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July2002
4.0
SITE CONTROL
4.1
SITE SECURFW
Section No.: Page:
Text 46 of 68
Site access will be limited to 1) identified controlled access points and 2) engineering (barricades) controls deeme~d necessary during work at the Site. All Site staff and visitors will log in arrival and departure times on the EmployeeNisitor Daily Roster (Appendix B). All equipment, tools, and materials at the Site shall be secured at the end of each day. 4.2
VISITOR ACCESS
All Site visitors (except OSHA inspectors) must receive pdor approval from the FM, PM, and CPR1, and may do so only for the purposes of observing site conditions or operations. Upon ardval, visitors will report to the FM to receive and sign the Site Visitor Health and Safety Orientation Form (Appendix B). All visitors, regardless of their rank or professional level, will not be allowed into controlled work areas unless training and medical requirements have been met and documented. 4.3 WORK ZONES [Support Zone (SZ): The SZ will be away from the contaminated area. Vehicles, emergency equipment, the telephone and break area, and any nonessential personnel will be maintained in this area. I Contamination Reduction Zone (CRZ): Two separate decontamination lines shall be established for personnel and sampling equipment in the CRZ. The CRZ should be marked as narrow corridors through which personnel and equipment pass from the EZ to the SZ. I Transltlon Zone (TZ): An additional buffer, or TZ, will be established and will serve as support for sample quality assurance/quality control (QNQC) and packing. Coolers in this zone will be protected from contamination using polyethylene sheeting and decontaminated prior to leaving the Site.
CPR-0021-1
I I I I I I I I I I I
I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 47 of 68
]Exclusion Zone (EZ): The EZ is defined as an area with an approximately 30-foot radius around intrusive activities, Access should be restricted to field sampling crews and necessary equipment operators. 4.4
COMMUNICATIONS
The "buddy system" will be enforced for field activities involving potential exposure to hazardous or toxic materials, and during any work within the EZ. Each person will observe his/her buddy for symptoms of chemical or heat overexposure and will provide first aid or emergency assistance when warranted. A mobile phone will be available on Site for emergency use. The following emergency hand signals will be used: ¯ Thumbs up = OK; understand ¯ Thumbs down = No; negative ¯ Grasping buddy’s wrist = Leave Site now ¯ Hands on top of head = Need assistance ¯ Horn - one long blast = Evacuate Site ¯ Horn - two short blasts = All clear, return to Site
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i i i I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
5.0
AIR SURVEILLANCE OF VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
5.1
TYPE AND FREQUENCY OF MONITORING TYPE
Background: Perimeter: Personnel: Area:
5.2
Text 48 of 68
MINIMUM RECOMMENDED FREQUENCY Once per day in the work area and perimeter using direct-reading instruments,~prior to any Intrusive activities or equipment startup. Once per hour using direct-reading instruments during intrusive activities. At least twice per day in the breathing zone of those with the highest anticipated exposure during intrusive activities, At least twice per day in each work zone and at the onset of any new intrusive activities, or at new locations.
MONITORING INSTRUMENTS
The FM will maintain equipment SOPs (Appendix C) or instrument manuals on-site that specify calibration, general use, and troubleshooting procedures. All monitoring equipment will be field calibrated on a daily basis according to the manufacturer’s instructions and will be recorded on the Instrument Calibration Log (Appendix B). EQUIPMENT
CONTAMINANT
PID
Organic Volatile/Semi-Volatile compounds
FID
Organic Volatile/Semi-Volatile compounds
5.3
WORK ACTIVITY Drilling, monitoring well installation, trenching and excavation Drilling, monitoring well installation, benching and excavation
ACTION LEVELS
Action levels, presented in Table 5, are established for upgrading/downgrading PPE, work stoppages, and evacuation. The decision to upgrade/downgrade the level of PPE must be based personnel sampling and comparison of the results to the information contained in Table 5. Record readings on Site Air Surveillance Record forms (Appendix B).
CPR-0021-1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 49 of 68
Table 5
Airborne Contaminant Action Levels ::’~ Parameter
. ’: ~:Readlng ~
Organic Vapors
0 ppm to < 5 ppm
Normal operations; Continue houdy breathing zone monitodng
> 5 ppm to < 50 ppm
Upgrade PPE to Level C; Increase monitoring frequency to every 15 minutes
> 50 ppm
Upgrade PPE to Level B; Continuous monitoring
0 ppm to <0, 5 ppm
Normal operations
> 0.5 ppm to < 25 ppm
Upgrade PPE to Level C; Increase monitoring frequency to every 15 minutes
> 25 ppm
Upgrade PPE to Level B - Notify H&S Manager
Benzene
CPR-0021-1
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
I I I I I I I I I I I I I ! I I
6.0
Section No.: Page:
Text 50 of 68
DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES
Procedures for decontamination of sampling tools and other related equipment are specified in this section. Note that separate areas should be established for personnel, sampling, and heavy equipment decontamination; see also Engineering Controls, Section 3.2, of this HASP and SOP H-5, Sampling Equipment, Heavy Equipment, and Vehicle Decontamination, and SOP H-6, Personnel Decontamination (Appendix C). 6.1
PERSONNEL DECONTAMINATION EQUIPMENT
DECONTAMINATION SOLUTION
PROCEDUREa
Intermediate
¯ ¯
Long-handled, ¯ soff-bdsfled ¯ b~shes Galvanized wash tubs or equivalent Pumpactivated sprayer Garbage cans with plastic liners and drums with liners Visqueen Paper towels Duct tape
AJconox Tap water for rinsing
¯
¯ Dispose of orwash outer boot and glove with Alconox ¯ solution.
¯
Rinse outer boot and glove. ¯
¯
Remove outer glove and store for later ¯ use.
Final Segregate equipment drop.
Dispose of orwash outer boot and glove with Alconox solution. Rinse outer boot and glove.
Remove and dispose of outer boots. ¯ ¯ Enter Transition ¯ Remove end dispose Zone for sample of outer gloves (if not management. cleaned to "like new" ¯ Return to Exclusion condition). Zone wearing new or ¯ Remove and dispose ¯ cleaned outer gloves. of coverall. ¯ ¯ Remove and dispose ¯ of inner gloves in designated receptacle. ¯ Field wash for personal hygiene. ¯ Exit to Support Zone. Note: Intermediate decontamination is for periodic exits from the Exclusion Zone during sample transport and management, or for short breaks. Final decontamination is performed before lunch, when taking cool down breaks, and when exiting the Site. 6.2
EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION
All equipment that will contact samples will be decontaminated prior to, and following, sampling events according to procedures specified in the sampling plan and field procedures. Heavy equipment in direct contact with soil and/or groundwater, such as the
CPR-0021-1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 51 o1’ 68
drill rig augers and backhoe buckets, shall be steam cleaned on-site and inspected by the PM or FM prior to leaving the site. Temporary decontamination stations (bucket wash) will be located near work areas.
6.3
EMERGENCY DECONTAMINATION
Emergency decontamination should be performed to the greatest extent feasible in the event of an accident or incident where work must cease and staff must exit the EZ. In an emergency, the pdmary objective is to prevent the loss of life or severe injury. If immediate medical attention is required to save a life, decontamination should be delayed until the victim is stabilized. If the decontamination can be performed without Interfering with essential life-saving techniques or first aid, or if a worker has been contaminated with an extremely toxic or corrosive material that could cause severe illness or loss of life, decontamination must be performed immediately. If an emergency due to a heat-related illness develops, protective equipment should be removed carefully from the victim as soon as possible before the victim receives medical attention. Any time emergency decontamination methods must be used, an Incident Report or Supervisor’s Report of Injury or Illness (Appendix B) must be completed by the SHSC and submitted to the Corporate SHE Director. 6.4
DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
All discarded materials that accumulate from on-site activities (PPE, decontamination fluids, supplies, purge water, etc.) will be segregated by matrix and by source location and placed in labeled, DOT-approved, 55-gallon drums or poly tanks and stored in a secure, designated location onSite-Site. Analytical results will be evaluated prior to disposal, or pre-existing SiteSite knowledge will be used to allow for a determination of IDW disposition. All IDW will be handled, labeled, stored, inventoried, and disposed of in accordance with the CPRI’s procedures.
CPR-0021-1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
7.0
SANITATION AND iLLUMINATION
7.1
SAN~ATION
Section No.: Page:
Text 52 of 68
Potable drinking water shall be supplied in tightly closed containers and shall be clearly marked for its intended use. If vehicles are available for use by field crews, restrooms and a field washing area with potable water will be available within a reasonable distance from the Site. If such facilities are not located within a reasonable distance, portable facilities will be installed for use by field employees. If the nature of the project is mobile and of a duration less than 6 months, no permanent on-site shower/change facility will be provided.
7.2
ILLUMINATION
It is anticipated that all Site work will be conducted during daylight hours, If circumstances adse in which field work is to be conducted before or after daylight, or sunlight is obstructed, illumination will be maintained for general Site areas.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
8.0
Section No.: Page:
Text 53 of 68
SPILL PREVENTION
Fuels and other hazardous chemicals brought on-site wil! be limited in quantity. Stored flammable liquids will be confined to flammable storage cans. If larger quantities of fuel are required, a proper storage area with appropriate containment must be instituted. Drip pans and absorbent socks w~ll be used to ensure that no fuels are spilled.
CPR-0021-1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Heallh and Safety P~an Date: July 2002
9.0
Section No,: Page:
Text 54 of 68
EMERGENCY ACTIONS PREPLANNING AND GENERAL PROCEDURES
I General Emergency Information: I Site personnel should be constantly alert to recognize potentially unsafe work practices, hazardous work environments, and IDLH conditions, and they should be routinely reminded of signs and symptoms of chemical and heat overexposure. Emergency response procedures (this section) should be reviewed daily and updated, as necessary, following incidents. Prearrange access for emergency crews when necessary. In the event of a large-scale spill, fire/explosion, or major emergency, the FM is expected to notify the PM; the PM notifies the Client, evacuates the area, and lets appropriately trained emergency staff respond to the situation. The safety and well-being of Site personnel, visitors, and the adjacent community will be of utmost importance in determining the appropriate response to a given emergency. An Employee Emergency Action and Fire Prevention Plan (Volume V of the Corporate SHE Manual) has been prepared in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.38; annual training is required for all AMEC personnel. I Emergency Coordinator (EC): The PM or FM will serve as the EC during an actual emergency response situation. The PM or FM will serve as the primary EC at all times; first aid and rescue duties are shared between the first aid/CPR2 trained team members. All foreseeable first aid and rescue equipment should be stored on-site in an accessible area. The EC will contact emergency response agencies and will serve as the main spokesperson when the responders arrive on Site. ISite Maps: An updated Site map (see Section 4.0, Site Control) that is used during daily tailgate meetings will be used to inform the staff of hazardous areas, zone boundaries, Site terrain, evacuation routes, work crew locations, and any Site changes. In the unlikely event that an emergency occurs, the problem areas will be pinpointed on the Site map, and pertinent information, such as weather and wind direction, temperature, and forecast, will be added as obtained. This map will be provided to the responding agencies.
CPR-0021-1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 55 of 68
I Emergency Decontamination: For first aid of non-life-threatening injuries, evacuate to decontamination line and decontaminate as much as possible or practical; contaminated clothing should be removed. For life-threatening injures/exposures, field decontaminate as much as possible for the person’s own safety, wrap in a blanket or polyethylene sheeting, and immediately transport to the designated medical facility. Also, phone ahead and bdng this HASP for informational purposes and MSDS access by medical staff.
{Safe Refuge Area: A Safe Refuge Area will be discussed during the "kickoff" meeting. It will be set up in the SZ or at an off-site location in the event of a site evacuation. This area will be upwind of the ongoing site activity, and the location and escape routes will be designated and documented during the tailgate meeting on a site control map. See Appendix B for the Tailgate Safety Meeting Report Form. LEmergency Equipment: Emergency equipment will be maintained in field vehicle (V), in the Support Zone (SZ), except for * items that will be kept in the Exclusion Zone (EZ) and as applicable in the field trailer (FT). All items must be checked and maintained by the SHSC or his/her designee at least weekly and after each use. (X) First Aid Kit, V/ET
(X) Fire Extinguisher, V/EZ
( ) Field Showers, FT or V
( ) SCBA, V/FT
( ) Escape Packs
( ) Alarms*, V/EZ
( ) Spill Equipment, V
(X) Mobile or Cellular Phone, V/FT
( ) Fire Blanket*, V/EZ
( ) Other
(X) Hospital Route Map, V/FT
l Evacuatlon Procedures: J Expeditious evacuation routes to the Safe Refuge Area(s) will be established daily for all work area locations, with respect to the wind direction. Evacuation notification will be a continuous blast on a canned siren, vehicle horn, or direct verbal communication. Any additions to evacuation procedures require an update to this HASP. In the unlikely event that an evacuation is necessary, all personnel will immediately proceed to the predetermined Safe Refuge Area, decontaminating to the extent possible for personal
CPR-O021-1
I
I
I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 56 of 68
safety, based on the emergency. The EC should then begin the site security and control measures. 9.2 SITE-SPECIFIC RESPONSE SCENARIOS 9.2.1 Natural Disasters
i I
Alarm: Sound vehicle horn Action: Evacuate Site, call 911.
I I
I TORNADO Alarm: S Sound und vehi~ vehicle horn Action: Evacuate E ’acuate Site, S seek shelter in protected area.
i
I I I i I
I
I I I
9.2.2 W ,ather-rel Weather-related Emergencies All work will v II cease cease.,should any of the following weather conditions arise: ¯ Poor visi visibility ¯ Precipitation Precipita severe enough to impair safe movement]travel ¯ Lightning Lightnin~ in the immediate area ¯ Winds in in excess of 40 miles per hour ¯ Flooding Other conditions as determined by the SHSC, or PM or FM 9.2.3 SI: Spill and/or Dlscharqe of Hazardous Materials ITralnlng: Responses to incidental releases or spills of hazardous substances that can be absorbed, neutralized, or otherwise controlled at the time of release by employees in the immediate release area are not considered to be emergency responses under 29 CFR 1910.120(I) and do not require additional specialized training.
i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 57 of 68
Spill Control and Response: There is a low potential for incidental spillage/leakage of hazardous materials (fuels, grouts, detergents) that are brought on Site to implement project activities. Store these materials properly. Appropriate spill response equipment is stored in the area of the work zone and is easily accessible to the area where the matadals are used/stored. In case of incidental spills or leaks, follow these steps: 1. Notifythe FM. 2. Select appropriate PPE and response equipment. 3. Contain the spill to the extent possible. 4. Neutralize or solidify the liquid per the MSDS. 5. Transfer to an IDW container. 6. Document with an Incident Report (FM as per Appendix B). 7. Notify CPRI. I Discharge Control and Response: In the event of an uncontrollable discharge of hazardous matedal from an on Site structure (impoundment, tank, etc.) the EC will immediately contact CPR1 to coordinate implementation of CPRI’s Emergency Response Plan. If safe to do so, shut off affected lines and activate the alarm system at locations predetermined by CPR1. Other than to take diligent measures to prevent further discharge, AMEC personnel shall not assist in emergency response activities but will evacuate to the prearranged Safe Refuge Area(s) and implement the site security and control measures. 9.2.4 Fire or Explosion Site personnel shal~ sound the emergency alarm (continuous blast on a canned siren, vehicle horn, or direct oral communication) to summon the EC, who will then decide whether to call the Fire Department for outside assistance (see Section 9.1, Preplanning and General Procedures). Small-scale fires (less than one-half of the responder’s height) should be extinguished with an accessible fire extinguisher. Fires in boreholes may be smothered with a fire blanket. Trained emergency crews will be summoned to control any large-scale or potentially unmanageable incident. Any off-site responding agencies will be given the Site Map (Figure 2) and briefed about site-specific hazards so they can be optimally helpful in an emergency situation. The EC will evacuate non-emergency response personnel and visitors to the Safe Refuge Area; will notify the PM, as applicable, CPR1, and the AMEC Corporate SHE Director (see call list); and will complete the appropriate reports.
CPR-0021-1
I I I I I I I I i I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Text 58 of 68
See also Table 3 of this HASP, and the Emergency Action Plan for Field Operations, SOP ER-2 (Appendix C). 9.3
MEDICALEMERGENCYRESPONSE
9.3.1 Clinic
In the event of a minor injury or Illness, transport the injured party to the urgent care or occupational medicine clinic listed below: CLINIC NAME: Rosedale Medical Center I TELEPHONE: 783-7854300
ADDRESS: 1835 County Road C West Rosevllle, MN 55449 DIRECTIONS: Take State Highway 65 (central Avenue) south from the Site, turn left onto Lowry Ave NE, Lowry Ave NE becomes CR-153, CR-153 becomes Kenzie Ter, turn dght onto St. Anthony Blvd, turn left onto New Bdghton Bird, stay straight to go onto 29TH Ave NE, 29th Ave NE becomea County Read C West.
9.3.2 Hospital In the event of a major or serious injury or a minor accident that occurs after regular clinic hours, transport the victim to the hospital emergency room listed below. HOSPITAL NAME: Hennepin County Medical Center
HOSPITAL ADDRESS: 701 Park Avenue Minneapolis, MN
HOSPITAL TELEPHONE: Emergency: 612-344-3131 or911 Non-emergency: 612-347-2121
DIRECTIONS: Take State Highway 65 (Central Avenue) south from the Site across the Mississippi RJver to Washington Avenue. Turn left (east) on Washington Avenue to Portland Avenue. Turn right (south) on Portland Avenue to 8th Street. Turn left (east) on 8th Street and go 1 block to Park Avenue, turn left to hospital at 701 Park Avenue.
Hospital Route: Refer to Figure 3, Hospital Route Map,
CPR-0021-1
I
Section No.: Page:
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 59 of 68
Site Personnel Response Actions: A sound emergency alarm (continuous blast on a vehicle horn or direct verbal communication) will be used to summon the ECs who will assess the situation, taking first necessary precautions for personal safety. The ECs will determine whether to transport the injured party to the nearest hospital, or summon an ambulance by calling 911 (see Section 9.1, Preplanning and General Information). Communication methods outlined in Site Control Measures (Section i) will be implemented. Any off-site responding agencies will be given the Site Map and informed about the site-specific hazards so they can be optimally helpful in an emergency situation. The EC will direct that the employees responding follow the Emergency Decontamination procedures described in Section 6.3 and provide first aid to the extent possible while awaiting medical attention. In emergencies, the injuries and illnesses that may arise will vary from incident to incident; check Tabtes 2 and 3 and the MSDS (Appendix A) or contact the Poison Control Center for emergency first aid procedures. Medical treatment may range from bandaging of minor cuts and abrasions to lifesaving techniques; therefore, first aid/CPR2 training is required for all AMEC staff. The SHSC will serve as the pdmary caregiver and bloodbome pathogen officer (see also Bloodbome Pathogen Exposure Control Plan below), but these duties are shared between qualified team members. It is essential that all personnel in need of emergency care receive treatment. Appropriate documentation and notification will be discussed later in this section. 9.3.3
Bloodborne Pathogen Exposure Control Plan
The Bloodborne Pathogen Exposure Control Plan for Field Operations, located in the Health, Safety, and Emergency Response SOPs, Volume VI of the Corporate SHE Manual, provides detailed procedures for controlling exposure to bloodborne pathogens. Procedures are summarized herein.
LExposure Determination: First aid responders have the potential to be exposed to bloodborne pathogens. The potential for exposure to bloodborne pathogens outside of emergency response is not anticipated.
CPRo0021-1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 60 of 68
Exposure Control
Universal Precautions: Use the Center for Disease Control "Universal Precautions" as an approach to infection control, which assumes that all human blood and certain human body fluids are treated as if known to be infectious for Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV), Hepatitis B Virus (HBV), and other bloodbome pathogens. }Personal Protection Equipment:
i
While rendering first aid where exposure to blood may occur, AMEC employees will don, at a minimum, latex or blue nitrile gloves. Gloves will be available in the field first aid kit in a packet. Other items included in the packet that are to be used to control the "spill" are absorbent beads, a plastic scooper, a biohazard bag for waste, and surface disinfecting and hand-cleaning towelettes. Other suggested PPE in the event of a sedous blood-producing injury includes safety glasses, Tyvek® coveralls, boot covers, and nitdle outer gloves - all of which will be available on-site; Tyvek® coveralls, safety glasses, and respirators will be located in the field vehicle and additional PPE will be located in the FT. In addition, a disposable, one-way CPR2 mask to prevent direct contact between the rescuer and recipient will also be available in the first aid kit should the need ar~se. Personal Hygiene: A hand-washing facility must be present in the event of bloodborne pathogen exposure. Basins, water, soap, and towels are available at all Sites for this purpose.
Hepatitis B Vaccination: First aid providers to job Site injuries do not need to receive a pre-exposure Hepatitis B vaccine but are encouraged to do so. All first aid providers assisting in any exposure incident must be offered the full Hepatitis B immunization series no later than 24 hours after an incident. In Minneapolis, this immunization series can be obtained by calling the Rosedale Medical Center or going directly to the clinic at 1830 County Road C West.
I Exposure Incident Evaluation: All first aid incidents involving exposures must be reported to the Corporate SHE Director before the end of the work shift in which the incident occurs. A First Aid incident Report (Appendix B) must be completed describing the circumstances of the accident and response
CPR-0021-1
I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Text 61 of 68
in addition to the Supervisor’s Report of Injury or Illness (Appendix B). Following a report of an exposure incident, AMEC shall provide to the exposed employee monitoring for HIV or HBV antibodies and medical counseling in cases of positive tests for HIV or HBV. Waste Disposal:
I
Should biohazardous waste be generated as a result of a field-related injury, the "contaminated" waste and area will be cleaned to the extent possible with items provided in the packet, and arrangements for the pickup and final disposal of the waste will be made by the FM, PM, or SHSC.
HBV Vaccination Declination: For whatever reason (religious, personal, or otherwise), employees may decline or refuse the HBV vaccination by contacting the Corporate SHE Director. In instances where the vaccination is required, the employee will be required to sign a Hepatitis B (HBV) Vaccination Declination waiver (Appendix B) indicating he/she has chosen at that time to refuse the vaccination, but may elect to receive it in the future at no expense to him/her. 9.4
I I I I I I I
Section No.: Page:
ACCIDENT REPORTING AND RECORD KEEPING
The SHSC will contact the Corporate SHE Director and conduct an investigation jointly with the PM or FM. The FM will complete the Supervisor’s Report of Injury or Illness and the First Aid Incident Report (Appendix B). These completed reports must be transmitted to the Corporate SHE Director within 24 hours of an occurrence; a fax fs acceptable. The Corporate SHE Director will submit the appropriate reports to the AMEC Human Resources department in Kirkland, WA (for Workers’ Compensation), and OSHA (as applicable). The foreman or field supervisor of subcontracting crews will investigate and complete an injury/illness report/similar in content to the AMEC report) in accordance with their internal company policy. This report must be transmitted to the AMEC Corporate SHE Director within 24 hours. in case of environmental incidents, site damage, power disruption, or mandated work "shutdowns," an Incident Report (Appendix B) will be prepared by the FM. Any damage, loss, or theft of AMEC site (items/tools/equipment) will be reported to the PM or FM.
CPR-0021-1
I I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
Text 62 of 68
Any release of information in these reports to unauthorized persons or agencies is prohibited unless CPR1 first approves it. Certain agencies or persons, such as OSHA or OSHA inspectors, can request this information and its release will be permitted. Review the Emergency Call List for additional contact names and phone numbers. 9.5 EMERGENCY REFERENCE LIST (Keep posted in vehicles and near communication system.) RESPONDING EMERGENCY AGENCIES
SERVICE Ambulance Fire Department Police Department
NAME Hennepin County Medical Center Minneapolis Minneapolis
TELEPHONE NUMBER 911 or (612)344-3131 911 or (612) 348-2345 911 or (612) 348-2345
Poison Control Center
Emergency
(800) 222-1222
AMEC CALL LIST TITLE Corporate Safety, Health, and Environment Director Project Manager SHSC Client State OSHA
NAME Denise Daggett
TELEPHONE NUMBER (858) 458-9044 Ext 328
Tom Badar Jim Friedman LeeAnn Thomas
(612) 252-3657 (612) 252-3762
Consultation
(612) 347-8255
(651) 284-5060 Consultation (800) 321-6742 Starr Fowler, HR, Kirkland,i (800)437-2104 ext. 3047 WA In the event of an occupational accident or incident, please indicate to the medical facility that this is a Workers’ Compensation case; that your employer Is AMEC; and that the insurance admlnlstrator is AIG Claims, Subcontractors will provide internal Workers’ Comp. policy information; this should be provided to the SHSC at the prework meeting.
Federal OSHA Workers’ Compensation
CPR-0021-1
I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Seotion No.:
Page:
FIGURE 3 HOSPITAL ROUTE MAP Shoreham Facility to Rosedale Medical Center (in the event of a minor injury or illness)
I
I I I I
Rose PI
0~00~ H~ue~ Ino.; 0~0~ Navl~tbn Teohrml~b~ ~
CPR-0021-1
Text 63 of 68
Shomham Fa~Jlity Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
I I
I I I
I I
~ No.: Page:
Text 64 of 68
FIGURE $ (CON’T) HOSPITAL ROUTE MAP Shomham Facility to Hennepin County Medical Center (In the event of a major or ~eriou~ tr~ury or a minor accident that occum after regular P..Jinic houm)
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
10.0
Section No.: Page:
Text 65 of 68
HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN ACCEPTANCE
I have had the opportunity to read and ask questions about this HASP. My signature certifies that I understand the procedures, equipment, and restrictions of this plan ~nd agree to abide by them. SIGNATURE*
PRINTED NAME
COMPANY
DATE
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Data: July 2002
SIGNATURE*
PRINTED NAME
Section No.: Page:
COMPANY
Text 66 of 68
DATE
* This acceptance form is required for all routine Site staff and subcontracting personnel. Visitors and nonroutine subcontractors are required to receive and sign the appropriate Health and Safety Orientation form located in Appendix B. ¯
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July2002
Section No.: Page:
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
Text 67 of 68
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Shoreham Facility Health and Safety Plan Date: July 2002
Section No.: Page:
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
CPR-0021-1
Text 68 of 68
I I I I I I ! I I I I I I I ! i
I I I I I I I I i
APPENDIX A
I
MSDSs AND SELECTED CHEMICAL DATA SHEETS
I I I I I I I I I
BENZENE, 99,9+%, HPLC GRADE 27070-9
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Page I ol 12
DOD Hazardous MateiiM Information DOD 6050.5-L A~-’ " of April 199,’7
BENZENE, 99.9+%, HPLC GRADE 27070-9
FSC: 6810 NIlN: 00N014157 NSN: 681000N0141576 MANUFACTURERS CAGE: 60928 PART NO INDICATOR: A PART NUMBER TRADE NAME: BENZENE, 99.9+%, HPLC GRADE 27070-9
Nuclear Water Data NUCLEAR WATER FSC: NUCLEAR WATER NIlN: NUCLEAR WATER COG: NUCLEAR WATER NOMENCLATURE: NUCLEAR WATER REMARKS: ALDRICH CH
Standard PMS Identification Data
SPIN FSC: EMIC
http//msds.pdc.cornell.edu/msds/msdsdod/a89/m44344.htm
04/12/2002
BENZENE,~9.9÷%, FIPLc GRADE 27070-9
I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Page 2 ol 12
SPIN NIIN: AL CO SPIN:
General Information ITEM NAME: MANUFACTURERS NAME: 355 MILWAUKEE WI MANUFACTURERS STREET: US53201 MANUFACTURERS P O BOX: MANUFACTURERS CITY: 414-273-3850 MANUFACTURERS STATE: MANUFACTURERS COUNTRY: MANUFACTURERS ZIP CODE: MANUFACTURERS EMERG PH: MANUFACTURERS INFO PH: DISTRIBUTOR VENDOR 1 : DISTRIBUTOR VENDOR 1 CAGE: DISTRIBUTOR VENDOR 2: DISTRIBUTOR VENDOR 2 CAGE: DISTRIBUTOR VENDOR 3: N 00100l SMJ24JAN9001 MAR9] DISTRIBUTOR VENDOR 3 CAGE: DISTRIBUTOR VENDOR 4: DISTRIBUTOR VENDOR 4 CAGE: SAFETY DATA ACTION CODE: SAFETY FOCAL POINT: RECORD NO FOR SAFETY ENTRY:
http://msds.pdc come edu!msds/msdsdod/a89/m44344 htm
04/12/2002
BENZENE, 99.9+%, HPLC GRADE 27070-9
I I I I I I
TOT SAFETY ENTRIES THIS STK: STATUS: DATE MSDS PREPARED: SAFETY DATA REVIEW DATE: SUPPLY ITEM MANAGER: MSDS PREPARERS NAME: PREPARERS COMPANY: PREPARERS ST OR P O BOX: PREPARERS CITY: BKKRP PREPARERS STATE: PREPARERS ZIP CODE: F3
I I I I I I I I I I
OTHER MSDS NUMBER: MSDS SERIAL NUMBER: SPECIFICATION NUMBER: SPEC TYPE GRADE CLASS: COLORLESS LI HAZARD CHARACTERISTIC CODE: QUID UNIT OF ISSUE: W/ UNIT OF ISSUE CONTAINER QTY: AROMATIC ODOR TYPE OF CONTAINER: . NET UNIT WEIGHT: NRC STATE LICENSE NUMBER: NET EXPLOSIVE WEIGHT: NET PROPELLANT WEIGHT AMMO: 176F, COAST GUARD AMMUNITION CODE: 80C
hup://msds.pdc.cornell.edu/msds/msdsdod/a89/m44344.htm
04/12/2002
BENZENE, 99.9+%, HPLC GRADE 27070-9
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i
Physical & Chemical Characteristics APPEARANCE AND ODOR: 41.0F,5.0C 74.6 @ 20C2.77 0.874 N/K N/K BOILING POINT: SLIGHT MELTING POINT: VAPOR PRESSURE MM HG 70 F: N]K VAPOR DENSITY AIR 1: SPECIFIC GRAVITY: N/A DECOMPOSITION TEMPERATURE: EVAPORATION RATE AND REF: N/P N/K 12F, SOLUBILITY IN WATER: -I1C CC 1. PERCENT VOLATILES BY VOLUME: 3% VISCOSITY: 8% PH: CAR RADIOACTIVITY: BON DIOXIDE. FORM RADIOACTIVE MATL: DRY CHE MAGNETISM MILLIGAUSS: MICAL CORROSION RATE IPY: POWDER, AUTOIGNITION TEMPERATURE: ALCOH
Fire and Explosion Hazard Data FLASH POINT: OL OR POLYMER EO FLASIt POINT METHOD: AM, WA LOWER EXPLOSIVE LIMIT: TER MAY BE U UPPER EXPLOSIVE LIMIT: SED FOR COOL EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: 1NG BUT NOT EXTINGUISHMENT. WEAR NIOSH/MSHA
http://msds.pdc.cornell.edu/msds/msdsdod/a89/m44344.htm
04/12/2002
BENZENE, 99.9+%, HPLC GRADE 27070-9
I I I I I I I I I I I
APPROVED SCBA & FULL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT TO PREVENT CONTACT WITH SKIN A SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING PROC: ND EYES. USE WATER SPRAY TO COOL FIRE-EXPOSED CONTAINERS. DANGER! EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE. VAPOR MAY TRAVEL CONSIDERABLE DISTANCE TO SOURCE OF IGN1TIO
UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPL HAZRDS: N & FLASH BACK. CONTAINER EXPLOSION MAY OCCUR UNDER FIRE CONDITIONS. YESNONE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER.
Reactivity Data STABILITY: COND TO AVOID STABILITY: OXIDIZING AGENTS. MATERIALS TO AVOID: TOXIC FUMES OF:CARBON MONOXIDE, CARBON DIOXIDE. HAZARDOUS DECOMP PRODUCTS: NO NOT RELEVANT HAZARDOUS POLY OCCUR: CONDITIONS TO AVOID POLY: SEE SUPP DATA YESYESNO DANGER:CONTAINS BENZENE. CANCER HAZARD.
Health Hazard Data LI)5O LCS0 MIXTURE: HARMFUL IF INGESTED. INHALED OR ABSORBE ROUTE OF ENTRY INHALATION: D T ROUTE OF ENTRY SKIN: [’IRO
I I I I I i
ROUTE OF ENTRY INGESTION: UGH HEALTH HAZ ACUTE AND CHRONIC: SKIN. VAPOR OR MIST IS IRRITATING TO EYES. MUCOUS MEMBRANES AND UPPER RESPIILa, TORY TRACT. CAUSES SKIN IRRITATION. CHRONIC:CARCINOGEN. MAY ALTER GENETIC MATERIAL. BLOOD EFFECTS. TARGET ORGANS:BLOOD. BONE MARROW. (SEE SUPP DATA) YES YES YES BENZENE:OSHA REGULATED. IARC & NTP:GROUP 1. CARCINOGENIC1TY NTP:
CARCINOGENICITY IARC: CARCINOGEN1CITY OSHA:
http://msds.pdc cornell.edu!msds/msdsdod/ag9/m44344.htm
04/12/2002
BENZENE, 99.9+%, HPLC GRADE 27070-9
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i i
EXPLANATION CARCINOGENICITY: NAUSEA, DIZZINESS AND HEADACHE. NARCOTIC EFFECT. SIGNS SYMPTOMS OF OVEREXP: NONE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER.
MED COND AGGRAVATED BY EXP: EYES:IMMEDIATELY FLUSH W/COP1OUS AMTS OF WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES. SKIN:IMMEDIATELY EMERGENCY FIRST AID PROC: FLUSH W/COPIOUS AMTS OF WATER FOR 15 MINUTES WHILE REMOVING CONTAMINATED CLOTHING AND SHOES. REMOVE AND WASH CONTAMINATED CLOTHING PROMPTLY. INHAL:REMOVE TO FRESH AIR. SUPPORT BREATHING (GIVE O2/ARTF RESP). CALL MD. INGEST:CALL MD IMMEDIATELY; DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING; DRINK 8-10 OZ OF WATER (FP N). EVACUATE AREA. SHUT OFF ALL SOURCES OF IGNIT. WEAR NIOSH/MSHA APPRVD SCBA, RUBBER BOOTS,
Precautions for Safe Handling and Use STEPS IF MATL RELEASED SPILL: HEAVY RUBBER GLOVES. COVER W/ACTIVATED CARBON ADSORBENT, TAKE UP, PLACE IN CLOSED CNTNRS. TRANSPORT OUTDOORS. VENT AREA, WASH SPILL SITE AFTER MATL PICKUP. NONE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER. BURN IN
NEUTRALIZING AGENT: A CHEMICAL INCINERATOR EQUIPPED W/AFTERBURNER & SCRUBBER BUT EXERT EXTP~\ CARE 1 WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD: N IGNITING AS MATL IS HIGHLY FLAMMABLE. DISPOSE OF I/A/W FEDERAL. STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. DO NOT BREATHE VAPOR. AVOID PROLONGED OR REPEATED EXPOSURE. KEEP TIGHTLY CLOSED. KEEP AW PRECAUTIONS HANDLING STORING: AY FROM HEAT. SPARKS AND OPEN FLAME. STORE IN COOL. DRY PLACE.CARCINOGEN. IRRITANT. MUTAGEN. DO NOT GET IN EYES, ON ~ KIN OR CLOII-IING. OTHER I’RECAUTIONS WEAR APPROPRIATE N1OSH/MSHA APPROVED RESPIRATOR.
Control Measures RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: USE ONLY IN A CHEMICAL FUME HOOD. VENTILATION: CHEMICAL RESISTANT GLOVES. CHEM WORKERS GOGGLES/FACESHLD OPT (FP N)PROTECTI
PROTECTIVE GLOVES: VE CLOTHING. SAFETY SHOWER AND EYE BATH. EYE PROTECTION:
http://msds.pdc.cornell.edu/msds/msdsdod/a89/m44344.htm
04112/2002
BENZENE, 99.9+%, HPLC (3KADE 27070-9
I I I I
I I I I I I I I i
OTHER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT: WASH HANDS THOROUGHLY AFTER USE AND BEFORE EATING. DRINKING, SMOKING OR USING SANITARY F
WORK HYGIENIC PRACTICES: ACILITIES (FP N). LD50-LC50 X:LD~0:(ORLRAT).~.~06 MG~KG; LD50:(IPR,RAT)2890 UG/KG; LD50:(ORL,MUS)4700 MG/ SUPPL SAFETY HEALTH DATA: KG; LD50:(IPR,MUS)340 MG/KG. HLTH HAZ:INHAL OF HIGH CONC OF BENZENE MAY HAVE INITIAL ST1MULATORY EFT ON CNS CHARACTERIZED BY EXHILARATION, NERVOUS EXCITATION &/OR GIDDINESS, DEPRESSION, DROWSINESS OR FATIGUE. (SEE INGRED 2) N 92281BRS BENZENE
Transportation Data TRANSPORTATION ACTION CODE: TRANSPORTATION FOCAL POINT: TRANS DATA REVIEW DATE: DOT PSN CODE: DOT SYMBOL: DOT PROI’ER SHIPPING NAME: 3 UN1114 II FLAMMABLE LIQUID BXB BENZENE DOT CLASS: DOT II) NUMBER: DOT PACK GROUP: DOT LABEL: I)OT DOD EXEMPTION NUMBER: IMO PSN COl)E: IMO PROPER SHIPPING NAME: 3185 I 1143.2- DBA I ll4BENZENE
i
i
IMO REG PAGE NUMBER:
IMO UN NUMBER: IMO UN CLASS:
I
IMO SUBSID RISK LABEL:
http://msds.pdc come edt/msds/msdsdod/a89/m44344.htm
04/12/2002
BENZENE, 99.9+%, HPLC GRADE 27070-9
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
1ATA PSN CODE: 1ATA UN 1D NUMBER: IATA PROPER SHIP NAME: 3 FLAMMABLE LIQUID DBA 0 BENZENE IATA UN CLASS: 1ATA SUBSID RISK CLASS: 1ATA LABEL: AFI PSN CODE: AF1 SYMBOLS: AFI PROP SHIPPING NAME: 3 UNl114 II FLAMMABLE LIQUID AFI CLASS: AF1 |D NUMBER: AFI PACK GROUP: 7-7 AFI LABEL: AF| SPECIAL PROV: AFI BASIC PAC REF: MMAC CODE: N O S SHIPPING NAME: ADI)ITIONAL TRANS DATA:
Disposal Data DISPOSAL DATA ACTION CODE: DISPOSAL DATA FOCAL POINT: DISPOSAL DATA REVIEW DATE: RECNUM FOR THIS DISP ENTR: TOT I)ISP ENTRIES PER NSN:
http://msds.pdc.comell.edu/msds/msdsdod/a89/n~44344.htm
04/12/2002
BENZENE. 99.9+%, HPLC GRADE 27070-9
I I I I I I I I I I I ! I I I I I I I
Page 9 oi12
LANDFILL BAN ITEM: DISPOSAL SUPPLEMENTAL DAT: EPAHAZWST 1ST CODE NEW: EPAHAZWST IST NAME NEW: EPAHAZWST IST CHAR NEW: EPAACUTEHAZARD 1 ST NEW: EPAHAZWST 2ND CODE NEW: EPAHAZWST 2ND NAME NEW: EPAHAZWST 2ND CHAR NEW: EPAACUTEHAZARD 2ND NEW: EPAHAZWST 3RD CODE NEW: EPAHAZWST 3RD NAME NEW: YES03JUN9103JUN91 G BENZENE, 99.9+%, HPLC GRA EPAHAZWST 3RD CHAR NEW: DE 27070-9 EPAACUTE 3RD HAZARD NEW:
Label Data LABEL REQUIRED: TECHNICAL REVIEW DATE: YES LABEL DATE: DANGER! MFR NUMBER: X X XX LABEL STATUS: E COMMON NAME: XTREMELY FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND VAPOR. VAPOR MAY CAUSE FLASH F CHRONIC HAZARD: IRE SIGNAL WORI):. KEEP A
http://msds.pdc.comell.edu/msds/msdsdod/a89/m44344.hlm
04/12/2002
BENZENE, 99.9+%, HPLC GRADE 27070-9
I I I I I I
Page
ACUTE HEALTH HAZARD NONE: W ACUTE HEALTH HAZARD SLIGHT: A ACUTE HEALTH HAZARD MODERATE: Y ACUTE HEALTH HAZARD SEVERE: CONTACT HAZARD NONE: F CONTACT HAZARD SLIGHT: R CONTACT HAZARD MODERATE: O CONTACT HAZARD SEVERE: M
i I
FIRE HAZARD NONE:
I I
FIRE HAZARD SEVERE: A
I I I I I I I
REACTIVITY HAZARD MODERATE:
FIRE HAZARD SLIGHT: H FIRE HAZARD MODERATE: E
REACTIVITY HAZARD NONE: T REACTIVITY HAZARD SLIGHT:.
REACTIVITY HAZARD SEVERE: S SPECIAL HAZARD PRECAUTIONS: PARKS AND FLAME. KEEP CONTAINER CLOSED. USE WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION. ACUTE:HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED, INHALED, OR ABSORBED THROUGH SKIN. AVOID CON’FACT WITH EYES, SKIN AND CLOTHING. WASH THOROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING. AVOID BREATHING VAPOR. CAUSES EYE. MUCOUS MEMBRANE. UPPER RESPIRATORY TRACT AND SKIN IRRITATION. CHRONIC:CANCER HAZARD. BENZENE CAN CAUSE CANCER. MAY ALTER GENETIC MATERIAL. TARGET OP, GANS:BLOOD. BONE MARROW. HEMATOPOIETIC SYSTEM. YYYALDRICH CHEMICAL CO PROTECT EYE: PROTECT SKIN: PROTECT RESPIRATORY: LABEL NAME: 355 MILWAUKEE WI
I i
hup://msds.pdc.cornell.edu/msds/msdsdod/a89/m44344.htm
04/I2/2002
BENZENE, 99.9+%, HPLC GI~.L, kDE 27070-9
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Page
LABEL STREET: 53201 US LABEL P O BOX: LABEL CITY: LABEL STATE: LABEL ZIP CODE: LABEL COUNTRY: LABEL EMERGENCY NUMBER: YEAR PROCURED: FIRE HAZARD SEVERE: A REACTIVITY HAZARD NONE: T REACTIVITY HAZARD SLIGHT:, REACTIVITY HAZARD MODERATE: REACTIVITY HAZARD SEVERE: S SPECIAL HAZARD PRECAUTIONS: PARKS AND FLAME. KEEP CONTAINER CLOSED. USE WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION. ACUTE:HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED, INHALED, OR ABSORBED THROUGH SKIN. AVOID CONTACT WITH EYES. SKIN AND CLOTHING. WASH THOROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING. AVOID BREATHING VAPOR. CAUSES EYE, MUCOUS MEMBRANE. UPPER RESPIRATORY TRACT AND SKIN IRRITATION. CHRONIC:CANCER HAZARD. BENZENE CAN CAUSE CANCER. MAY ALTER GENETIC MATERIAL. TARGET ORGANS:BLOOD. BONE MARROW, HEMATOPOIETIC SYSTEM. YYYALDRICH CHEMICAL CO PROTECT EYE:
PROTECT SKIN: PROTECT RESPIRATORY: LABEL NAME: 355 MILWAUKEE WI LABEL STREET: 53201 US LA’BEL P O BOX: LABEL CITY:
http://msds.pdc.cornell.edu/msds/msdsdod/a89/m44344.htm
04/12/2002
BENZENE, 99.9+Vo, HPLC GRADE 27070-9
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
l’agc t2 oi 12
LABELSTATE: LABEL ZIP CODE: LABEL COUNTRY: LABEL EMERGENCY NUMBER: YEARPROCURED:
Page Created 10/25/97 11:09:07 AM
http://n3sds.pdc.cornell.edu!msds/n~sdsdod/a89/m44344.htm
04/1212002
ALDRICH CHEMICAL -- CYCLOHEXANE, 99.9+%, HPLC GRADE, 27002-8
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Page I oI 4
ALDRICH CHEMICAL -- CYCLOHEXANE, 99.9+%, HPLC GRADE, 27062-8 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET NSN: 681000N014333 Manufacturer’s CAGE: 60928 Part No. Indicator: A Part Number/Trade Name: CYCLOHEXANE, 99.9+%, HPLC GRADE, 27062-8 General Information Company’s Name: ALDRICH CHEMICAL CO Company’s P. O. Box: 355 Company’s City: MILWAUKEE Company’s State: WI Company’s Country: US Company’s Zip Code: 53201 Company’s Info Ph #: 414-273-3850 Record No. For Safety Entry: 001 Tot Safety Entries This Stk#: 001 Status: SMJ Date MSDS Prepared: 24JAN90 Safety Data Review Date: 06JUL95 MSDS Serial Number: BKNCN Hazard Characteristic Code: F2 Ingredients/Identity Information Proprietary: NO Ingredient: CYCLOHEXANE (SARA III) Ingredient Sequence Number: 01 Percent: 99 NIOSH (RTECS) Number: GU6300000 CAS Number: 110-82-7 OSHA PEL: 300 PPM ACGIH TLV: 300 PPM, 9192 Physical/Chemical Characteristics Appearance And Odor: COLORLESS LIQUID. SWEETISH ODOR RESEMBLING CHLOROFORM Boiling Point: 177F,81C Melting Point: 43.7F,6.5C Vapor Pressure (MH Hg/70 F) : 77 @ 20C Vapor Density (Air i) : 2.9 Specific Gravity: 0.779 Evaporation Rate And Ref: 6.1 (BUAC = ]! {FP N). Solubility In Water: INSOLUBLE pH: 7 Fire and Explosion Hazard Data Flash Point: Flash Point Method: CC Lower Explosive Limit: Upper Explosive Limit: Extinguishing Media: CO’2, DRY CHEM POWDER, ALCOHOL, POLYMER FOAM. WATER b~Y BE EFFECTIVE FOR COOLING BUT MAY NOT EFFECT EXTINGUISHMENT. Special Fire Fighting Proc: WEAR NIOSH/MSHA APPROVED SCBA AND FULL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT TO PREVENT CONTACT WITH SKIN AND EYES. USE WATER SPRAY TO COOL FIRE-EXPOSED CONTAINERS. Unusual Fire And Expl Hazrds: EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE. VAPOR MAY TRAVEL
http:llmsds.pdc.cornell.edulmsds/sirilmsds/h/q 1151q 102.html
0411212002
ALDRICH cHEMICAL *- CYCLOHEXANE, 99.9+%, HPLC (SiZADE, 27002-8
I
CONSIDERABLE DISTANCE TO SOURCE OF IGNITION EXPLOSION MAY OCCUR UNDER FIRE CONDITIONS.
&
l’age 2 ot 4
FLASH BACK. CONTAINER
Reactivity Data
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Stability: YES Cond To Avoid (Stability): NONE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER. Materials To Avoid: OXIDIZING AGENTS. Hazardous Decamp Products: TOXIC FUMES OF:CO, CO’2. Hazardous Poly Occur: NO Conditions To Avoid (Poly): NOT RELEVANT Health Hazard Data LDS0-LCS0 Mixture: LDS0:(ORL,RAT)I2?05 MG/KG(SEE SUPP DATA) Route Of Entry - Inhalation: YES Route Of Entry - Skis: NO Route Of Entry - Ingestion: NO Health Hsz Acute And Chronic: ACUTE:HARMFUL IF INHALED OR INGESTED, VAPOR OR MIST IS IRRITATING TO EYES, MUCOUS MEMBRANES & UPPER RESPIRATORY TRACT. CAUSES SKIN IRRITATION. TARGET ORGANS:LUNGS, NERVES. Carcinogenicity - NTP: NO Carcinogenicity - IARC: NO Carcinogenicity - OSHA: NO Explanation Careinogenicity: NOT RELEVANT Signs/Symptoms Of Overexp: EXPOSURE CAN CAUSE:LUNG IRRITATION, CHEST PAIN AND BDEMA WHICH ~ BE FATAL. GASTROINTESTINAL DISTURBANCES. Med Cend Aggravated By Exp: NONE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER. Emergency/First Aid Proc: EYES:IMMEDIATE AND PROLONGED IRRIGATION W/ COPIOUS AMTS OF WATER. ASSURE ADEQ FLUSHING BY SEPARATING LIDS W/FINGERS. SKIN:IMMEDIATELY WASH W/SOAP & COPIOUS AMTS OF WATER. WASH CONTAMINATED CLOTHING BEFORE REUSE. INHAL:REMOVE TO FRESH AIR. SUPPORT BREATHING (GIVE O÷2/ARTF RESP), CALL MD. INGEST:DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. DRINK 8-10 OZ OF WATER. CALL MD IMMEDIATELY (FP N) . Precautions for Safe Handling and Use Steps If Matl Released/Spill: EVACUATE AREA.SHUT OFF ALL SOURCES OF IGNIT. WEAR NIOSH/MSHA APPROVED SCBA, RUBBER BOOTS,HEAVY RUBBER GLOVES. COVER W/ ACTIVATED CARBON ADSORBENT/TAKE UP/PLACE IN CLOSED CNTNRS. TRANSPORT OUTDOORS. VENT AREA/WASH SPILL SITE AFTER MATL PICKUP COMPLETE. Neutralizing Agent: NONE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER. Waste Disposal Method: BURN IN CHEMICAL INCINERATOR EQUIPPED W/ AFTERBURNER & SCRUBBER BUT EXERT EXTRA CARE IN IGNITING AS MATERIAL IS HIGHLY FLAMMABLE. DIS POSE OF I/A/W FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. Precautions-Handling/Storing: STORE IN COOL, DRY PLACE UNDER NITROGEN. KEEP TIGHTLY CLOSED. KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT, SPARKS & OPEN FLAME. DO NOT BREATHE VAPOR. Other Precautions: IRRITANT. DO NOT GET IB EYES, ON SKIN OR CLOTHING. USE HONSPARKING TOOLS. Control Measures Resplrarory Protection: WEAR APPROPRIATE ~!IOSH/MSHA APPROVED RESPIRATOR. Ventilation: MECHANICAL EXHAUST REQUIRED. Protective Gloves: CHEMICAL RESISTANT GLOVES. Eye Protection: CHEMICAL WORKERS GOGGLES (FP N). Other Protective Equipment: PROTECTIVE CLOTHING. SAFETY SHOWER AND EYE BATH. Work Hygienic Practices: WASH HANDS THOROUGHLY AFTER USE AND BEFORE
http://msds,pdc.corlmll.edu/msds/sirJ/msds/]~/q ] 15/q 102.him]
04/12/2002
ALDRICH CHEMICAL -- CYCLOHEXANE, 99.9+%, HPLC GRADE, 27062-8
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I i
Page 3 ol 4
EATING, DRINKING, SMOKING OR USING SANITARY FACILITIES (FP N), Suppl. Safety & Health Data: LDS0-LC50 MIX:LDS0:(ORL,MUS)813 MG/KG. Transportation Data Trans Data Review Date: 91261 DOT PSN Code: ECV DOT Proper Shipping Name: CYCLOHEXANE DOT Class: 3 DOT ID Number: UNII45 DOT Pack Group: II DOT Label: FLAMMABLE LIQUID IMO PSN Code: EXT IMO Proper Shipping Name: CYCLOHEXANE IMO Regulations Page Number: 3114 IMO UN Number: 1145 IMO UN Class: 3.1 IMO Subsidiary Risk Label: IATA PSN Code: HWK IATA UN ID Number: 1145 IATA Proper Shipping Name: CYCLOHEXANE IATA UN Class: 3 IATA Label: FLAMMABLE LIQUID AFI PSN Code: HWK AFI Prop. Shipping Name: CYCLOHEXANE AFI Class: 3 AFI ID Number: UNII45 AFI Pack Group: II AFI Basic Pac Ref: 7-7 Disposa! Data Label Data Label Required: YES Technica] Review Date: 05JUN91 Labe] Date: 05JUN91 Label Status: G Common Name: CYCLOHSXANE, 99.9+~, H?LC GRADE, 27062-8 Chronic Hazard: YES Signal Word: DANGER! Acu
1 Specific Gravity: 0.85 - 0.93 Decomposition Temperature: NOT GIVEN Evaporation Rate And Ref: NIL So]ubi!ity In Water: INSOLUBLE Percent Volatiles By Volume: NIL Corrosion Rate (IPY): UNKNOWN Fire and Explosion Hazard Data Flash Point: 130F,54C Flash Point Method: TCC
http://msds.pdc.cornell.edu/msds/siri/msds/h/q194/q436.html
04/12/2002
CONOCO-- DIESEL FUEL NO. 2 -DIESEL FUEL
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Lower Explosive Limit: 0.4 % Upper Explosive Limit: 6 % Extinguishing Media: WATER SPRAY, FOAM, DRY CHEMICAL CAARBON DIOXIDE Special Fire Fighting Proc: USE WATER TO KEEP FIRE-EXPOSED CONTAINERS COOL. IF LEAK OR SPILL HAS NOT IGNITIED, USE WATER SPRAY TO DISPERSE THE VAPORS AND TO PROVIDE PROTECTION. Unusual Fire And Expl Hazrds: PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION MAY CONTAIN CARBON MONOXIDE, CARBON DIOXIDE AND OTHER TOXIC MATERILS. DO NOT ENTER ENCLOSED OR CONFINED SPACE WITHOUT PROPER PPE, Reactivity Data Stability: YES Cond To Avoid (Stability): AVOID HEAT AND FLAME Materials TO Avoid: INCOMATIBLE WITH OXIDIZING MATERIALS. Health Hazard Data Precautions for Safe Handling and Use Control Measures Transportation Data Disposal Data Label Data Label Required: YES Technical Review Date: 24JUN92 {JFR Label Number: NONE Label Status: G Commoi~ Name: DIESEL FUEL NO. 2 thronic Hazard: NO Siena! Word: CAUTION! Asute Health Hazard-Slight: X ~%ntast Hazard-Slight: X F!re Hazard-SJight: >[ k~az~i-.’i<~ Hazard-None: H SFe:ial Hazard Precautions: STORE IN WELL VENTILATED AREEA. KEEP CONTAINER 71SHTLY CLOSEE. STORE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSN RE<"LA’H©NS. FIRST AID: INHALATION: REMOVE TO FRESH AIR. IF NOT BREATHING, G;FE ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION. IF BREATHING IS DIFFICULT, GIVE OXYGEN. CALL A ?HYSIC!AN. SKIN: FLUSH SKIN WITH WATER AFTER CONTACT. REMOVE CONTAMINATED tLGTHIDG. EYES: IMMEDIATELY FLUSH WITH WATER FOR 15 MINUTES. CALL A RHYSIG!AD. INGESTION: DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. IMMEDIATELY GIVE TWO GLASSES OP WATER. NEVER GIVE ANYTHING TO IF UNCONCIOUS. CALL MD Protect Eye: Y Pro:ect Skin: Y Label Name: CONOCO INC Label Stree<: 60@ N DAIRY ASHFORD RD RM 3012 Label P.O. Box: 4784 Label City: HOUSTON Lapel State: TX Label Zip Code: 7721@-4784
hup://msds.pdc.corne11.edtFmsds/siri/msds/h/q194/q436.hlmJ
04/12/2002
CONOCO- DIESEL FUEL NO. 2- DIESEL FUEL
I I I i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Label Country: US Label Emergency Number: 713-29B-5550/800-424-9300
http://msds.pdc.cornell.edu/msds/siri/msds/h/q194/q4 36.html
04/1212002
CHEM SERVICE -- ETHYLBENZENE, O-770
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i I i
Page I o13
CHEM SERVICE -- ETHYLBENZENE, 0-770 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET NSN: 681000N033034 Manufacturer’s CAGE: 8Y898 Part No. Indicator: B Part Number/Trade Name: ETHYLBENZENE, 0-770 Genera~ Information Company’s Name: CHEM SERVICE INC Company’s P. O. Box: 3108 Company’s City: WEST CHESTER Company’s State: PA Company’s Country: US Company’s Zip Code: 19381 Company’s Emerg Ph #: 21~~692-3026 Company’s Info Ph #: 215-692-3026 Record No. For Safety Entry: 002 Tot Safety Entries This Stk#: 002 Status: SMJ Date MSDS Prepared: 01SEP92 Safety Data Review Date: ~2FEB96 MSDS Serial Number: BZPXM Ingredients/Identity Information Proprietary: NO Ingredient: BENZENE, ETHYL-; (ETHYL BENZENE) (SARA 313) Ingredient Sequence Number: 01 NIOSH (RTECS) Number: DA0700000 CAS Number: 100-41-4 OSHA PEL: I00 PPM ACGIH TLV: i00 PPM/125STEL Physical/Chemical Characteristics Appearance And Odor: COLORLESS LIQUID, WITH AROMATIC ODOR Boiling Point: 277F,136C Malting Point: -139F,-95C Vapor Pressure (MM Hg/70 F) : 7.1 Specific Gravity: 0.863 Soiubil]ry In Water: INSOLUBLE Fire and Explosion Hazard Data Flash Point: 71.6F,22.0C Lower Explosive Limit: Upper Exp!osJva Limit: 6.7~ Extinguishing Media: USE CARBON DIOZIDE, DRY CHEMICAL POWDER OR SPRAY. Special Fire Fighting Proc: WEAR N]OSH/MSHA APPROVED SCBA & FULL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT Unusual Fire And Expl Hazrds: NONE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER. Reactivity Data Stabi!i21VOL% ALCOHOL FLAMM.VAP RELEASED @/OR F.P., VAPOR/AIR MIXTURES ARE EXPLOSIVE. VAPORS CAN FLOW ALONG SURFACES TO DISTANT INGITION SOURCE & FLASH BACK. Reactivity Data Stability: YES Cond To Avoid (Stability): HEAT, IGNITION SOURCES Materials To Avoid: STRONG OXIDIZERS, ALKALIS, ACIDS Hazardous Decomp Products: CARBON DIOXIDE,CARBON MONOXIDE Hazardous Poly Occur: NO Conditions To Avoid (Poly) : WILL NOT OCCUR. Health Hazard Data LDS0-LC50 Mixture: PRODUCT’S LD50 (ORAL RAT) WAS NOT STATED Route Of Entry - Inhala[ion: YES Route Of Entry - Skin: YES Route Of Entry - Ingestion: YES Health Haz Acute And Chronic: ACUTE-IRRITATION TO SKIN, EYES, LUNGS. DERMATITIS, NAUSEA, ANEMIA, HEAVY PERSPIRATION. INTERMUSCULAR HEMOLYSIS. CHRONIC-KIDNEY, LIVER, SPLEEN DAMAGE, CATARACTS IN EYE, DERMATITIS, ANEMIA. Carcinogenici[y - NTP: NO Carcinogenicity - IARC: NO Carcinogen~clty - OSHA: NO Explanation Carcinogenici~y: MANUFACTURER GAVE NO INFORMATION ABOUT CARC!NOGEN!CITY. HMIS FOUND NO LISTING & DOES NOT EXPECT IT TO BE CARCINOGENIC. Signs]Symptoms Of Overexp: IRRITATION TO SKIN, EYES, LUNGS. DERMATITIS, NAUSEA, ANEMIA, HEAVY PERSPIRATION. INTERMUSCULAR HEHOLYSIS. Med Cond Aggravated By Exp: MPR GAVE NO INFORMATION ON MSDS. Emergency/First Aid Proc: IF ANY IRRITATION PERSISTS OR SEVERE, GET MEDICAL ATTENTION. EYE:FLUSH W/WATER FOR 15 MIN. SKIN:PLUSH W/WATER 15 MIN~ REMOVE CONT~IINATED CLOTHING & LAUNDER BEFORE REUSE. INHALED:REMOVE FROM CONTA[JINATED AREA. AID OR RESTORE BREATHING AS NEEDED. INGESTED:GET IMNEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION. IF CONSCIOUS GIVE 2 GLASSES OF WATER & STICK FINGER DOWN THROAT. NOTHING BY MOUTH IE UNCONSCIOUS. Precautions for Safe Handling and Use Steps If MaLl Released/Spill: VENTILATE AREA OF LEAK OR SPILL. REMOVE SOURCES OF IGNITION. WEAR PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT. SWEEP OR SCOOP UP USING
hltp://msds.pdc.corne edu/msds/siri/msds/h/q310/q182.html
0411212002
SCIENCE KIT & BOREAL LABORATORIES -- NAPHTHALENE NONE
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Page 3 oi4
NON-SPARKING TOOLS. Neutralizing Agent: MFR GAVE NO INFORMATION ON MSDS. Waste Disposal Method: DISCHARGE, TREATMENT, OR DISPOSAL MAY BE SUBJECT TO NATIONAL, STATE, OR LOCAL LAWS. CAN BE LIQUID INCINERATED IN RCRA APPROVED COMBUSTIBLE CH!MMBER OR DISPOSE IN AN APPROVED FACILITY. DO NOT FLUSH TO SEWER. Precautions-Handling/Storing: STORE IN COOL, WELL VENTILATED LOCATION. KEEP TIGHTLY CLOSED WHEN NOT IN USE. Other Precautions: READ LABLE ON CONTAINER BEFORE USING. CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED/TAGGET ORGANS:PERSONS W/PRE-EXISTING SKIN, RESPIRATORY, BLOOD OR VASCULAR CONDITIONS ARE MORE SUSCEPTIBLE. FOR LABORATORY USE ONLY. NOT FOR ORUG, FOOD OR HOUSEHOLD USE. Control Measures Respiratory Protection: ORGANIC CARTRIDGE Ventilation: USE LOCAL EXHAUST & MECHANICAL(GENERAL) VENTILATION. Protective Gloves: VINYL OR RUBBER. Eye Protection: GOGGLES Other Protective Equipment: LAB COAT Work Hygienic Practices: KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN Suppl. Safety & Health Data: NONE Transportation Data Trans Da[a Review Date: 96119 DOT PSN Cede: JZV DOT Proper Shipping Name: NAPHTHALENE, CRUDE OR NAPHTHALENE, REFINED DOT Class: 4.1 DOT ID Number: UN1334 DOT Pack Group: III DOT Label: FLAM~BLE SOLID DOT/DoD Exemption }lumber: UNKNOWN IMO PSN Code: KIT ]MO Proper Shipping Name: NAPHTHALENE,CRUDE OR REFINED IMO Regulations Page Number: 4158 IMO UN Number; 1334 ]lqO UR Class: 4.1 ]i.]O Subsidiary Risk Label IATA PSI.! Code: ROK !ATL. gl.] ID Number: 1334 IATA ~roper Shipping Name 14APHTHALENE, REFINED IAT.A UI,; Class: 4.1 ...... ~_ase: : FLAMMABLE SOLI9 AFI 7rs~. Shipcing Hame: NAPHTHALENE, CRUDE OR REFINED AFI t!ass: 4.1 AF] ig Humber: UN1334 AP] }ack Group: III ~.-~ Special Prov: ..~ NMAC code. Disposal Data Label Data Label Required: YES Technical Review Date: 28APR96
http://msds.pdc,cornell.edu/msds/siri/msds/h!q310/q 182.html
0411212002
SCIENCE KIT & BOREAL LABORATORIES -- NAPHTHALENE -NONE
I I I I I I I I I I
Page 4 ol 4
MFR Label Number: NONE Label Status: F Common Name: NAPHTHALENE Signal Word: WARNING! Acute Health Hazard-Moderate: X Contact Hazard-Slight: X Fire Hazard-Moderate: X Reactivity Hazard-None: X Special Hazard Precautions: **TARGET-ORGANS:SKIN, RESPIRATORY SYSTEM, BLOOD, VASCULAR SYSTEM*÷ ACUTE-IRRITATION TO SKIN, EYES, LUNGS. DERF~.TITIS, NAUSEA, ANEMIA, HEAVY PERSPIRATION. INTERMUSCULAR HEMOLYSIS. CHRONIC-KIDNEY, LIVER, SPLEEN DAMAGE, CATARACTS IN EYE, DERMATITIS, ANEMIA. STORE IN COOL, WELL VENTILATED LOCATION. KEEP TIGHTLY CLOSED WHEN NOT IN USE. IN CASE OF SPILL: VENTILATE AREA OF LEAK OR SPILL. REMOVE SOURCES OF IGNITION. WEAR PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT. SWEEP OR SCOOP UP USING NON-SPARKING TOOLS. Protect Eye: Y Protect Skin: Y Label Name: SCIENCE KIT & BOREAL LABORATORIES Label Street: 777 EAST PARK DRIVE Label P.O. Box: NONE Label City: TONAWANDA Label State: NY Label Zip Code: 14150-6784 Label Country: US Label Emergency Number: 800-828-7777 Year Procured: 1996
I
http://msds.pdc.cornell.edu/msds/siri/msds/h/q310/q 182.h{ml
04112/2002
ALDRICH CHEMICAL -- STYRENE, 99+% 24086-9
I I I I i i I I I I I I I I I I I I i
l)age 1 oi3
ALDRICH CHEMICAL -- STYRENE, 99+%, 24086-9 W~TERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET NSN: 681000N037313 Manufacturer’s CAGE: 60928 Part No. Indicator: A Part Number/Trade Name: STYRENE, 99+%, 24086-9 General Information Company’s Name: ALDRICH CHEMICAL CO Company’s P. O. Box: 355 Company’s City: MILWAUKEE Company’s State: WI Company’s Country: US Company’s Zip Code: 53201 Company’s Emerg Ph #: 414-273-3850 Company’s Info Ph #: 4~4-273-3850 Record No. For Safety Entry: 001 Tot Safety Entries This Stk#: 001 Status: SMJ Date MSDS Prepared: 18JUN92 Safety Data Review Date: 09DEC92 MEDS Serial Number: BQRVN Hazard Characteristic Code: F4 Ingredients/Identity Information Proprietary: NO Ingredient: STYRENE Ingredient Sequence Number: Ol Percent: 99+ NIOSH IRTECS) Number: WL3675000 CAS Number: 100-42-5 OSBA PEL: i00 PPM ACGIH TLV: S,50PPM/100STEL;9293 Physical/Chemical Characteristics Appearance And Odor: COLORLESS LIQUID Boiling Point: 293F,]45C Mel:ing Point: -24F,-31C Vapor Pressure (MM Hg/70 F): SUPDAT Vapor Densi2G/KG. ASPIRATION HAZARD.TINHAL:HARMFUL IF INHALED.EYES:IRRITANT.SKIN-PRACTICALLY NON-IRRITATING,BUT MAY CAUSE DEFATTING. Carcinogen!city - NTP: NO Carcinogen!city - IARC: NO Carcinogen!city - OSBA; NO Explanation Carcinogen!city: PARA-XYLENE IS THE MOST FETOTOXIC ISOMER. Signs/Symptoms Of Overexp: POSSIBLE DERMATITIS. Med Cond Aggravated By Exp: NONE SPECIFIED BY MFR. Emergency/First Aid Proc: EYES:FLUSH WITH WATER.GET MEDICAL ASSISTANCE.SKIN:WASH WITH SOAP AND WATER.INHAL:REMOVE FROM EXPOSURE.CALL PHYSICIAN,GIVE OXYGEN OR MOUTH-TO-MOUTH RESCUSITATION IF NEEDED.INGEST:DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING.GET PROMPT QUALIFIED MEDICAL ASSISTANCE.IF CONSCIOUS, GIVE i-2 GLASSES OF WATER. Precautions for Safe Handling and Use Steps If Mai! Released/Spill: ELIMINATE SOURCES OF IGNITION.VENTILATE AREA.SOAK UP W!TH A NON-COMBUSTIBLE ABSORBANT.PL%CE IN AN APPROPRIATE COHTAINER FOR DISPOSAL.PREVENT POLLUTION OF WATERWAYS;CALL 800-424-8802 FOR SPILT, REPORTING. Neutralizing Agent: NOT APPLICABLE Waste Disposal Method: DISPOSE OF IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS.THIS ITEM MAY BE CLASSIFIED AS RCRA HAZARDOUS WASTE(IGNITABILITY,CORROSIVITY,REACTIVITY,TCLP). Precautions-Handling/Storing: STORE IN A COOL, DRY PLACE.AVOID HEAT,SPARKS, FLAMES AND INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS.KEEP CONTAINERS CLOSED. Other Precautions: GROUND OR BOND CONTAINERS WHEN TRANSFERRING LIQUIDS. Control Measures Respiratory Pro[ection: USE A NIOSB/MSHA APPROVED RESPIRATOR FOR ORGANIC VAPOR. Ventilation: USE LOCAL EXHAUST AT THE WORKSITE;DILUTION VENTILATION TO
ht~p://n3sds.pdc.cornell.edu/msds/siri/msds/h/q418/q210.html
04/12/2002
MOBIL OIL -- XYLENE -XYLENE,TECHNICAL
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ! I I
Page 3 ot4
MAINTAIN THE TLV/PEL. Protective Gloves: IMPERVIOUS. Eye Protection: CHEMICAL SPLASH GOGGLES. Other Protective Equipment: PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AS NEEDED.PROVIDE AN EYE WASH STATION AND QUICK DRENCH SHOWER. Work Hygienic Practices: USE REASONABLE CARE IN HANDLING THIS PRODUCT.WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING MATL AND BEFORE EATING. Suppl. Safety & Health Data: NONE Transportation Data Trans Data Review Date: 98078 DOT PSN Co4e: PWS DOT Proper Shipping Name: XYLENES DOT Class: 3 DOT ID Number: UNI307 DOT Pack Group: III DOT Label: FLAMMABLE LIQUID IMO PSN Code: PPF IMO Proper Shipping Name: XYLENES IMO Regulations Page Number: 3394 IMO UN Number: 1307 IMO UN Class: 3.3 IMO Subsidiary Risk Label: IATA PSN Code: ZPL IATA UN ID Number: 1307 IATA Proper Shipping Name: XYLENES IATA UN Class: 3 IATA Label: FLAMMABLE LIQUID AFI PSN Code: ZPL AFI Prop. Shipping Name: XYLENES AFI ID Number: UNI307 AFI Pack Group: III AFI Special Prov: P5 AFI Basic Pac Ref: A7.3 MMAC Code: NR Additional Trans Data: RQ FOR XYLENE IS i00 LBS. Disposal Data Label Data Label Required: YES Technical Review Date: 19MAR98 MFR Label ~lumber: UNKNOWN Labe] Status: F Come, on Name: XYLENE Chrorlic Hazard: NO Signal Word: WARNING! Acute Health Hazard-Slight: X Contact Hazard-Slight: X Fire Hazard-Moderate: X Reactivity Hazard-None: X Special Hazard Precautions: INGEST:PRACTICALLY NON-TOXIC;>2G/KG.ASPIRATION HAZARD.TINHAL:HARMFUL IF INHALED.EYES:IRRITANT.SKIN-PP~ACTICALLY NONIRRITATING,BUT MAY CAUSE DEFATTING. STORE IN A COOL,DRY PLACE.AVOID HEAT, EYES:FLUSH WITH WATER.GET MEDICAL ASSISTANCE.SKIN:WASH WITH SOAP AND WATER. INHAL:REMOVE FROM EXPOSURE.CALL PHYSICIAN,GIVE OXYGEN OR MOUTH-TO-MOUTH
http ://msds.pdc.comell.edu]msds/siri/msds/h/q418/q210.html
04/12/2002
MOBIL OIL -- XYLENE - XYLENE,TECHNICAL
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Page 4 of 4
RESCUSITATION IF NEEDED.INGEST:DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING.GET PROMPT QUALIFIED MEDICAL ASSISTANCE.IF CONSCIOUS,GIVE 1-2 GLASSES OF WATER. Protect Eye: Y Protect Skin: Y Protect Respiratory: Y Label Name: MOBIL OIL CORP Label Street: 3225 GALLOWS RD Label City: FAIRFAX Label State: VA Label Zip Code: 22037 Label Country: US Label Emergency Number: 609-737-4411 800-424-9300(CHEMTREC)
http//msds pdc.cornell.edu/msds/siri/msds/h/q4181q210.html
04/12/2002
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
"
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ! I I I I
APPENDIX B PROJECT FORMS
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Employee/Visitor Daily Roster* Project No.:
Site Name:
Date:
Project Manager:.
Date
Name
Company
"nine On~lte
"nine Ofls~te
This ros~er is required for emergency response planning, All pem~onnel arrMng to and from the site must sign this rosier. This tog does not texaco tf’e on-sita orientation by the FM or SHSC. He~llh & SalOty/Forms/AVOLUME Ib’]3ally Rc~tat.FH8
I I I I I
SITE VISITOR HEALTH AND SAFETY" ORIENTATION FORM
SITE
amec0
DATE
SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR SITE DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE SITE CONTAMINANTS AND HAZARDS
I I I I I I I I I
The information summarized below is important for you to read and fully understand. This information has been extracted from the site-specific Health and Safety Plan, and has been compiled to help ensure your heallh and safely on-site. If you have any questions regarding the information presented below, please ask your escort for clarification. HEALTH1 SAFETY~ AND SECURITY INFORMATION You must sign in and out of the Visitor Log Book maintained at the site. This assists in identifying aft the visitors at the site in the event of an emergency.
If your business takes you beyond the designated VISITOR AREAS, you must be escorted, If you are observed unesoorted in an unauthorized area, you will be asked to leave immediately. Areas marked with yellow-and-black tape stating "CAUTION - DO NOT ENTER" demarcate where the Exclusion (contaminated) areas begin. You are not allowed to enter these areas.
Access to the contaminated area is strictly forbidden to all visitors unless they have approval of the client and can produce adequate written proof of acceptable training and medical certification prior to arrival on-site. Hard hats and visitor safety glasses must be worn at all times on-site. Your escort will provide you with this safety equipment.
Health and Safety PlanNOLUME II/Site Visitor Orientation.doc
I I i I I I I I I I I I
Please read and follow all safety signs on-site. The signs are there to alert you to possible physical and chemical hazards. Eating and smoking is not allowed on-site. You may eat or smoke in designated clean areas or in your vehicle. Please be cautious around heavy or moving equipment and vehicles. 9.
Report any accident or injury to your escort.
10.
No one under the age of 18 is permitted on-site without prior approval of the
11.
No domestic animals are permitted on-site.
12.
Please do not disrupt site activities or contribute to any unnecessary delays. EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION In the event of a site emergency, please walk immediately to the designated meeting area for the site. You will receive further instructions at this location. Please stay in this meeting area until the all-clear signal is given from the Site Health and Safety Coordinator or off-site emergency support personnel. Please cooperate fully with those in authority in the event of an emergency. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF INFORMATION
I have read and understand the above information provided by AEE, have had an opportunity to direct questions of a health and safety nature, and have received adequate answers or explanations from my escort or other site staff member. My signature also indicates that my employer assumes the risk of any injury or ~?roperty damage that may occur to me or by me. Visitor Signature
Print Name
i
i i
Health and Safe~ PIan/V’OLUME II/Slte Visitor Orientation.doc
Affiliation
Date
I I l I I
arneC~ SUBCONTRACTOR HEALTH AND SAFETY ORIENTATION FORM
SITE
DATE
SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR SITE DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE SITE CONTAMINANTS AND HAZARDS
I I I I I I I I I I
The information summarized below is important for you to read and fully understand. This information has been extracted from the site-specific Health and Safety Plan, and has been compiled to help ensure your health and safety on-site. If you have any questions regarding the information presented below, please ask your escort for clarification. HEALTH, SAFETY1 AND SECURITY INFORMATION All subcontracting personnel must acknowledge their presence on-site by checking in with the Site Health and Safety Coordinator. This assists in identifying all the personnel at the site in the event of an emergency, All subcontracting personnel will be restricted to their "contracted" area(s). Do not enter any of the contaminated areas (marked with yellow-and-black caution tape) unless you have been authorized by site management and are wearing the proper protective equipment.
Hard hats, safety glasses, and safety boots are REQUIRED to be worn while you are working on-site. 4.
Please read and heed all safety signs on-site. These signs are there to alert you to possible physical and chemical hazards.
5.
Eating and smoking is not allowed on-site. You may e&t or smoke in designated clean areas or in your vehicle.
6.
Shirts are required at all times; long-sleeved shirts are preferred.
Health and Safety PlanNOLUME II/Subcontractor Orientation.doc
I I I I I I
11.
I
No one under the age of 18 is permitted on-site without prior approval of the client.
12.
No domestic animals are permitted on-site.
13.
Complete cooperation with the Health and Safety Plan must be maintained, Any violation may result in expulsion from the site.
14.
In the event of an on-site emergency, please walk immediately to the designated meeting area for the site. You will receive further instructions from this location. Please stay in the meeting area until the all-clear signal is given from the Site Health and Safety Coordinator or off-site emergency support personnel.
15.
Please cooperate fully with those in authority in the event of an emergency.
I I I I I I
Before beginning any HOT WORK (welding, burning, and grinding) you must notify the Site Health and Safe~y Coordinator. The work area must be checked for flammables and combustibles, and a proper fire extinguisher must be close by before beginning the hot work. Observe the proper IockoutJtagout procedure before working on electrical and/or rotating equipment. Normal subcontractor shift hours coincide with the regular AEE work schedule. L;oorcllna[or.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF INFORMATION I have read and understand the above information provided by AEE and have had an opportunity to direct questions of a health and safety nature, and have received adec~uate answer or explanations from my escort or other site staff member. Subcontractor Signature
Print Name
I
Hea/th and Safety P/arVVOLUME ~//Subcontractor Orientation.doe
Affiliation
Date
AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. Tailgate Safety Meeting Report
I I I I I I I I I I
Check One: [~ Initial Kickoff Safety Meeting [~1 ReguladDally Tailgate Safety Meeting [~ Unscheduled Tailgate Safety Meeting Date:
Site:
Reid Manager:
Site Health and Safety Coordinator:.
Order of Business Topics Discussed (chock all that apply): [~1 Site History/Site Layout
r~ Engineering Controls
F3 Scope of Work
(~ PPE Requira~/PPE Used
~.J Personnel Responsibilities
[~1 Define PPE Levels, Donning, Doffing Procedures [~ Physical Hazards and Contr~s (e.g,. overpeed utility lines) [~1 Docontaminetion Procedures for Personnel and Equipment
~1 Medical Surveillance Requirements ~ Training Requirements [~1 Safe Work Practices [~1 Logs, Reports, Recordkeeping ~1 Sanitation and Illumination ~ Air Surveillance Type and Frequency [~ Monitoring Instruments and Personal Monitoring
O General Emergency Procedures (e.g,, locations of air horns and what 1 or 2 blasts indicate) ~1 Site/Regional Emerger~cy Procedures (e,g,, earthquake response, typhoon response, etc.} O Medical Emergency Response Procedures (e.g., exposure control precautions, location of first aid ~t, etc.)
[~ Action Levels
Hazardous Materials Spill Procedures
~1 Accident Reporting Procedures
Applicable SOPs (e.g., Headng Conservation Program, Safe Driving, etc.)
[~ Site Control (visitor access, buddy system, work zones, security, communications) ~1 Discussion of previous "near misses’ including work crew suggestions 1o correct won( practices to avoid similar occurrences
Safety suggestions by site workers:
Action taken on previous suggestions:
Injuries/accidents/personnel changes since prevfous meeting:
He~ltt~ an~ SafeI~/Forms~VOLUME It~allgate.FH8
Injury/lllnese Reporting Procedures Route to Hospital and Medical Care Provider Visit Guidelines Hazard Analysis of Work Tasks (chemical, physical, Diological and energy health hazards and effects)
I I I I I I I I I i I I I I I I I I I
AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. Tailgate Safety Meeting Report (~n~d)
amec~
Observations of unsafe work practices/cenditions that have developed since previous meeting:
Location of (or changes in the locations of) evacuation routes/safe refuge areas:
Additional comments:
Attendee signatures below indicate acknowledgment of the information and willingness to abide by the procedures discussed during this safety meeting. Name (pdnt)
Meeling conducted by: Signature:
Company
Signature
amec0
Instrument Calibration Log JOB NUMBER:
DATE/TIME
INSTRUMENT
LOCATION:
PROJEC~
SERIALNUMBER
SPAN GAS SUBSTANCE
SPAN CONC.
INSTRUMENT READING AT CAUBRATION
INSTRUME CALIBRATI READING P~ SAMPUN
COMMENTS
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Machinery and Mechanized Equipment Certification Form To: AMEC Earth & Environmental, inc. (AMEC), Purchasing Department From: 1. This provides certification of machinery end mechanized equipment to be used on the referenced project for the folJowtng work: Description of equipment work: Project site:
Dates (duratlen) of equipment work:
2.Inspection and cedification of machinery and mechanized equipment, as required by AMEC policy, Corporate Safety, Health, and Environment Manual, Volume II, Comprehensive Fie~d Projecl Health and Safety Program, has been made pdor to, but not eadier than 7 (advance) calendar days, of use on the project site. Recsrtificatlon will be required for equipment that is used on the project site for more than 1 year. ~dentification of equipment (make, model, sedal no.)
Date of CerlJfication
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6,
3. The above ILsteq equipment has been inspected and tested as indicated above, and is CERTIFIED TO BE IN SAFE OPERATING CONDITION BY THEFOLLOWING COMPETENT INDIVIDUAL: Name "f]tJe Firm Signature
4. If there are any questions on this certification, please contact the following AMEC representative:
I I I
Distribution .’ Project Manager/Field Manager AMEC Site Health and ,..qafe~y Coordinator
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec~ DALLY DRILL RIG CHECKLIST Date
Rig Description
Project #
Sedal or License # (Note: This # should match the # on the equipment certification form.)
Location
Rig Owner
item Name
Requirement
Hydraulic systems controls and levers
No leaking fittings or connections. Levers are in good operating condition. Fluid levels are full
Fuel, oil water, and coolant lines
No leaks.
Hose8
No leeks in hoses or connections. No signs of excessive wear~ kinked or bent hoses.
Gauges
Operational and visible to operator.
Emergency kill switch and life line
Operational and accessible to operator.
Shear pins
In place.
Drive chains
No signs of excessive wear, broken or defective links.
Parking brakes
Set and operational,
Outriggers
No leaks. Set on pads (as necessary to avoid dama,qe).
~,findshield wipers
Operational.
Lights (head, tail and runnin0 liflhts)
Operational and without cracked lenses.
Cables and ropes
No fraying, birdnesting, flattening, stretching. Must be braided or properly clamped at connections.
Back-up aterm
Operational, spotter used.
Okay No*
Comment
I I I I I I I I I I
amec0 DALLY DRILL RIG CHECKLIST (Continued) Item Nama
Requirement
Okay
Pulleys, drums, and spools
No excessive wear or cracking.
DerdckJMast
Locked in position. Frame is not cracked or bent.
Hoists
Properly spooled cable,
Safety equipment
Safety harness, fire extinguisher, flares, safety reflectors, first aid kit, grounding wire for fueling, and spill response equipment {for fueling and repairs).
Guards
Power take-offs (PTOs) and all rotating parts designed with guards. Guards must have wamin9 labels. Diverter systems, auger and head seals, cyclones, grout plant guards, etc. (list):
Miscellaneous (as applicable)
No*
Commant
Deficiencies (Explain all negative responses and list corrective actions; all deficiencies must be corrected before the dg is entered into service):
Other Repairs or Routine Maintenance:
I I I I
Inspection Conducted and Rig Certified by: (Owner/Operator) Name and Date
Report Received by: (AMEC SHSC or FM)
Name and Date
amec
Site Air Surveillance Record SITE INFORMATION Job Number:
Date:
Field Manager:
Site Health and Safet~ Coordinator:
Site Location:
S~ECOND~IONS Relative Humidity: Sample No.
Time
Sample Description
Wind Speed and Direction: Location
Instrument
Reading
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Supervisor’s Report of Injury or Illness
arned
Note: To prevent accidents, it is necessary to know how and why they occur. Please complete both sides of this report. State facts as accurately as posslb)e. Accurate reporting of all facts will help in the preparation of the "Employers Report." Submit your complete report within 24 hours to Human Resources, your SHE Coordinator, and the Corporate SHE Director.
Name of injured employee Injury date
Department in which regularly employed "~me ofiniury
~IAM E3PM
employer’sL)~o acc~oOnipremises?OCcur on O~ NO Y ~ vvnarer Ispoc=~ oept., joe sue, emj
Date and time employer was no~Sed of injury Name OT w~tnass
What was employee doing when inlured? (waJking, lifting, operating machlnas, etc.) Be specific.
Please dascdhe fully the events that resulted in injury or occupational disease. Talt what heppena,::t and how if happened. (Do not describe nature of Iniary) What machine, tool, substance, or obiect was most closely connected with the injury? (e.g., machine the employee struck against or was struck by; the chemical in use; the object the employee was lifting, pulllng, etc.) Nature ef injury end part of body affected.
Causes of Accident: Check All That Apply Physical Hazan:ls or Equipment Instructions and Training [3 Ineffectively Guarded 0 None LJ Unguarded [] Incomplete ~1 Guard Removed [3 Erroneous [3 Defective Tools [] Not FotlowJng tnatructions [] Defective Machines [] Operating Without Authofit~ FJ Working at Unsafe Speed 13 Defective Materials r3 ~nexpe~enee Disciptine [] Untrained in Pracedure C] Incorrect Use of Tool or Equipment D Not Fol~owing Safety Rules [] Improper Judgemenl r3 Horseplay Housekeeping 0 Improper Lifting [3 Lifting Excessive Weight CI Improperly Piled or Stored Matedal Apparel or Personal Protective Q Congastior~ Equipment 3 Protective Equipment Not Used :3 Unsuitable Protective ~quipment ~ Unsailab~e Clothing or Footwear Unsafe Building or Working Conditions (3 Layout of Operations [3 Layoul of Machinery 0 Unsafe Processes [3 Improper Ventilation (3 Improper Sanitation/Hygiene [] Improper L)ght [3 Excessive Noise [] Floors or Platforms ~J Miscellaneous
What can be done to prevent such en accident from happening again?
A~proximate date condition will be corrected?
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec~
Additional Information
NOTE: The information requested below is important for complete documentation of a reported occupetlo,nal injury or illness, ACCIDENT/INCIDENT INFORMATION To whom was the injury reported?
ts the accidentJlncident questionable to the supervisor? ~.1 YES [~ NO
I~]ured worker’s shift times __ AM __ AM START __ PM END __ PM Were there any signs of the involvement of drugs or alcohol? YES ~3 NO ~ Unknown
[ ~3 NA Date: Last date worked and time employee left work First day missed?
Number of days employee is expected to miss, if applicable.
Has the employee returned to work? ~] YES Date:
Q NO Expected return date:
ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION INFORMATION Was any sa~’ety equipment provided? If yes, was it used?
Was a third party respons/ble lot the accident/Incident? If yes, list name, address, and phone number, I MEDICAL CARE PROVIDER INFORMATION Was first aid administered an-site? ’ ~ YES ~J NO If yes, describe. Name of clinic andJor doctor employee saw, Include address, city, state, zip code, and phone number.
Name of hospital employee was taken to, if applicable. Include address, ciiy, state, zip code, and phone number.
Was the employee admitted totha hospital? ’~ YES ~1 NO If yes, an what date? Was the employee treated as an outpatient, receive emergen~ treatment, or ambulance service?
Supervisor’s Name (please pnnt)
Supervisor’s Signalure
Date
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
First Aid Incident Report Date of Report:
Report Completed by:
Date of Injury/Incident:
Description of the Intury/Iocidenl: (time, location, event, description of injuries)
Name of Injured Person:
Employer:
Name of First Aid Provider(s): Social Security Number:
Sloodbeme Pathogen Exposure thc{dent Evatuation: 1. Was the ~rst Aid Responder exposed to blood or other ppten~a~ly infectious matefiaJs? [] Exposure Occurred (see question 2) [] No Exposure 2. Exposure occurred by contact with the following (check all that apply): [] Eye
[] Broken Skin (cuts, abrasions)
[] Mouth
[] Needlsstick
[] Other Mucous Membrane
[] Human Site
Exposure Control Precautions Taken (check all that apply): ~-} None (contact SHE Coordinator or Corporate SHE Director) [] Immediate Personal Hygiene [] Glove
[] Previous HBV Immunization
[] Face Mask
[~ Recommended for HSV immunization
[] One-way CPR Valve
[] Other
[] Eye Protection
Please atlech this completed form with the SupervisoFs Report of Injury or Illness, and the Accident/First Aid Incident Summary Log, and forward to Human Resources, your SHE CooKtinator, end the Corporate SHE Director.
Health & Safety/ForrnsfVohJme lYFirst Aht trtct~ent Repott.FH8
Perlocl Covered: Location: ACCIDENT / FIRST AID INCIDENT SUMMARY LOG
Date/Time
Employee Name
AEE Location/ Project
1. 2. 3,
5. 6. 7, 8, 9. 10. 11.
Attach comptetecl Superv~sor’s Report of Injury or Illness ;tAttach completed Firs! Aid IncMenl Report
GeneralI Description
First Aid2 Medical Provided? Attention?
amec Universal Precautions Taken?
I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I I
Incident Report (P~asa Print Clear~) Report Number:.
Repot1 Date:
Incident Date:
Project T~tla and Location: Pro~ect Number: Location of incident: Names of All Perso~nnel Involved:
Descdbe the incident as it occu~ed (use additional sheets, if necessary).
Names of Witnesses
Relationship to the Incident
Where They Can Be Reached
Project Implications What is the cost impact to the project (e.g., lost days, man-hours, equipment)?
What is the sohedule impact to the project?
Does the incident impact the scope of the project in other ways? If so, how?
DIs~bution: Corporate SHE Director, PM Or FM, and Office SHE Coordinator.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Record of Change Site-Specific Health and Safety Plan GENERAL SITE INFORMATION Site Name:
Date:
Project Number: Site Health and Safety Coordinator. Project Manager:
Fie~d Manager:.
DESCRIPTION OF AND JUSTIFICATION FOR CHANGE
SHSC Signature: Authorization:
Date: Title:
Date:
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
DATE: PROJECT #: SHSC:
SHSC BIWEEKLY SUMMARY (for projects that take place over a pedod of more than 2 weeks) ScoP~ Briefly describe the range of work tasks being performed dudog this pedod.
HaP COMPLiANCe Indicate and dea~ibe any HaP-related compliance ~ssues. Nonuse or misuse of PPE in required areas. Violation of eating, smoking or chewing in pmhibded areas. Are there any recommended change orders to the HaP? Other
INJURY/~NCIDENT~]ILLNESSES Note any job-relateq first aid, injury or illnesses dudng this period. Yea
No Reports previously submitted INSPECTIONS Indicate any inspections conducted during this pedod of:
Emergency equipment (first aid kit, SCBAs, fire extinguishers, etc.) MSDSs on file for all chemicals and calibration gases brought]used on-site Current certification Jetter for all on-site (nonvisitor) personnel
Other AiR S LIR’#EIL LA NC F_/E X PO~ U R E MONrrORINe
Have action levels consistently been exceeded in any work zone? On you recommend any changes to the action levels based on site co~ditions and/or ane~y+Jsa) date? Were any TWA air samples collected this period? Is any/additional TWA sampling recommended? Is the heat stress monitedng program adequate? Have you received any complaints or cor~.erns related to exposure?
SUPPLIESIEQutPMENT Are there any supplies, equipment and/or services that you would like procured? If yes, please indicate shipping information (address).
GENERAL (Use
reverse as necessary)
SHSC signature Submit to the Project Manager and maintain in proiect files. Health and Safetv/FormsNOLUME II/SHSC Summary.DeC
Date
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I I
I
I I I I I I I I
APPENDIX C
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES FOR SITE ACTIVITIES
I i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
ameer;
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPROVAL
Denise L. Daggett, MS, CIH TITLE
S.O.P. No. A-2
PAGE 1 OF 6
EFFECTIVE DATE
REWS~ON No.
0
10/15/01 HOUSEKEEPING
1.0
INTRODUCTION
The term "housekeeping" should not be mistaken merely for push-broom efforts. It includes the orderly arrangement of equipment, supplies, tools, and storage facilities. Good housekeeping is a practical method of increasing efficiency of operation, reducing accidents, and improving morale. 2.0
RESPONSIBILITIES
2.1
SUPERVISORS Supervisors should, on a regular basis, observe the conditions in the offices and areas they are responsible for to ensure conformance with good housekeeping practices.
2.2
SAFETY, HEALTH, AND ENVIRONMENT COORDINATOR OR SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR
The Safety, Health, and Environment Coordinator (SHE Coordinator) or Site Health and Safety Coordinator (SHSC) will inspect work areas periodically and bring housekeeping concerns to the attention of the applicable employee or supervisor. If the corrective action to address a housekeeping concern is timeconsuming, complex, or will incur costs, the Unit Manager will be notified. 2.3 EMPLOYEES Maintaining orderliness and cleanliness is the direct responsibility of every employee. 3.0
HOUSEKEEPING GUIDELINES Housekeeping refers to the neatness and general order under which operations are conducted. This applies to all areas of AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (AEE), including offices, laboratories, and operating areas. Housekeeping covers the way materials, articles, and supplies are handled, stored, and placed in the areas where they are to be used. Clean aisles, organized stacks of materials, tools in their place, and proper waste disposal are good indications that personnel in the area understand the importance of housekeeping. Housekeeping standards are designed to promote safe working conditions, reduce material and equipment inventories, and increase personnel efficiency. Cluttered areas, with equipment and supplies precariously stacked, tools and parts randomly distributed on work surfaces, and spilled liquids on floors and counter surfaces, create safety hazards.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P, No.
4.0
GENERAL HOUSEKEEPING PROCEDURES
4.1
CLEANUPS
A-2
I PAGE 2
oF
6
During periods of accelerated schedules, work and storage areas may become cluttered with accumulated equipment, parts, and materials. Periodic cleanups are required in all areas to prevent an overwhelming task later on. 4.2
PACKAGING AND SHIPPING MATERIALS
AEE is continually receiving shipments of materials in cardboard, plastic, and wooden containers packed with paper excelsior, sponge rubber, or plastic. These packing materials are often stored by individuals for future use. The resulting conglomeration of excessive flammable materials constitutes a fire hazard. All but the barest minimum of packing containers and materials should be discarded or recycled as soon as the shipment is unpacked. 4.3 STORAGE Equipment or materials that are no longer needed or will not be needed for some time must be stored in a general storage area. 4.4 HOUSEKEEPING INSPECTION
Some conditions should be brought to the attention of the immediate supervisor so that proper housekeeping measures can reduce or eliminate the problem. Examples of these conditions include the following: dirt, trash, and discarded items on the floor excessive materials, cluttered and uncontrolled storage on shelves and filing cabinets unclean equipment, excessive accumulation of dust, chips, or scrap misplaced personal items: clothing, food on top of benches, tables, or machines improper storage, such as in corners, on the floor, behind equipment, etc. protruding nails, rough and jagged corners, materials protruding from stock racks or shelves water, oil, and grease that present a slipping hazard on walkways and floors improper storage of flammable liquids oily waste materials not in proper containers fire extinguishers and emergency exits blocked or obstructed tripping and slipping hazards
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. NO.
A-2
PAGE 3 OF 6
5.0 HOUSEKEEPING FOR OFFICE AREAS Drawers of file cabinets and desks shall be kept closed at all times when not in use to prevent bumping them accidentally. The top drawers of tall filing cabinets should never be overloaded compared to the bottom drawers. When top drawers are opened, the bottom drawer should also be opened to act as a counterbalance to prevent the cabinet from falling over on the workers. Brace round objects to prevent rolling off a counter or along the floor. Bookcase shelves shall be filled with heavier materials placed on the center and lower shelves to avoid a top-heavy condition. Materials on the shelves should be arranged to avoid having sharp or heavy objects projecting from the shelf edge. Lighter objects should be placed on the top shelves. Flammable liquids, such as photocopier cleaner, must be used sparingly in a well-ventilated area. VVhen using solvents, personnel should take care to avoid breathing the vapors. Food items, partially consumed and in opened packages, must not be kept in desks for sanitation reasons and because they attract mice and insects. If smoking is permitted at an AEE location, ash trays should be provided and emptied frequently after making sure the contents are extinguished and cold. Ash trays must never be emptied within 15minutes of leaving an area unoccupied, because a fire could start undetected. Fire in a wastebasket, if it occurs, can be smothered by pushing another wastebasket down into the burning material. If in doubt as to your ability to put out a fire, evacuate the area and contact the Fire Department by dialing 911. Loose papers, drawings, and data associated with a task shall be filed, stored, or otherwise disposed of as soon as possible upon completion of the work. Maintain clear access to walkways, exits, emergency equipment, and utility disconnects. Any hazardous material or waste will be disposed of in a safe and proper manner. Do not dispose of any hazardous substances down the sink or toilet. If in doubt, consult your Site Coordinator. 6.0 HOUSEKEEPING FOR LABORATORIES All spilled or leaked materials in a laboratory are possible contaminants even though they may look like water, a harmless powder, or some other familiar material. Spills and leaks shall be cleaned up carefully as soon as observed.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
A-2
I PAGE 4 OF ~
Floors must be kept clean and dry to prevent slippage or contamination of footwear. Aisles should not be used for storage. Never store packages in the pathof an opening and closing door. Benches and work tables shall be kept clear of extraneous material. All containers shall be labeled clearly. Unlabeled materials shall be discarded. Idle equipment and apparatus that has not been used for 6 months or more shall be placed in storage. Supplies must not be stockpiled in excess. Reagents, bottles, and larger containers of materials must always be returned to their proper locations as soon as time permits. Broken glassware shall be placed in containers designated for this purpose and never mixed in with waste paper. Beakers and other laboratory equipment shall never be used for food or drink. Lunches, snacks, and beverages must be consumed outside of lab work areas. Waste chemicals shall be discarded proper~y to prevent toxic, corrosive, or explosive combinations with other discarded materials. Highly reactive materials shall be stored apart from other reactive materials to prevent accidental mixing in case of spillage or breakage. Acids shall be stored separately from bases. Flammables shall NOT be stored with acids or bases. Emergency equipment must be checked frequently to ensure that the access path is clear, and that it is serviced and in order. Cleanup campaigns, in addition to daily care, should be scheduled at regular intervals. 7.0 HOUSEKEEPING FOR FIELD OPERATIONS Fire extinguishers, fire hoses, eye washes, and first aid kits shall be kept in designated locations when not in use, and access to them should never be obstructed. When a fire extinguisher is used, however little, its use must be reported to the SHSC, who will arrange for the extinguisher to be replaced while it is refilling. Maintain clear access to walkways, exit routes, roadways, emergency equipment, and utility disconnects.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
A-2
I PAGE 5 OF 6
Storage areas shall be set up and maintained in a manner that facilitates good housekeeping. Haphazard storage of equipment and materials can result in a poor and incomplete assessment of supplies on hand and unnecessary reordering. Drivers of vehicles should know the whereabouts of equipment to prevent bumping or running over it. Brooms, shovels, mops, brushes, and dust pans must be returned to an appropriately designated storage area when not in use. Brace round objects to prevent rolling off or a trip/fall hazard. Cigars, cigarettes, and pipes are not allowed in work areas. Smoking is permitted only in designated areas. Ashes must be disposed of only in appropriate containers and never thrown on the floor. Flammable solvents used in work areas must be stored in safety cans. Electrical cords must be checked frequently for breaks or cracks in the insulation. Cords should always be kept coiled or restricted to the length needed to prevent damage to them and obstructional hazards to personnel. Cracked or split wood handles on tools will be replaced, not taped. Waste oil, solvents, and other fluids will be disposed of in a safe and proper manner. Do not dispose of hazardous materials or waste into sewers or surface drainage systems. If in doubt, contact your SHSC. Keep all accumulated trash, oily rags, and combustible materials in covered metal containers clearly labeled for the storage of waste materials. 8.0 REFERENCES Fed-OSHA. 29 CFR 1910.38, Fire Prevention Plan. Fed-OSHA. 29 CFR 1910.106, Flammable and Combustible Liquids
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
A-2
! PAGE 6 OF 6
I I I I I I I ! I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPROVAL
S.O.P. No, ,~-9
I PAGE 1 OF 4
EFFECTIVE DATE
] REVISION NO,
0
11/30/01
Denise L. Daggett, MS, CIH TITLE GUIDANCE FOR CONDUCTING TAILGATE SAFETY MEETING
1.0
INTRODUCTION
Employees, subcontractors, and visitors who perform work activities away from the office environment must recognize and understand hazards to health and safety associated with site activities. Format classroom instruction provides the foundation for site workers to understand programs and procedures of work. However, regular site-specific training is necessary to familiarize the site staff with the sitespecific Health and Safety Plan (HSP), pertinent standard operating procedures (SOPs), and site-specific hazards. 2.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to ensure that field project tailgate safety meetings are comprehensive and appropriate to the hazards present on-site. This procedure will also ensure that tailgate safety meetings are documented appropriately. 3.0
SCOPE
This procedure applies to all AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (AEE) personnel, personnel subcontracted to AEE, and visitors of AEE who may participate in tailgate safety meetings on AEE jobsites. This procedure applies to all hazardous as well as nonhazardous field projects, regardless of their duration or location. This includes, but is not limited to, the following: environmental site assessments (including Phase I and II, environmental impact report/environmental impact statement [EIR/EIS], etc.) biological site evaluations sample collection (soil, groundwater, plants, terrestrial animals, marine specimens, etc.) air quality investigations geotechnical evaluations remediation and construction Site Investigations (Sis) and Remedial Investigations/Feasibility Studies (RI/FSs) Remediation projects 4.0
RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1
REGIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGERS
The regional Health and Safety Managers (HSMs) is responsible for ensuring that the frequency of tailgate safety meetings stated in the site-specific HSP is in accordance with the AEE policy stated in Volume II of the Corporate Health and Safety Manual, Comprehensive Field Project Health, and Safety Program.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ! I
ameC
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O,P, No.
4.2
A-9
I PAGE 2 OF 4
PROJECT MANAGER/FIELD MANAGER
It is the responsibility of the Project Manager (PM)/Field Manager (FM) to ensure that regular tailgate safety meetings are conducted (by the PM, FM, Site Health and Safety Coordinator (SHSC), or a rotation of field team members and subcontractor team members). 4.3
SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR
The SHSC provides the necessary information to the person conducting the tailgate safety meeting, so that new hazards or site conditions and observations will be addressed in the next tailgate safety meeting. 4.4 SITE STAFF
It is the responsibility of the site staff to attend the tailgate safety meetings and participate in the instruction and discussion. Site staff shall be directed by the SHSC to request clarification on any unclear or confusing issues discussed in the tailgate safety meetings. 5.0
PROCEDURE
This section details the items that shall be discussed during a tailgate safety meeting. These items are intended to serve as general guidelines and are not considered comprehensive. Other items or issues that arise during the course of the project should be addressed as appropriate. 5.1
INITIAL KICKOFF MEETING
The initial kickoff meeting shall be the most comprehensive of the tailgate safety meetings, except when special circumstances warrant a more extensive subsequent tailgate safety meeting. The initial kickoff session will be attended by all site personnel, including subcontractors and visitors, prior to the commencement of work and will include the following: scope of work summarizing all phases of project field work health effects and hazards of the chemical, physical, biological, and energy agents identified or suspected to be on-site responsibilities of site personnel personnel protection, including - administrative and engineering controls that will be employed on-site - use, care, and fitting of personal protective equipment (PPE) - necessity for personnel protection, its effectiveness and limitations decontamination procedures (if applicable) prohibitions in work areas site layout and control standard safe work practices and use of the buddy system emergency procedures, including - emergency contacts - instructions for implementing the emergency plan - location of emergency equipment
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
A-9
I PAGE 3 oF 4
The person conducting the initial kickoff meeting will document it on an AMEC Tailgate Safety Meeting Report form (Attachment 1). 5.2
REGULAR TAILGATE SAFETY MEETINGS
Tailgate safety meetings subsequent to the initial kickoff meeting shall be conducted regularly, in accordance with Volume II of this manual. Tailgate safety meetings for hazardous waste field projects are conducted daily: whereas, tailgate safety meetings for nonhazardous waste field projects may be helct less frequently, in accordance with the frequency stipulated in the HSP. Each regular tailgatesafety meeting will be attended by all site personnel and site visitors who will work on the field project during the time frame to which the tailgate safety meeting applies. Tailgate safety meetings conducted subsequent to the initial kickoff safety meeting will address any of the issues discussed at the initial meeting that warrant reemphasis. Additional topics that should be covered in the tailgate safety meetings include: scheduled work and associated hazards for the applicable time frame near-miss incidents, accidents, and injuries that have occurred on-site since the time of the last tailgate safety meeting health effects and hazards of the chemical, physical, biological, and energy agents identified or suspected to be on-site in the specific areas of the site during the applicable time frame observations of unsafe work practices or conditions that have developed since the time of the previous tailgate safety meeting changes in site personnel that have occurred since the time of the previous tailgate safety meeting administrative and engineering controls that will be utilized during the applicable time frame required PPE for the identified hazards during the applicable time frame prohibitions in the specific areas of the site where work will occur during the applicable time frame changes in emergency procedures, evacuation routes, or safe refuge areas that have developed since the time of the previous tailgate safety meeting 5.3
UNSCHEDULED TAILGATE SAFETY MEETINGS
Situations or events that warrant the conduct of an unscheduled tailgate safety meeting include: injuries, illnesses, or incidents mobilization to a portion of the project site that presents hazards different from those presented by the previous work area establishment of a new safe refuge area change in site personnel initiation of site activities or scope of work not addressed in the previous tailgate safety meeting Tailgate safety meetings will be documented on an AMEC Tailgate Safety Meeting Report form (Attachment 1 ).
I
I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
5.3
arnec~
SITE VISITOR/SUBCONTRACTOR HEALTH AND SAFETY ORIENTATION
A health and safety orientation will be administered by the FM, SHSC, or designee to all site visitors or previous tailgate safety meeting. and safety subcontractors new to the site since the time of the Health orientations will be documented on a completed Site Visitor Health and Safety Orientation form (Attachment 2) or a completed Subcontractor Health and Safety Orientation form (Attachment 3), as applicable. Visitors and subcontractors receiving the orientation will address any questions to the FM, SHSC, or designee for response before entry to the site, and will sign the acknowledgment portion of the form indicating that they understand and agree to abide by the site policies and procedures.
I
6.0
I I I I I I I I I i
The following forms will be completed and maintained in the health and safety files for the project:
I
RECORDS
AMEC Tailgate Safety Meeting Report Site Visitor Health and Safety Orientation Form Subcontractor Health and Safety Orientation Form 7.0
REFERENCES
CaI-OSHA. 8 CCR 3203, Injury and Illness Prevention Program. 8.0
ATTACHMENTS
1. AMEC Tailgate Safety Meeting Report 2. Site Visitor Health and Safety Orientation Form 3. Subcontractor Health and Safety Orientation Form
I I I I I I I I I I I I I ! I I i I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPROVAL
Denise L. Daggett, MS, CIH
S.O.P. No. ER-1
I PAGE 1 OF
EFFECTIVE DATE
i REVISION NO.
10/15/01
I
TITLE
BLOODBORNE PATHOGEN EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN FOR FIELD OPERATIONS
t.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (AEE) personnel with the guidelines for action should personnel become exposed to bloodborne pathogens. All trained field personnel who administer first aid and/or cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) to injuries involving blood or certain other body fluids have the potential of being exposed to bloodborne pathogens. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies to all AEE field personnel, personnel subcontracted to AEE, and visitors (including clients) of AEE who may work on or visit AEE jobsites. 3.0
DEFINITIONS
Bloodborne Pathogens - a disease-bearing microorganism that is transmitted via blood products from one person to another. Universal Precautions - preventive measures that should be followed in all situations involving exposure to blood products, which assume that all human blood and certain human body fluids are infected with Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV), Hepatitis B Virus (HBV), and other bloodborne pathogens. 4.0
EXPOSURE RESPONSIBILITIES
Once an incident occurs, emergency actions must be followed for the safety of all responding personnel. It is the responsibility of the Project Manager (PM), Field Manager (FM), regional Safety, Health, and Environment Manager (regional SHE Manager), and Site Health and Safety Coordinator (SHSC) to ensure that this procedure is followed by all personnel. All field personnel are responsible for implementing this procedure if responding to an incident involving first aid and blood or body fluid products. It is AEE policy to assume that all blood and other bodily fluids are infected with bloodborne pathogens; therefore, universal precautions must always be employed. 4.1
HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGER
It is the responsibility of the regional SHE Manager to ensure that this procedure complies with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and applicable state guidelines, to review all injury/illness and First Aid Incident Reports, and to forward these documents to the Corporate Safety, Health, and Environment Director (Corporate SHE Director) and Human Resources Manager. The regional SHE Manager is also responsible for informing the client of an incident requiring medical attention, in accordance with contractual agreements.
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. NO. ER-1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i
4.2
I
PAGE 2 OF ,4
FIELD MANAGER
The FM is responsible for ensuring that all on-site personnel are familiar with this procedure and coordinating with the SHSC to ensure that all precautions are followed to prevent exposure to bloodborne pathogens. In the event of a blood-bearing injury, the FM also ensures that all required reports are completed and submitted in a timely manner. 4.3
PROJECT MANAGER
The PM is responsible for incorporating the requirements of this procedure into project plans, budgets, and activities, including appropriate first aid equipment. 4.4
SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR
The SHSC is responsible for implementing and enforcing this procedure, as directed by the regional SHE Manager, during project operations and activities. The SHSC wil serve as the first responder in all first aid incidents and will coordinate with the FM to ensure that all precautions to prevent exposure to bloodborne pathogens are taken. When an incident occurs, the SHSC will immediately stop all work, follow universal precautions, and then attend to the injured party. 4.5
SUBCONTRACTORS
All personnel subcontracted to AEE and working on a project are subject to the requirements of this procedure along with those specified by the subcontracting company. 5.0 PROCEDURE This procedure details the steps required to coordinate and manage emergency action procedures in the event of a bloodborne pathogen incident. Both the SHSC and the FM must work together to ensure the safety of personnel. 5.1
EXPOSURE DETERMINATION
AEE has not identified any existing job classifications or tasks where an occupational exposure would result from the performance of an employee’s primary job duties. This exposure determination, however, would need to be modified in the event that an employee performs work on a site that contains biohazardous or medical waste. Some employees have been identified as having collateral duties that could potentially involve an occupational exposure. These personnel include all employees performing work on field project sites. Tasks and procedures that, when performed, could involve an occupational exposure include: first aid response to a bleeding injury performing CPR or rescue breathing on an injured victim
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. ER-1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
PAGE 3
OF
4
recipient to CPR, rescue breathing, or first aid performing cleanup at the site after treatment for a blood-bearing injury
5.2
EXPOSURE CONTROL
To control possible infection, responders to a bloodborne pathogen incident must follow the Center for Disease Control Universal Precautions. While rendering first aid where exposure to blood may occur, AEE employees must use designated personal protective equipment (PPE). This includes, at a minimum, latex or blue nitrile gloves. Protective gloves will be included in the field first aid kitin a bloodborne pathogen exposure control kit. Other items in the bloodborne pathogen exposure control kit that wi~ help control the "spill" include absorbent beads, a plastic scooper, a biohazard (red) bag for waste, and towelettes for disinfecting surfaces and cleaning hands. For disinfecting larger surfaces, bottled bleach is recommended. In the event of a sedous blood-bearing injury, safety glasses, Tyvek® coveralls, boot covers, protective outer gloves, and a one-way CPR mask will be available as PPE or in the first aid kit should the need arise. The one-way CPR mask is used for placement on an injured victim who requires rescue breathing or CPR to prevent direct contact between the rescuer and recipient. 5.3
HEPATITIS B VIRUS VACCINATION
First aid providers to job site injuries need not receive a pre-exposure HBV vaccine; however, all first aid providers assisting in any situation involving an exposure incident, must be offered the full Hepatitis B immunization series no later than 24 hours after an incident. Medical facilities that provide the immunization series are listed in the site-specific Health and Safety P~ans (HSPs). Employees may refuse the HBV vaccination for any reason (religious, personal, or otherwise) by contacting the regional SHE Manager or SHSC. Employees who refuse a recommended vaccine will be required to sign the Hepatitis B Virus (HBV) Vaccination Declination (Attachment 1) indicating refusal of the vaccination. The employee may elect to receive the vaccine in the future at no expense to him/her. 5.4
EXPOSURE INCIDENT EVALUATION AND DOCUMENTATION
All first aid incidents involving exposure to blood or other body fluids must be reported to the regional SHE Manager before the end of the work shift in which the incident occurs. A First Aid Incident Report (Attachment 2) describing the circumstances of the accident and response must be completed and submitted along with the Supervisor’s Report of Injury or Illness form (Attachment 3). Each project will maintain an Accident/First Aid Incident Log (Attachment 4) documenting the potential exposure and precautions taken. In the event of an exposure, AEE shalt arrange for a post-exposure evaluation. Employee monitoring for HIV or HBV antibodies and medical counseling in cases of positive tests for HIV or HBV will be provided through the local Medical Care Provider. A copy of the Healthcare Professional’s Written Opinion (Attachment 5) will be provided to the employee within 15 days of completion of the evaluation. 5.5
WASTE DISPOSAL
Should biohazardous waste be generated as a result of a field-related injury, the "blood-bearing" waste and area will be cleaned to the extent possible with items in the bloodborne pathogen exposure control kit. Arrangements for the pickup and final disposal of the waste will be made by calling the designated
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
ame¢
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
ER-1
PAGE 4
OF 4
biohazardous waste disposal contractor whose name, contact person, and phone number appear in the site-specific HSP. The SHSC for each AEE project location shall determine applicable state disposal guidelines or quantity exemptions. In California, for example, the California Medical Waste Act has established a distinction between waste requiring disposal and waste that can be thrown in any garbage receptacle. Solid medical waste includes items such as bandages and gauze that are not saturated or caked with blood. Solid medical waste can be thrown in the garbage receptacle provided that the receptacle is in a rocked, secure area. If a secure garbage area is not available, a 55-gallon drum may be used. Biohazardous waste includes needles and saturated bandages and gauze that, if wrung out, would drip blood. Biohazardous waste must be placed in a biohazardous (red) bag and disposed of by permit through a permitted waste hauler. 6.0 TRAINING In accordance with OSHA requirements, all personnel will receive training in the control of bloodborne pathogens. Any first aid responders will have current certifications in approved first aid and CPR. Training frequencies are annually for bloodborne pathogens. 7.0
REPORTS
Where applicable, the following documents shall be retained as records: ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ 8.0
Hepatitis B Virus (HBV) Vaccination Declination First Aid Incident Report Supervisor’s Report of Injury or Illness Accident/First Aid Incident Summary Log Healthcare Professional’s Written Opinion
REFERENCES
Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1910.1030, Bloodborne Pathogens. CaI-OSHA. 2000. 8 CCR 5193, Bloodborne Pathogens. AMEC Corporate Health and Safety Manual, Volume V, Exposure Control Plan 9.0 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
ATTACHMENTS
Hepatitis B Virus (HBV) Vaccination Declination First Aid Incident Report Supervisor’s Report of Injury or tltness Accident/First Aid Incident Summary Log Healthcare Professional’s Written Opinion
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPROVAL
Denise L, Daggett, MS, CIH
S.O.P. No. ER-2
PAGE 1 OF 16
EFFECTIVE DATE
REVISION NO.
0
10/15/01
TITLE
EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN FOR FIELD OPERATIONS
1.0
PURPOSE
The purpose of this Emergency Action Plan (EAP) is to inform personnel of the requirements and methods for addressing the hazards associated with various potential disasters, and to provide guidance on the activities and responsibilities of AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (AEE) personne~ during such disasters. Although it is impractical to give specific instructions for all situations, the information below describes standard practices to safeguard personnel and equipment. Additional measures for specific cases may be implemented as needed by Field Managers (FMs), Site Health and Safety Coordinators (SHSCs), and the regional Safety, Health, and Environment Manager (regional SHE Manager). 2.0
SCOPE
This EAP applies to all AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (AEE) personnel, personnel subcontracted to AEE, and visitors (including clients) who may work on or visit AEE jobsites. 3.0
DEFINITIONS
CD - Civil Defense Civil Disturbances- A civil disturbance may be in the form of labor strikes, riots, demonstrations, or other activist activities. Earthquakes- An earthquake is a trembling or shaking of the earth often caused by the shifting of plates along fault zones. Earthquakes occur without warning. Flooding - Flooding is the accumulation of w~ter on land; it is often due to heavy rains and poor drainage. Hazardous Materials- Hazardous materials are those substances that may represent one of the following hazard classes: FLAMMABILITY (gasoline, cleaning solvents, etc.); EXPLOSIVENESS (fireworks, TNT); RADIOACTIVE (medical isotopes, radium, etc.); COMPRESSED GAS (oxygen, nitrogen, etc.); HIGHLY REACTIVE (chlorine, phosphorus, etc.); SEVERE HEALTH HAZARD (poisons); CORROSIVES (batteries, acids, etc.). Hurricanes - The effects of powerful cyclones that form over tropical waters that can include damaging surf and storm surge along coastlines, destructive sustained winds of 74miles per hour (MPH) or higher, water spouts, heavy rain, and flooding. Same type of disturbance as a typhoon, but name isdependent on region affected by the storm. Hurricane Conditions: Hurricane Watch means there is a threat of hurricane or tropical storm conditions within 36 hours. When a watch is issued, begin preparing (see Attachment1, Typhoon/Hurricane Preparation
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
S.O.P. No. ER-2 i PAGE 2 OF 16
Checklist). Listen for National Weather Service (NWS) bulletins and Civil Defense (CD) messages on local radio and "IV stations. Hurricane Warninq means a hurricane or tropical storm is expected within 24 hours. When a warning is issued, begin actions to protect life and proper~y. Stay tuned to local radio and television stations for weather updates and CD messages on possible school closures, employee excusal (supervisors must inform their employees of excusal), and shelter opening schedules. Anticipate possible siren soundings and evacuation advisories/orders. Inclement Weather- Inclement weather is characterized by conditions that may be hazardous to human health. Examples include severe storms, thunder and lightning, winds in excess of 40 MPH, high seas, flooding, hurricanes, and typhoons. NWS - National Weather Service.
Tornadoes - Tornadoes are extremely powerful weather phenomena that can cause extensive damage to structures and people. A tornado watch is issued when conditions are right for a tornado. A tornado warning is an aler~ given by the NWS confirming a tornado sighting and location. Tropical Disturbances: Tropical Depression: Maximum surface winds of up to 39 MPH Tropical Storm:
Maximum surface winds of 40-74 MPH
Typhoon: Super Typhoon:
Maximum surface winds of 75-149 MPH Maximum surface winds of 150 MPH or greater
Tsunamis - Tsunamis are a series of destructive ocean waves affecting all shorelines. They often are generated by earthquakes and seismic disturbances offshore. Typhoons - Typhoons are violent storms equivalent to hurricanes that affect western Pacific tropical waters. Their effects can include damaging surf and storm surge along coasflines, destructive sustained winds of 75 MPH or higher, water spouts, and heavy rain and flooding. Universal Precautions- These are preventive measures that should be followed in all situations involving exposure to blood products: all human blood and certain human body fluids are treated as if they are infected by Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV), Hepatitis B Virus (HBV), and other bloodborne pathogens (see SOP ER-1, Bloodborne Pathogen Exposure Control Plan for Field Operations). 4.0
RESPONSIBILITIES
It is the responsibility of the Project Manager (PM), FM/Emergency Coordinator (EC), regional SHE Manager, and SHSC to ensure that this EAP is followed by all field personnel. In addition, all field personnel are responsible for implementing this EAP during all phases of field operations.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P, NO.
4.1
ER-2 ~
PAGE 3 OF
HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGER
It is the responsibility of the regional SHE Manager to ensure that this EAP complies with federal and state Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and local agency guidelines. The SHE Manager should notify Human Resources and the Corporate Safety, Heath, and Environment Director (Corporate SHE Director) of site evacuations and keep them apprised of the disaster status, as information becomes available. 4.2
FIELD MANAGER]EMERGENCY COORDINATOR
It is the responsibility of the FM to ensure that all personnel are aware of the EAP procedures and have a plan of action, as specified in this standard operating procedure (SOP), that lists all precautions and preparations that must be made in the event of a disaster. The FM enforces this procedure. The FM shall notify all personnel and visitors when a natural disaster occurs. The FM is responsible for overseeing all emergency activities and shall ensure that all personnel evacuate the site according to this procedure. The FM is responsible for carrying out the duties of the EC. The EC’s responsibilities include the following: upon receiving a report of an emergency situation, notifying the proper authorities, including the fire department, police department, paramedics, utility company, etc. ensuring the overall safety of all the employees at the designated AEE field project location understanding the emergency procedures and invoking emergency response measures if necessary having the authority to relocate or release employees to their homes or living quarters in the event that emergency conditions at the site are such that employees could be injured or become ill interfacing with off-site emergency response support upon their arrival at the site authorizing employees to reenter the site after an emergency requiring evacuation directing the evacuation of site personnel when evacuation is deemed necessary ensuring that the appropriate investigations are conducted and that the appropriate records/reports are generated after an emergency has been resolved having a battery-powered radio at his or her disposal to tune in weather and news information in the event of an impending or actual emergency
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. NO. ER-2
4.3
I PAGE 4 OF 16
PROJECT MANAGER
The PM is responsible for incorporating the requirements of this procedure into project plans, budgets, and activities, including appropriate emergency response and first aid equipment. He/she is also responsible for notifying the client’s technical representative of a potential site evacuation. 4.4
SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR
The SHSC is responsible for implementing and enforcing this procedure. The SHSC will coordinate with the FM to ensure that all emergency measures are being followed. SHSC responsibilities include the following: ensuring maintenance of all emergency equipment, including but not limited to fire extinguishers, emergency lighting, first aid kits, and spill response equipment assisting in evacuation during emergencies; acting to smoothly and quickly move employees from potentially dangerous areas to safer ones during an emergency Once a disaster has been identified, the SHSC will take the following actions: assist in evacuating all personnel according to this procedure; notify the SHE Manager of the situation; and complete an Incident Report (Attachment 2) documenting the project shutdown and evacuation. 5.0
PROCEDURES
These procedures detail the steps required to coordinate and manage emergency action procedures in the event of a field emergency. Both the field crew and the FM must work together to ensure personnel safety.
5.1
MEDICAL EMERGENCIES
Medical Emergencies Classification Injuries are classified into three categories: 1. MINOR- those that can be handled by basic first aid procedures and do not require immediate additional medical treatment or transportation. 2. SERIOUS/NON-LIFE-THREATENING - those that require immediate medical attention beyond the first aid that can be provided at a clinic or doctor’s office. These injuries do not require ambulance transportation. SERIOUS/LIFE-THREATENING - these injuries require immediate transportation by ambulance to a medical facility. This includes, but is not limited to, all individuals with chest pains, breathing difficulties, severe bone breaks, back injuries, or severe cuts with uncontrollable bleeding; unconscious persons; severe head injuries; and any other injury or illness that may
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
ER-2 [
PAGE 5 OF 16
cause the individual to lose consciousness or experience cardiac arrest while in transit to a medical facility. Individuals with serious/life-threatening injuries should not be transported in private vehicles because of the lack of communications equipment. 5.1.1
Minor Injuries 1. Immediately report all injuries to the FM and SHSC. 2. Take appropriate first aid measures. 3. The PM/FM shall complete and submit a Supervisor’s Report of Injury or Illness form and a First Aid Incident Report form (Attachments 3 and 4) to the CHSD, SHE Manager, and Human Resources before the end of the work shift in which the incident occurred. 4. Complete the Accident/First Aid Incident Summary Log (Attachment 5).
5.1.2 Serious/Non-Life-Threatening Injuries/Illness Take immediate and appropriate first aid measures. First aid responders must be careful and avoid direct contact with blood. Exam gloves and a cardiopulmenary resuscitation (CPR) disposable, one-way-valve, rescue breather device should be provided in the first aid kit and used as appropriate. 2. Notify the FM and SHSC as soon as possible. 3. Ensure that the employee has transportation to the appropriate medical facility. Contact the CHSD, SHE Manager, and Human Resources to report the injury and for recordkeeping purposes. The PM/FM shall complete and submit the Supervisor’s Report of Injury or Illness form and the First Aid Incident Report, respectively, to the CHSD, SHE Manager, and Human Resources before the end of the work shift in which the incident occurred. 5. The SHSC shall complete the Accident/First Aid Incident Summary Log. 5.1.3
SeriouslLife-Threatening Injuries/Illness 1. Ensure that someone notifies the fire department/paramedics (9-1-1) immediately. 2. Provide immediate first aid and/or CPR measures as required. First aid responders must be careful and avoid direct contact with blood. Exam gloves and a CPR disposable, one-wayvalve, rescue breather device should be provided in the first aid kit and used as appropriate. 3. Notify the FM and SHSC as soon as possible. 4. Have another employee meet the incoming ambulance at the entrance to the site to direct them to the injured individual, if possible. 5. DO NOT MOVE the injured individual unless his/her life is in danger at that location.
i i I I I I ! i I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
ER-2 i PAGE 6 OF 16
6. Upon arrival of the ambulance, a staff member should be prepared to provide any needed information on the injured individual. Employees will not, however, interfere with medical treatment provided by the ambulance team. Contact the CHSD, SHE Manager, and Human Resources to report the injury and for recordkeeping purposes. The FM or PM shall complete and submit the Supervisor’s Report of Injury or Illness form and the First Aid Incident Report, to the CHSD, SHE Manager, and Human Resources before the end of the work shift in which the incident occurred. In the event of a work-related injury or illness that results in hospitalization of three or more employees within 30 days of a work-related incident, the nearest area office of the federal or state OSHA (refer to the Emergency Contact List in the HSP) must be notified within 8 hours. OSHA reserves the right to investigate these cases. Some AEE project locations are also under the jurisdiction of additional state OSHA requirements. The preparer of the HSP will determine whether state OSHA regulations apply and will follow any requirements accordingly. 9. 5.1.4
The SHSC shall complete the Accident]First Aid Incident Summary Log.
Deaths In the event that an individual appears to have died because of injury or illness, those procedures outlined in Section 5.1.3 will be folowed. The only exception to this would be when an individual is "obviously dead." Examples of this would be decapitation, rigor morris, etc. In these cases, first aid and/or CPR would be inappropriate. Bear in mind that deaths become a law enforcement jurisdiction and that covering, tampering with, or moving of deceased individuals by unauthorized persons could constitute a violation of the law. The EC or PM/FM will contact the police department. If an individual is discovered who is "obviously dead," ALL persons will be cleared from the area but not allowed to leave until released by a law enforcement officer. The area surrounding the deceased individual shall not be altered in any manner. The area should be "roped off’ by the SHSC. 4.
The EC or PM/FM will interact directly with the police department, unless otherwise specified. In the event of a work-related death, the nearest area office of federal or state OSHA (see Emergency Contact List in the HSP) must be notified within 8 hours. Federal or state OSHA will investigate all work-related deaths. The caller should be prepared to give the following information: a time and date of accident b. employer’s name, address, and telephone number c. name and job title of the person reporting the accident
I I I I I I I I I I I I I i I i I
i
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. ER-2
I PAGE 7
OF 16
d. address of accident site or event
e. name of person to contact at the accident site (if applicable) f. name and address of injured employee(s) g. nature of the illness h. location where iniured employee(s) was (were) moved to i.
description of the accident identification of any law enforcement agencies present at the site of the accident
6. Contact the CHSD, SHE Manager, .and Human Resources to report the death and for recordkeeping purposes. Complete applicable forms, which may include the Supervisor’s Report of Iniury or Ittness and First Aid Incident Report form. 5.2
FIRE EMERGENCIES
Fires can emanate from a variety of sources and can spread rapidly. Quick and effective action is necessary to prevent loss of life and reduce property damage. Refer to SOP ER-3, Fire Prevention for Field Work, for more detailed procedures. After resolution of the immediate fire-related emergency, the SHSC or FM will notify the CHSD and Human Resources. Even if no injuries or occupationally related illnesses occur, the PM/FM must complete an ~ncident Report form and submit it to the SHSC, CHSD, and SHE Manager. 5.3
EARTHQUAKES
The following procedures are designed to provide site workers with guidelines to follow in the ewnt of an earthquake. These procedures should be reviewed and updated, as necessary, by the SHSC and/or EC. 5.3.1 During an Earthquake 1. If inside a building or secured field trailer, take cover under a heavy desk, table, bench, doorway, hall, or against inside walls. Stay away from glass. Do not use candles, matches, or other open flames either during or after the tremor because of possible gas leaks. 2. If outside, move away from the structure or field trailer and utility wires. The greatest danger from falling debris is just outside doorways and close to outer walls. Once in the open, stay there until the shaking stops. 3. Stay calm! Direct site workers to take appropriate actions in an orderly manner.
arne¢
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
ER-2
I PAGE 8 OF
16
5.3.2 After the Earthquake 1. Gather at a prearranged assembly area (i.e., the safe refuge area) for a head count. Be prepared for additional earthquake shocks ("aftershocks"). Although most of these are smaller than the main shock, some may be large enough tocause additional damage. If it can be done safely, secure field instruments and equipment by placing in a field trailer on the floor under any available heavy desks, tables, or doorways. Gather field documents together and place in storage boxes or filing cabinets under available desks, tables, or doorways. If no field trailer is available, place equipment and documents inside the vehicles. 3. If it can be done safely, turn off any equipment that is operating on-site. Disconnect any gas or water valves. 4.
Check for injuries. Do not attempt to move seriously injured persons unless they are in immediate danger of further inj~Jry. The SHSC shall listen to the radio for the latest emergency bulletins and instructions from local authorities. The SHSC should check utilities. If the odor of gas is detected, shut off the main gas valve and, if possible, open windows and exterior doors. Evacuate the facility and report the leakage to the fire department (dial 9-1-1). Do NOT reenter any buildings until a utility oficial says it is safe to do so. ~f eJectrical wiring is shorting out, shut off the current at the main box. Check all buildings on-site for structural damage and evacuate the site if significant damage is detected.
8. The SHSC shall arrange for immediate cleanup of spilled hazardous materials (see Section 5.10) such as gasoline, oil, cleaning solvents, etc. in accordance with AEE policy, environmental regulations, and approved methods. 9. Ensure that no one eats or drinks from open containers near shattered glass. 10. The SHSC will contact the fire department or police department only if a life-threatening emergency exists. After resolution of the immediate emergency, the SHSC or EC will notify the CHSD and Human Resources. Even if no injuries or occupationally related illnesses occur, the PM/FM must complete an Incident Report form and submit it to the SHSC, SHE Manager, and CHSD. 5.4
EXPLOSIONS
Explosions can be caused by a number of things such as electrical malfunctions, pressure buildup in equipment, ignition of flammable vapors, bombs, etc. Explosions are commonly accompanied by fire. Emergency response for fire is addressed in SOP ER-3, Fire Prevention for Field Work. Be aware of equipment and/or other locations where explosions are possible (e.g., paint rooms, liquefied petroleum gas
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. ER-2
I I I I I ! I I I I i I I I I
PAGE g OF 16
[LPG] storage tanks, etc.). Employees will immediately report the discovery of potential explosive situations to the SHSC. 5.4.1 Emergency Procedures In the event of an emergency, employees shall implement the following procedures: 1. Telephone 9-1-1 and provide air detaits. In most cases, the operator will ask the nature of the emergency. Stay calm and be precise (e.g., "an explosion at the north gate of the ABC site"). Let the operator ask the questions and give calm, precise, and short answers. 2. Evacuate the affected area. 3. Establish a secudty area around the affected area until police or fire personnel arrive. 4. Check gas and electrical systems for damage when possible. 5. Have damaged or potentially damaged utilities shut off at main controls. 6. Conduct a head count of all employees. 7. Be aware of the possibility of secondary explosions and stay away from the damaged area until officials from the fire and/or police depar~nents advise that it is safe to reenter. After resolution of the immediate emergency, the SHSC will notify the CHSD, SHE Manager, and Human Resources. Even if no injuries or occupationally related illnesses occur, the PM/FM must complete an Incident Report form and submit it to the SHSC, SHE Manager, and CHSD. 5.5 HURRICANES
If a hurricane is expected within 12 hours all personnel must evacuate the site. Personnel working in an area away from home or visiting from another office shall remain at their hotel or other appropriate shelter until the warning is canceled. Emergency Procedures 1. Upon notification of a hurricane warning, the SHSC will turn on a radio and await instruction from the NWS. 2. When instructions are received, the SHSC will notify personnel of the course of action. In most cases, action will entail sending personnel home or to the hotel where they are staying. Personnel should be notified of the anticipated date of return for project work. 3. The FM, with the assistance of the SHSC, shall copy all field notes, memos, records, etc. Bring or mail them along with all monitoring equipment to the nearest AEE office.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I
ameer;
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
ER-2
PAGE 10 OF
16
The SHSC will clean out all decontamination (decon) stations, including equipment and personnel decon areas. Remove all decon equipment from the site and store it in a field vehicle; cover all PPE and decon wash drums with the lids and tighten them securely. If there is a refrigerator on-site, the FM will remove all perishable items from it, and unplug electrical items, turn off all power, and leave the site. 6. Personnel should be cautioned as follows: a. REMAIN CALM - do not panic. If driving, drive slowly and safely. b. Go directly home (or to the hotel where you are staying), if advised to, and take steps to protect private property. If personnel are staying in a hotel, the SHSC should also fill drinking-water containers and pack coolers with enough ice and nonperishable food supplies for 5 days. Do not wait until the last minute to prepare the survival kit because supplies may not be available. Although most hotels have emergency electrical generators and limited backup water supplies, prepare as if the hotel may have no electricity or water for 2 to 3 days. If the hotel or other accommodation is rendered unsuitable/unsafe by the disaster, all personnel shall report to the nearest American or International Red Cross Shelter. Refer to the Typhoon/Hurricane Field Preparation Checklist for preparatory action and items to collect and/or purchase prior to the hurricane or typhoon. When the "all clear" is sounded, the FM and other personnel may visit the site to assess damage. The FM will relay this damage assessment to the PM by phone or FAX. If the site appears to be in good condition, then work on the project may resume as early as the next regular work day. 5.5.1
Subcontracted Personnel (Drillers, Soil Gas Surveyors, etc.)
During a hurricane watch, subcontracted personnel may continue to work on the project. Once a warning is declared, however, hurricane preparations must be started. The FM shall direct subcontracted personnel to take the following actions during a hurricane warning: Gather all equipment, and store as seen fit. Secure all drums located on-site and any empty drums staged elsewhere. The drums must be secured with heavy-duty rope. Secure all items located in the staging area or storage container. All cement and/or sand bags either should be removed or covered with plastic to avoid spills and leaks. Secure all heavy equipment. Secure and cover with plastic all items located on drill rigs, including Tyvek~, sand bags, and cement. Well pumps, augers, drill bits, steam cleaners, etc. should all be tied down. Pack all personal health and safety gear, e.g., boots, hard hats, and safety glasses.
I I I i I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. ER-2
I PAGE 11 OF 16
Fill the gas tanks of all vehicles. Gasoline may be in short supply for 2 to 3 days after a hurricane. 5.5.2 Emergency Demobilization (for Nonresident Staff) Under the direction of the FM and with approval of the PM, the fidd crew and subcontractors may return home after a major storm. Personnel will be demobilized if necessary to ensure the health and safety of site personnel, if water and power services are curtailed, or if the site is severely damaged and it will take a long time to repair equipment and/or replace materials. After resolution of the immediate weather-related emergency, the SHSC will notify the CHSD, SHE Manager, and Human Resources. Even if no injuries or occupationally related illnesses occur, the PM/FM must complete an Incident Report form and submit it to the SHSC, CHSD, and SHE Manager. 5.6
SEVERE STORMS~ FLOODS, AND TSUNAMIS
Some AEE project sites are located in parts of the country where severe storms, tsunamis, and extensive flooding can occur. The FM and SHSC must evaluate each situation as it arises and determine whether it is safer to keep employees at the project site than to let them go home through severely flooded streets. Emergency Procedures 1. Upon notification of a severe storm watch or tsunami alert, the FM and SHSC will turn on a radio and await instruction from the NWS. 2. When instructions are received, the FM and SHSC will notify employees of action to be taken. If inside a building at the time of the emergency, remember the following: a. DO NOT PANIC. Remain calm and listen for instructions. b. Stay where you are. Most floors above the second floor will be safe. c. Do not use elevators. d. Do not use telephones. e. DO NOT attempt to leave the building unless advised to do so. f. If the building is less than three floors high, stay indoors, preferably on the second floor (if it exists), and be ready to exit to the building roof, if necessary. 4. If outside a building at the time of the emergency, move to high ground or into a building and take the stairs to the third floor or higher. After resolution of the immediate weather-related emergency, the SHSC will notify the CHSD, SHE Manager, and Human Resources. Even if no injuries or occupationally related illnesses occur, the PM/FM must complete an Incident Report form and submit it to the SHSC, CHSD, and SHE Manager. 5.7 TORNADOES In the event the National Weather Alert Station issues a tornado warning for the vicinity of any AEE project sites, an alarm will be sounded or an announcement will be made to alert employees.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. ER-2
I I I I I ! I I I I I I I I I
i PAGE 12 OF 16
Emergency Procedures Employees will be directed to take the following action if a tornado approaches: 1. If outside, take cover inside a stable structure or low-lying area. If inside, move away from the perimeter of any buildings and exterior glass. If inside a field trailer or other temporary facility, leave (if this can be done safely) and seek cover in a nearby building. 2. Close the doors of perimeter building. 3. Go to the center corddor of the building. In most buildings, this corridor will be the stairwells. 4. Sit down and protect yourself by putting your head as close to your lap as possible or kneel, protecting your head. 5. Do not go to the first floor lobby or outside of the building~ 6. If caught indoors in an exterior office, seek protection under a desk. After resolution of the immediate weather-related emergency, the SHSC will notify the CHSD, SHE Manager, and Human Resources. Even if no injuries or occupationally related illnesses occur, the PM/FM must complete an Incident Report form and submit it to the SHSC, CHSD, and SHE Manager. 5.8 TYPHOONS
5.8.1
Typhoon Conditions
Typhoon Condition 4 is usually considered a normal condition for areas known to experience typhoons. During this condition, no typhoons have developed over the Pacific Ocean that may be a threat to a specified location. Typhoon Condition 3 indicates that a typhoon has been identified that may pass over or near the specified location within 48 hours. Condition 3 calls for preparation measures. Listen for NWS bulletins and CD messages on local radio and television stations. Typhoon Condition 2 indicates that a typhoon is expected to pass over the specified location within 24 hours. When a warning is issued, begin actions to protect life and property, including stocking water and food items, securing loose items, and boarding windows. Stay tuned to local radio and television stations for weather updates and CD messages on possible school closures, employee dismissal (SHSC must inform site employees of dismissal), and shelter opening schedules. Anticipate evacuation advisories/orders. Typhoon Condition 1 indicates that a typhoon is expected to pass over or near the specified location within 12 hours. At this time, public roads typically are closed to traffic except for emergency vehicles. Schools, offices, and stores are closed during Condition 1.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. ER-2 I PAGE 13 OF 16
Emergency Procedures 1. Upon notification of a Typhoon Condition 3 or lower, the FM and SHSC will refer to typhoon condition instructions provided above and will begin to monitor news and weather reports from a radio, television, or newspaper and await instruction from the NWS. 2. When instructions are received, the SHSC will notify personnel of the course of action. In most cases action will entail sending personnel home or to the hotel where they are staying. Personnel should be cautioned as follows: a. REMAIN CALM - do not panic. If driving, drive slowly and safely. b. Go directly home (or to the hotel where you are staying), if advised to, and take steps to protect private property. Refer to the Typhoon/Hurricane Field Preparation Checklist for preparatory action and items to collect and/or purchase prior to a hurricane or typhoon. After resolution of the immediate weather-related emergency, the SHSC will notify the CHSD, SHE Manager, and Human Resources. Even if no injuries or occupationally related illnesses occur, the PM/FM must complete an Incident Report form and submit it tothe SHSC, CHSD, and SHE Manager. 5.8.2 Subcontracted Personnel (Drillers, Soil Gas Surveyors, etc.) During a typhoon watch, subcontracted personnel may continue to work on the project. Once a warning is declared, however, typhoon preparations must be started. The FM shall direct subcontracted personnel to take the following actions during a typhoon warning: Gather all equipment, and store as seen fit. Secure all drums located on-site and any empty drums staged elsewhere. The drums must be secured with heavy-duty rope. Secure all items located in the staging area or storage container. All cement and/or sand bags either should be removed or covered with plastic to avoid spills and leaks. Secure all heavy equipment. Secure and cover with plastic all items located on drill rigs, including TyvekTM, sand bags, and cement. Well pumps, augers, drill bits, steam cleaners, etc. should all be tied down. Pack all personal health and safety gear, e.g., boots, hard hats, and safety glasses. Fill the gas tanks of all vehicles. Gasoline may be in short supply for 2 to 3 days after a typhoon.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. ER-2
5.9
! PAGE 14 OF 16
CIVIL DISTURBANCES
Emergency Procedures 1. The SHSC will ensure that all persons on duty are inside a building, if possible, and that the police department has been notified of the situation (see Emergency Contact List in the HSP). If the situation is violent, dial 9~1-1. 2. If situation warrants, site staff may be directed to evacuate the site and meet elsewhere for resolution. 3. If evacuation is not possible and no secure building is available, all persons on duty shall enter the site vehicles and lock the doors as quickly as possible. 4. If the disturbance is taking place outside a project site building structure, staff will be responsible for ensuring that all exterior doors are closed and locked as quickly as possible. 5. The SHSC will immediately establish internal security within the facility. 6. Supervisors will ensure that their personnel are moved away from exterior doors and windows. 7. If the situation permits and it is necessary to do so, off-duty personnel will be recalled. 8. Return to normal activities only when advised by police personnel that it is safe to do so. After resolution of the immediate security-related emergency, the SHSC will notify the CHSD, SHE Manager, and Human Resources. Even if no injuries or occupation-related illnesses occur, the PM/FM must complete an incident Report form and submit it to the SHSC, CHSD, and SHE Manager. 5.10
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL SPILLS OR RELEASES
Certain contracts require a Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure (SPCC) Plan. The Emergency Response section of the site-specific HSP, when governed by an SPCC, would indicate the SPCC procedures to foltow in the event of a hazardous materials spilt. When a contract requires an SPCC, the guidelines discussed below shall not be followed. Instead, specific guidelines discussed in the site-specific HSP shall be followed. All hazardous materials stored or used at AEE field sites will have an appropriatelabel displayed indicating the substance used and any safety precautions and appropriate emergency actions to be taken in the event of an accident. As appropriate, Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) are located in an accessible file at the site of use in all areas where chemicals are used, stored, or disposed.
! I I I I I I I
S.O.P. No. ER-2
PAGE 15 OF 16
Emergency Procedures 1. Immediately clear the area where hazardous materials are spilled and erect an Exclusion Zone (EZ). Procedures for fire emergencies will be implemented in notifying thefire department and evacuating the facility. 2. Ensure that all persons are moved upwind of the spill. 3. If possible, contain the spilled material with the use of sorbent or diking material such as cat litter, sand, or other suitable, approved containment material (only if the material is not toxic). DO NOT wash hazardous materials into storm or sewer lines. For work on hazardous waste sites, every effort will be made to minimize or eliminate the possibility of spilling/releasing contaminated materials into the clean area. AEE procedures dictate that contaminated materials remain in the EZ. Further spread of contamination will be reduced by containment of contaminated fluids and the use of plastic "drops" and berms whenever feasible. If the spill is significant enough to pose a threat to the public, notify local response teams. Onsite spill control equipment will include plastic (visqueen) sheeting and absorbent materials such as vermiculite, spill booms, pillows, and pads. Depending upon the quantity of the spill, certain regulatory authorities may also need to be notified. Small spills should only be cleaned by qualified persons and disposed of appropriately. Large spills of toxic materials require special training and equipment possessed by commercial cleanup companies.
I
I I I I I I I I i
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
After resolution of the immediate chemical-related emergency, the SHSC will notify the CHSD, SHE Manager, and Human Resources. Even if no injuries or occupationally related illnesses occur, the PM/FM must complete an Incident Report form and submit it to the SHSC, CHSD, and SHE Manager. 6.0
RECORDS
Where applicable, the following documents shall be retained as records in accordance with this SOP: incident Report (Attachment 2) Supervisor’s Report of Injury or Illness (Attachment 3) First Aid Incident Report (Attachment 4) AccidentJFirst Aid Incident Summary Log (Attachment 5) 7.0
REFERENCES
GTE Hawaiian Telphone Book, Oahu White Pages. March 1994-95. Civil Defense Warnings and Procedures. State of Hawaii Civil Defense. 2000. Emergency Checklist AEE. Corporate Health and Safety Manual, Volume V, Emergency Preparedness Program.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O,P. No. ER-2
8.0 ATTACHMENTS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Typhoon/Hurricane Field Preparation Checklist Incident Report Supervisor’s Report of Injury or Illness First Aid Incident Report Accident/First Aid Summary Log
I PAGE
16 or 16
I I I I I I I I ! I I I I I I I I I
arne¢
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P, NO. APPROVAL
ER-3
EFFECTIVE DATE
Denise L. Daggett, MS, CIH TITLE
I PAGE 1 OF 14 REVISION NO.
0
10/15/01 FIRE PREVENTION FOR FIELD WORK
1.0
PURPOSE
The purpose of this procedure is to inform personnel of the requirements and methods for addressing fire and explosion hazards associated with field work and to summarize the standard protocol for fire prevention. This information describes standard industry practices for the safe handling and storage of flammable and combustible liquids during site investigations. Additional measures to address specific cases must be devised jointly by those directly responsible and a representative from Health and Safety Management. Procedures to follow in the event of a fire are outlined in the AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (AEE) Emergency Action Plan in Volume V, Emergency Preparedness Program, of the Corporate Health and Safety Manual and in SOP ER-2, Emergency Action Plan for Field Work. 2.0
SCOPE
This procedure applies to all AEE personnel, personnel subcontracted to AEE, and visitors (including clients) who may work on or visit AEE jobsites. 3.0
DEFINITIONS
Class A Fire - A fire involving ordinary combustibles, such as trash, wood, or paper. Class B Fire - A fire involving flammable or combustible liquids, flammable gases, greases and similar materials, and some rubber and plastic materials. Class C Fire - A fire involving electrical equipment or wiring. Bonding - The linking of two containers by an electrical connection, usually a copper wire with clamps or "alligator" clips. Combustible Liquid - A liquid having a flash point at or above 100 degrees Fahrenheit (°F) and below 200°F, as defined by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). Extinguisher Classification - The letter classification given an extinguisher to designate the class(es) of fire on which it will be effective (A, B, C, or D). Extinguisher Rating - The numerical rating given to an extinguisher that indicates the extinguishing potential of the unit. Flammable Liquid - A liquid having a flash point below 100°F and having a vapor pressure less than 40 psi (absolute) at 100°F, as defined by OSHA. Class 1 flammable liquids have flash points <100°F (e.9., gasoline and alcohol).
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
ER-3
PAGE 2 OF
14
Class 2 flammable liquids have flash points >100°F and <140°F (e.g., kerosene, diesel, and some solvents).
Class 3 flammable liquids have flash points >140°F and <200°F (e.g., fuel,transformer and lube oil). Grounding - Eliminates the difference in electrical potential between a container or equipment and the earth. Grounding wires or straps must be connected to known grounds such as water pipes or grounded metal building framework. Objects that must be grounded include generators, pumps, fuel tanks, and fuel cans. 4.0
RESPONSIBILITIES
It is the responsibility of the Project Manager (PM), Field Manager (FM), regional Safety, Health, and Environment Manager (regional SHE Manager), and Site Health and Safety Coordinator/SHSC) to ensure that this procedure is followed by all field personnel. All field personnel are responsible for implementing this procedure during all phases of AEE field operations. 4.1
HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGER
It is the responsibility of the regional SHE Manager to ensure that this procedure complies with OSHA regulations. 4,2
PROJECT MANAGER
The PM is responsible for incorporating the requirements of this procedure into project plans, budgets, and activities, including appropriate storage vessels and fire extinguishers. 4.3
FIELD MANAGER
It is the responsibility of the FM to ensure that all personnel are aware of the fire prevention procedures and have a plan of action that lists all precautions and preparations that must be made in the event of an on-site fire. The FM shall notify all personnel and visitors when a fire occurs o~site. The FM is responsible for overseeing all fire emergency activities and shall ensure that all personnel evacuate thesite in the event of an uncontrollable fire (i.e., not controllable with portable fire extinguishers). The FM is also responsible for investigating the incident, ensuring that the incident is properly and accurately recorded, and ensuring that records of the incident are maintained. 4.4
SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR
The SHSC is responsible for implementing and enforcing this procedure, as directed by the SHE Manager during project operations and activities. The SHSC will coordinate with the FM toensure that all preventive measures are followed. In the event of an on-site fire, the SHSC will immediately attend to injured personnel and work jointly with the FM in assessing the situation.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
ER-3
PAGE 3 OF 14
Once a fire is deemed uncontrollable, the SHSC will notify the SHE Manager of the situation. 4.5 SUBCONTRACTORS All personnel subcontracted to AEE and working on a field project must follow this procedure and may also be required to complete forms and make reports required by the subcontracting company. 5.0
PROCEDURE
The risk of fire and explosion can be minimized by anticipating, recognizing, evaluating, and controlling the hazards associated with flammable and combustible liquids. This procedure details the steps required to prevent fires and explosions. These steps include using specific too~s or equipment, such as a combustible gas meter and nonsparking tools, and following standard fire prevention practices. It is a violation of company policy to be aware of and yet fail to correct potentially hazardous situations. Furthermore, no employee can knowingly allow a hazardous condition to exist that could cause injury. Good housekeeping and a sense of responsibility by everyone performing their fire prevention duties will minimize fire and explosion hazards. The field crew and the PM must work together to ensure the safety of personnel. 5.1
GUIDELINES
5.1.1
Guidelines for the SHSC The SHSC will consult the site-specific Health and Safety Plan (HSP) to determine the location and type of extinguisher to be used. The location of the fire extinguisher(s) on-site may change over the course of the project duration and site activities. The location of fire extinguishers cannot be changed without the approval of the SHSC. If a fire extinguisher is moved to a different location, the SHSC will notify all site personnel at that time. The SHSC or designee will visually inspect extinguishers, and initial and date the inspection tag on each extinguisher at least once per month. At least once per year, each extinguisher shall be weighed, pressure tested, and serviced as necessary by a certified fire service company.
5.1.2
Guidelines for Field Manager
The FM is responsible for the following: Identify the most likely sources of fire in the project area, guided by the knowledge of the "fuel" and ignition sources that characterize the operations, Establish rules and precautions for likely fire scenarios. Emergency response training is required by law for all workers who handle hazardous waste. the training includes fire suppression, protective equipment, evacuation, and contingency planning. It is the FM’s responsibility to see that site staff are properly trained.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S,O.P. No. ER-3
I PAGE 4 OF 14
Reinforce the rules and precautions to employees and contractors on-site. Make sure each site worker knows his/her responsibilities related to specific fire or explosive hazards. Check access to fire extinguishers at the project site. Make sure they can be easily reached and that site workers know where they are located. Contact a local fire sewice company as soon as possible anytime an extinguisher is discharged, whether partially or fully. The fire service company will recharge and service (or replace) the extinguisher. 5.1.3 Guidelines for All Site Staff Smoking is NOT allowed in areas where a fire hazard may exist. Report all fires, no matter how small, to the SHSC or FM Be familiar with the location of all fire extinguishers. Extinguishers are to be used only by those who have been trained in their usage, and only on incipient, manageable fires (less than half the size of the obsewer). If the fire is too large or not manageable in your estimation, contact the ]ocal fire department. Anytime a fire extinguisher is used, no matter how little, notify the SHSC or FM Any used extinguisher must be serviced before it is available again for usage. Never remove extinguishers from their location except to combat fires. If you move an extinguisher, notify the SHSC or FM 5.2
ON-SITE FIRE HAZARDS
Fire and explosion at field sites are usually caused by moving drums, accidentally mixing incompatible chemicals, a generator malfunctioning, or introducing an ignition source into an explosive or flammable environment. Ignition sources may be as obvious as a combustion engine or an open flame or as subtle as metal-to-metal sparking or static e~ectricity. Static electricity is generated by the contact and separation of dissimilar materials. It can accumulate under many circumstances: during splash filling while a liquid flows through a pipe or from an orifice into a tank by moving pulley belts or vehicle tires by mixing and agitating materials The accumulation of static electricity in two charged bodies can generate a spark unless they are joined by a good electrical conductive path. Bonding and grounding provides an electrical conductive path. Further discussion on bonding and grounding is provided in Section 5.3.4.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.o.P. No. ER-3
5.3
PAG~ 5 OF 14
PREVENTION
5.3.1 General Considerations On hazardous waste site and industrial locations the following measures will be followed: Approved receptacles shall be used for holding rubbish, waste materials, paper, and other combustibles. Accumulation should be removed and disposed of in accordance with local ordinances. Brush, leaves, grass, and weeds shall be removed from around buildings, switch structures, fences, and poles when they present a fire hazard. Burning of any materials shall be done only with proper regard to surrounding conditions, and in accordance with regulations or public authorities, including securing necessary permits. Open fires shall not be left unattended or abandoned until thoroughly extinguished. Adequate fire extinguishing equipment must be readily available. Rags, waste, and packing materials such as straw, burlap, paper, and excelsior, except those packed in unbroken bales, are a fire hazard. When stored in or adjacent to a building, such material must be kept in covered metal containers and removed from unit operating areas daily. When not in actual use, rags and waste that have been used for cleaning machinery or equipment, or for painting operations, shall be kept in Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)approved metal waste cans with self-closing covers and away from any source of ignition All sources of ignition shall be prohibited within 50 feet of a potential fire hazard, including areas where flammable, combustible, or oxidizing materials are stored. Signs indicating NO SMOKING OR OPEN FLAMES shall be conspicuously and legibly posted in the area. Smoking is prohibited on hazardous waste sites except in designated areas. Nonsparking, explosion-proof or intrinsically safe equipment will be used when necessary. All personnel will follow safe standard practices while performing tasks that might result in the release of flammable or explosive atmospheres. Personnel shall use equipment such as combustible gas or oxygen meters to detect flammable/explosive environments. Equipment shall be calibrated to a gas with a comparable lower explosive limit (LEL). Fire lanes that provide access to all areas shall be established and maintained free of obstruction. 5.3.2
Flammable and Combustible Liquids
Flammable and combustible liquids such as gasoline or diesel fuel may be brought into a work site by either of two methods: (1) in bulk containers, or (2) in UL-approved safety containers.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. ER-3 I PAGE 6 Or 14
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Unless otherwise specified, the term "flammable liquids" refers to all classes of flammable and combustible liquids. Attachment 1 provides a table of storage instructions for flammable and combustible liquids. Attachment 2 provides a table of handling instructions for flammable and combustible liquids. Standard practices for the safe handling, transfer, and storage of these liquids include the following: Solvents and paint removers shall not be used in rooms, generator pits, tanks, or other enclosed areas unless adequate ventilation is provided, and shall never be used in locations where electric sparks may occur or where unguarded electric lamps are used. Only hazardous materials approved by the FM or SHSC may be used. If flammable or combustible liquids are brought to the site in bulk containers, the container must be securely mounted on the transporting vehicle. Fuel may no~t be transported in unsecured 55-gallon drums. Bulk fuel delivery trucks must have a grounding wire, which is to be used whenever equipment is being refueled. Butk flammable/combustible tanks must be stored at least 100feet from the drill rig or other equipment with internal combustion engines. The fuel storage area must be cordoned off, protected from the elements, and posted with a "No Smoking" sign. Containers of hydraulic oil, motor oil, and other combustible materLals needed at a work site should also be stored at this location. The exhaust of equipment powered by internal combustion engines will be located well away from flammables and combustibles. Appropriate spill containment and response equipment shall be located in, or easily accessible to, any area where flammables are used or stored, including refueling. At least one portable ABC- or BC-rated (as appropriate) fire extinguisher shall be located in all service and refueling areas, not less than 25 nor more than 75 feet from any outside flammable liquid storage area; within 75 feet of each pump and dispensing unit; and/or within any vehicle loading, transporting, or dispensing flammable liquids. All portable fire extinguishers must be inspected monthly and maintenance performed annually. Monthly inspections and annual maintenance records (i.e., tags) must be attached to each fire extinguisher. All AEE personnel assigned to work on a field project site must have documented training in using a fire extinguisher. This training shall be refreshed annually. Flammable liquids shall be kept in UL-approved, tightly capped and tightly closed containers when not in use, and shall be stored out of direct sunlight. UL-listed, self-closing flammable cans with spark arrestors must be used for storing flammable liquids that are in immediate use.
I I I I I
I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I
arne¢
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S,O.P. No. ER-3
[ PAGE 7 OF 14
All containers must be labeled clearly to show contents and hazard warnings in accordance with the OSHA Hazard Communication standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200. Drums containing Class 1 liquids must be stored in a vertical position and must be equipped with a dispensing pump. These liquids (e.g., gasoline) shall no~t be dispensed by gravity from tanks or drums. Drums and pumps shall be electrically grounded and a bond installed to meta~ containers being filled with Class 1 liquids. Class 1 liquids that are in immediate use must be stored in UL-approved, self-closing flammable cans. When not in use, flammable cans should be stored in a UL-approved flammable cabinet. Class 2 liquids (e.g., diesel fuel) may be stored in a vertical or horizontal position and may be dispensed by gravity from tanks and drums, provided they are equipped with a UL-listed, selfclosing valve. Class 2 liquids must also be contained within a UL-approved flammable can and, when not in use, stored in a flammable cabinet. Class 3 liquids may not be dispensed by gravity from tanks and drums inside a building without local fire department approval. All combustible liquid storage must be in compliance with tocal code and ordinance requirements. The mouths of all metallic containers of 5 gallons or less must be kept in metallic contact during the transfer of flammable liquids. Flammable and combustible liquids shall not be stored in areas used for exits, stairways, or safe passage of people. Drums and pumps must be electrically grounded and a bond installed to metal containers of flammables in excess of 5 gallons. Dispensing units must be protected against damage from collisions. Dispensing nozzJes and devices for flammable liquids shall be UL-approved. Flammable and combustible liquids must not be used, dispensed, or otherwise handled within 50 feet of an open flame or other ignition source. Equipment using flammable liquid fuels must be shut down during refueling, servicing, or maintenance. Generators, lanterns, and similar equipment shall not be filled while hot; these devices shall be fil~ed only in well-ventilated areas that are free of open flames and shall not be filled in storage areas or buildings. Workers shall guard carefully against any part of their clothing becoming contaminated with flammable or combustible fluids. They shall not be allowed to continue work if their clothing becomes contaminated and must remove or wet down the clothing as soon as possible. Flashlights and electric lanterns used during the handling of flammable liquids must be ULapproved or otherwise certified for use in flammable/explosive environments.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
ER-3
PAGE 8 OF
14
Flammable liquids and greases kept in buildings used for storage or processing must be stored in a metal cabinet that meets National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 30 standards, if the total quantity of liquids and greases exceeds 25 gallons. Ventilation adequate to prevent the accumulation of flammable vapors to hazardous levels shall be provided in all areas where flammable and combustible liquids are handled or used. Unopened containers of flammable and combustible liquids, such as isopropyl alcohol, shall be kept in a well-ventilated location, free of smoke, sparks, flame, excessive heat, or direct rays of the sun. A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be kept on-site (with the HSP ) for all chemicals/fuels used and brought on-site. All containers shall be plainly labeled to show the contents and hazard warning. Gasoline must not be used for cleaning or decontaminating purposes. All areas where Class 1 and Class 2 liquids are being used shall be adequately posted with approved "No Smoking" signs. Flammable liquids shall be stored in accordance with all local code and ordinance requirements. Paint, varnish, thinner, and similar materials should be stored in a building or structure assigned for this purpose. Such storage areas shall be labeled with conspicuous lettering- FLAMMABLE - KEEP FIRE AWAY. When not in use, partly used cans of paint, etc. shall always be kept to a minimum and tightly covered. Such cans shall be stored in a metal paint locker or in buildings or rooms specially constructed for that purpose. Paint lockers shall be in compliance with NFPA, OSHA, and UFC guidelines or requirements. Shelving in such paint storage buildings or rooms shall be made of steel. Where separate storage buildings are used, they shall not be less than 25 feet from any other structures. Standard refueling practices include the following: Gasoline or diesel motors are never to be refueled while in operation or while hot enough to ignite highly volatile vapors. Turn off all electrical switches and the engine before refueling. Never completely fill portable containers (allow for expansion). Fuel nozzle must always stay in contact with the opening of the receiving tank to prevent static spark. Bulk containers involved in fuel transfers shall be grounded.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
S.O.P. NO. ER-3 I PAGE g OF
14
Do not spill fuel on hot surfaces. Clean any spillage before starling engine.
Never use wool or metallic cloth due to the possibility of static spark. 5.3.3 Compressed Flammable and Oxidizing Gases Locations where compressed flammable and oxidizing gas cylinders are stored shall be out of bounds to unauthorized personnel and shall be conspicuously posted with "No Smoking" signs. This area shall be kept free of sparks or flames from any source at all times. Gas cylinders are designed to withstand temperatures within the range of 32°F to 120°F without exceeding the fracture disc rating. The heating effect of the sun’s rays should be considered in arranging for the storage of gas containers. Cylinders shall be braced upright to prevent toppling and stored away from elevators or walkways, or where heavy moving objects may strike or fall on them. Cylinders should be protected from tampering by unauthorized individuals. Storage should be planned so that cylinders may be used in the order in which they are received from the supplier. Empty and full cylinders should be labeled as such and stored separately. Cylinders should not be exposed to continuous dampness and should not be stored near salt or other corrosive chemicals, vapors, or fumes. Cylinders shall be protected from extremes of weather and from the ground to prevent rusting. Valves shall be closed on all empty or not4n-use cylinders. Except when cylinders are in use or connected for use, valve protection caps, where appropriate, shall always be in place, hand-tight. Unless cylinders are secured on a special truck or rack, regulators shall be removed and valve protection caps installed before cylinders are moved. Attachment 1 provides storage information for compressed gases. Attachment 2 provides handling information for compressed gases.
Only the fittings supplied with oxygen cylinders shall be used with oxygen cylinders. The use of oil or oily rags to clean or wipe oxygen gauges, pressure regulators, or valves is dangerous and therefore prohibited. Fittings, pipe, tubing, and devices such as valves, pressure regulators, or gauges must not be removed from cylinders containing other gases or liquids, particularly nitrogen, and then installed on oxygen cylinders or oxygen systems. Nitrogen gas is dried by using oil, and traces of oil may be deposited on fittings attached to nitrogen cylinders. If these fittings are then installed on oxygen cylinders, the traces of oil may be ignited by oxygen under high pressure and result in a destructive explosion. All oxygen cylinders shall be equipped with proper pressure regulating devices before use. Oxygen shall never be used for purging pipe lines, ventilating work areas, or dusting clothing.
As hydrogen gas is lighter than air, rooms where it is stored should have ventilation outlets in the ceiling. Hydrogen cylinders must be equipped with pressure relief devices. They shall be stored in assigned locations that are well ventilated, dry, and separated from combustible materials. Hydrogen must be separated from oxidizing gases by at least 20 feet. Conspicuous signs must be posted in the area forbidding smoking, open lights, or other open flames.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. ER-3
PAGE 10 OF 14
Only approved and properly maintained acetylene cylinders shall be used. ~n addition to the shut-off and regulatory valves at the tank, there shall be a shut-off valve on the handle for test purposes. Tanks, hoses, and regulators shall be inspected and tested for leaks with a soap solution prior to each day’s use and, if found to be defective, shall not be used. Keep cylinders in an upright position at all times. When being transported or used, they shall be properly secured to prevent toppling. NOTE:
Acetylene cylinders contain acetone liquid that may damage the diaphragm of the regulator if the tank is used in other than the upright position.
Cylinder valves are to be turned on and off only with the special wrench or key provided in order to prevent damage to the valve. Never light a torch with an open flame; use only a flint or spark lighter. Afteruse, shut gas off at both the main supply valve on the bottle and the regulator. Bleed gas from hose by ope shut-off valve at torch handle. 5.3.4 Bonding and Grounding The making and breaking of contact between materials builds up differences of electrical potential and generates static electricity. When the difference of potential is sufficient to bridge the dielectric gap between the materials, sparking discharges occur. The static discharge phenomenon can be a fire or explosion hazard in the handling of flammable or combustible liquids. Anti-static additives may be added to some liquids to increase the conductivity of the liquid, preventing the accumulation of static potential, and thereby preventing static sparks. As practicable, vessels to be filled with flammable or combustible liquids should be purged with inert gas such as dry nitrogen or carbon dioxide to remove oxygen (fuel tanks in some cases may be purged with natural gas), and the purging agent should then be displaced by the liquid, or the vessels should be "vacuum filled." This is especially important when filling from the top, or filling in any other manner that results in the splashing of liquid. Tanks having floating roofs are relatively free from fire and explosion via static spark if the vapor space above the floating roof is well ventilated. Such tanks, when empty, should have flammable or combustible liquids injected at a low flow rate until the roof is afloat. A gasoline tank that has been completely emptied for repair or some other purpose must be purged with inert gas to prevent an explosion. Bonding to prevent differences in potential between hoses or pipes and tanks is required. NOTE:
I
Grounding the fill pipe or filling through a grounding screen does NOT prevent static discharge inside the tank.
Bonding and grounding prevents static electricity from causing a spark during the transfer of flammable liquid. However, for it to be effective, both containers must be metal and at least one container must be
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. ER-3
PAGE 11 OF 14
grounded, it is important that clamps or clips make a good metal-to-metal contact and are not blocked by a nonconductive material, such as paint. Inexpensive bonding and grounding "kits" are available from Lab Safety and other safety vendors. 5.3.5 Hot Work A Hot Work Permit (see SOP S-8, Hot Work Permits) will be completed and approved before beginningany activity (such as welding, grinding, or chipping) that could produce sparks, flames, or other sources of ignition When in operation, welding torches must be at a safe distance from flammable solids, fluids, or gases, and where fire might occur, special care must be taken to control sparks. Torches and hoses shall be inspected frequently to be sure that all working parts are in good operating condition and to ensure that there are no leaks. When welding in areas with wooden floors with open cracks or welding on open grating, the floor areas or grating in the immediate vicinity of the welding operation shall be covered with metal plates, noncombustible pads, or wet canvas covered with sand before welding is commenced. Use metal spark screens when necessary. Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent molten metal sparks from dropping through the cracks or grating into inaccessible locations and starting fires. When welding, cutting, or heating, suitable fire extinguishing equipment shall be readily available in the work area. 5.3.6 Electrical Wiring and Equipment The fundamental causes of electrical fires are arcs, overheating due to overloading, or improper installation of circuits. Fuses and circuit breakers are the safety valves of electrica~ systems and must be properly installed and maintained at all times. Bypassing of breakers and fuses is prohibited. All electrical wiring shall be installed and maintained in accordance with local ordinances and standards. Electrical equipment shall be connected only to those circuits designated to accommodate them. Flexible cords shall not be spliced and shall be replaced if worn or frayed. Where extension cords are used, they shall be of the proper conductor size for which they are used. All portable electrical appliances and hand tools shall beof the proper conductor size for which they are used. 5.3.7 Stoves, Heaters, and Coffee Pots Space-heating stoves and heaters shall be of an approved type, and installed and maintained with suitable clearance above, on each side, and in the front of the appliance. Care must be exercised when filling reservoirs of oil or kerosene-fired portable heaters. Whenever stoves and heaters are used, adequate ventilation must be provided. Electrical coffee pots or tea kettles are permitted only if a routine procedure is established to ensure that the appliances are shut off at the close of business. Employees working late or on weekends are responsible for checking to see that all appliances are off. If personal coffee pots or electrical tea kettles are housed in an area other than a kitchen, the pot/kettle must rest on a heat resistant tile or base.
i I I I I ! I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. ER-3
5.4
I PAGE 12 OF 14
EMERGENCIES
The following is a list of steps that must be taken once a fire or explosion is detected: The person who detects the fire must sound the emergency alarm to alert all on-site personnel. The FM will call 9-1-1 or summon the local fire department, advising them of the location, nature, and identification of the fire, and informing them of potential site hazards. If the fire is less than half the size of the observer, the fire can be extinguished using a handheld portable fire extinguisher. In the event of an uncontrollable fire, the FM will evacuate the site. After evaluating the immediate situation and downwind direction, all personnel will be evacuated in the upwind direction to a predetermined assembly area. All personnel will be counted and the fire department notified of any missing persons. Notify the PM who will notify the client. With the approval of the SHSC or FM, and only if it can be done safely, site personnel may do the following: Trained personnel may respond to localized, controllable (less than half the size of the observer) fires with the appropriate portable fire extinguishers that are available on-site. Remove or isolate flammable or other hazardous materials that may contribute to the fire. Begin containment and recovery of spilled materials, as appropriate. 6.0
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
OSHA regulations (29 CFR 1910.157, Portable Fire Extinguishers) require that an employer who provides portable fire extinguishers for employees to use in the workplace must also provide training to familiarize employees with the general principles of fire extinguisher use and the hazards involved in incipient stage fire fighting. Fire extinguisher training at AEE is offered at least annually to all field employees. Supervisors ae strongly encouraged to see that their staff attends one of the training sessions. 7.0
RECORDS
An Incident Report (Attachment 3) must be completed if there is an on-site fire. Fire extinguisher training records shall be retained by the HSC at the home office location for each affected employee.
I I I I I I I I I I I i i i
i i i
arnec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
ER-3
PAGE
13
OF 14
Where applicable, the following documents shalt be retained as records: ¯
Hot Work Permits All field notes, records, and logs that apply to hot work Fire extinguisher inspection and maintenance records or tags Incident Report
8.0
REFERENCES
Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1910.38, Employee Emergency Plans and Fire Prevention Plans Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1910.157, Portable Fire Extinguishers. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. 1996. Safety and Health Requirements Manual. October. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. 1983. Comprehensive Safety Recommendations for Land-Based Oil and Gas Well Drilling. September. 9.0
ATTACHMENTS
1. Storage Information for Flammable and Combustible Liquids and Compressed Gases 2. Handling Information for Flammable and Combustible Liquids and Compressed Gases 3. Incident Report
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE s.o.P. No. ER-3
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
I PAGE 14 OF 14
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. H-3 APPROVAL
EFFECTIVE DATE
Denise L. Daggett, MS, ClH TITLE
! PAGE 1 OF 14 REVISION NO.
0
10/15/01 COLD STRESS
1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide information on the causes, detection, prevention, and treatment of cold stress. 2.0
SCOPE
This procedure should be utilized by all AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (AEE) on-site personnel and subcontractors working on AEE field projects where cold stress poses a hazard. 3.0
RESPONSIBILITIES
3.1
SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR/PROJECT MANAGER
The Site Health and Safety Coordinator (SHSC) and Project Manager (PM) are responsible for implementing these procedures. 3.2
SAFETY, HEALTH, AND ENVIRONMENT MANAGER
The regional Health and Safety Manager (regional SHE Manager) are responsible for auditing or evaluating on-site activities to ensure that these procedures are implemented. 4.0
PROCEDURES
4.1
INTRODUCTION
A cold environment can reduce the temperature of the body and cause shivering, reduced mental alertness, and sometimes even loss of consciousness. Cold can cause adverse effects before a problem is even realized. When properly protected, a healthy worker can function efficiently and safely in both natural and man-made cold environments. Cool conditions, especially with high winds, cold water, convection, conduction, and evaporation, are sources of cold that can affect workers. The effects of cold on the body depend on how well the skin is insulated from the environment. This insulating barrier determines the rate of heat loss from the body by radiation, convection, conduction, and evaporation.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
H-3
PAGE 2 OF 14
Any combination of low temperature and air movement will have a cooling effect on the body. The faster the air movement, the greater the effect. These environmental factors determine the rate at which the body cools by giving off or exchanging heat with the surrounding environment. 4.2
HOW THE BODY LOSES HEAT
Conduction, convection, evaporation, and radiation are means by which the body loses heat. 4.2.1 Conduction Conduction is the transfer of heat between objects that are in contact with each other. For example, touching a piece of metal that is cooler than skin temperature will conduct heat away from the body. 4.2.2 Convection Convection is the transfer of heat by movement of the thin layer of insulating air next to the skin. The air movement causes a cooling action. The stronger the wind, the more intense the cold effect will be. A strong current of air will blow the insulating air away and intensify the cold effect. A good example of how convection works is the familiar wind chill factor. A calm day with a temperature of 20 degrees Fahrenheit (°F) will feel cold. But if you add a 30-mile-per-hour wind to that same temperature, the day will feel bitterly cold (equivalent to about -18°F). For more specific information on the cooling power of wind, see the table in Attachment 1. 4.2.3 Evaporation Evaporation is the absorption of moisture into the air. Evaporation of moisture from the skin cools the body. The rate of this evaporative cooling is significantly increased by convection or air movement across wet skin and/or wet clothing. The amount of evaporation is also increased by low humidity. 4.2.4 Radiation Radiation is the transfer of heat to cooler objects in the surrounding environment. The heat is transferred through space between objects that are not in direct contact with each other. For example, the heat from a broiler will warm objects in its surrounding area. In the same way, the body’s heat will transfer to a cooler environment. When conduction, convection, evaporation, radiation, cold air temperatures, or fast air movement occur, the hazard of cold stress illness is present. 4.3
HOW THE BODY HANDLES COLD
The human body is designed to function best at a constant temperature of approximately 98.6°F. The body does this by gaining heat from food and muscular work, or by losing it through radiation and sweating. The body’s first physiological defense against cold is constriction of the blood vessels of the skin and/or shivering. Cold first affects the skin. The chilled blood circulates and the body begins two processes- one to conserve heat already in the body, the other to generate new heat.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. H-3
I I I I I I I I I ! I I i I I I
4.3.1
I PAGE 3 OF 14
Constriction of Peripheral Blood Vessels
Heat conservation is accomplished by causing outer blood vessels to constrict, which reduces the heat loss from the surface of the skin and makes the outer area an insulator. This constriction also inhibits the function of the sweat glands, preventing heat loss by evaporation. If someone becomes fatigued during physical activity, he or she will be more prone to heat loss. As exhaustion approaches, sudden enlargement of the blood vessels can occur, resulting in rapid loss of heat. 4.3.2
Blood Thickening
When it becomes necessary for the body to conserve heat, the kidneys are stimulated to produce about three times the normal amount of urine, which increases the oxygen level of the blood and reduces both the water and salt levels in the body. As a result, the blood becomes thicker and cannot reach the blood vessels near the skin, which makes more of the oxygen in the blood available as fuel for the muscles to generate heat and energy. 4.3.3
Increased Heart Rate and Glucose Production
The body produces glucose (blood sugar) to provide additional fuel. The heart also begins to beat faster, which sends oxygen- and glucose-rich blood to the muscles and organs where they are needed. 4.3.4 Involuntary Shivering Involuntary shivering begins in an attempt to produce more heat by rapid contractions of the muscles, much as heat is generated by strenuous activity. Shivering raises the body’s metabolic rate. As the metabolic rate increases, the appetite increases, usually followed by calorie intake (eating), which pours "fuel" into the body’s "furnace." 4.4
THE SAFETY EFFECTS OF COLD STRESS
The frequency of accidents seems to be higher in cold environments. Nerve impulses are slowed and we react more sluggishly, fumble with our hands, and become clumsy. Additional clothing and gloves may hinder movement. There are also safety problems common to cold environments. They include iceor snow blindness, reflections from snow interfering with vision, and the possibility of burns from contact with cold metal surfaces. 4.5
MONITORING THE COLD ENVIRONMENT
Common sense should dictate how much clothing to wear and when to get into a warm area in most cases. However, some work environments require more complex evaluation. Evaluating a work environment to determine the degree of cold stress involves measuring: air temperature wind speed the amount of energy expended by the workers
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
c31TleC
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O,P. No.
H-3
I PAGE 4 OF 14
Air temperature can be measured by an ordinary bulb thermometer. Wind speed is measured by a device called a thermoanemometer, which senses and measures air motion by the rate of cooling of a hot wire at the tip of a probe. The Threshold Limit Value (TLV), published by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) states that the deep body core temperature should be prevented from falling below 98.6°F. For a single, occasional exposure to a cold environment, a drop in core temperature to no lower than 95°F should be permitted. The ACGIH Chill Temperature Chart relating dry bulb air temperature and wind velocity is presented in the table in Attachment 1. The recommended ACGIH TLVs for properly clothed workers for periods of work at temperatures below freezing are shown in the table in Attachment 2. TLVs are intended to protect workers from the severest effects of cold stress and to prevent injury to body extremities. Workplace monitoring is required as follows: Suitable temperature measurements should be conducted at any workplace where the environment temperature is below 16 degrees Centigrade (°C) (60.8°F) so that overall compliance with the requirements of the TLV can be maintained. Whenever the air temperature at a workplace falls below-1°C (30.2°F), the dry bulb temperature should be measured and recorded at least every 4 hours. The wind speed should also be recorded at least every 4 hours whenever the rate of air movement exceeds 2 meters per second (5 miles per hour). Contact the local meteorological station (e.g., local airport) for wind speed and direction data. In outdoor work situations, the wind speed should be measured and recorded together with the air temperature whenever the air temperature is below -1 °C (30.2°F). The equivalent chili temperature should be obtained from the table in Attachment 1 in all cases where air movement measurements are required; it should be recorded whenever the equivalent chill temperature is below -7°C (19.4°F). Employees are excluded from work in cold at -1°C (30.2°F) or below if they are suffering from diseases or taking medication that interferes with normal body temperature regulation or reduces tolerance to work in cold environments. Workers who are routinely exposed to temperatures below-24°C (-11.2°F) with wind speeds less than 5 miles per hour, or air temperatures below-18°C (0°F) with wind speeds above 5 miles per hour, shall be medically certified as suitable for such exposures. 4.6
COLD DISORDERS
Cold injury is classified as either localized (frostbite, frostnip or chilblain), or generalized (hypothermia). The main factors contributing to cold injury are exposure to humidity and high winds, contact with wetness or metal, inadequate clothing, age, and general health. Physical conditions that worsen the effects of cold are allergies, vascular disease, excessive smoking and drinking, and specific drugs and medicines. For a quick reference of cold illnesses, symptoms, possible underlying causes, and treatmert, see Attachment 3.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. NO.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
H-3
I PAGE 5 OF 14
4.6.1 Hypothermia Hypothermia is an abnormally low body temperature. It is caused by exposure to cold- either in the air or from immersion in water. In this situation, the body loses heat faster than it can produce heat. Air temperature alone is not enough to judge the cold hazard of a particular environment. Most hypothermia cases develop in air temperatures between 30°F and 50°F. However, by the time such factors as wind chill are figured in, the effective temperature could be significantly lower. The first symptoms of hypothermia are uncontrollable shivering, the sensation of cold, a slowed and sometimes irregular heartbeat, a weakened pulse, and changes in blood pressure. Severe shaking or rigid muscles are caused by bursts of body energy and changes in the body chemistry. Uncontrollable fits of shivering, vague or slow, slurred speech, memory lapses, incoherence, and drowsiness are some of the symptoms that may occur. Other symptoms that may be seen before complete collapse are cool skin, slow, irregular breathing, low blood pressure, apparent exhaustion, and inability to get up after a rest. As the core temperature (98.6°F) drops into the mid-90°F range, the victim may become listless, confused, and make little or no effort to keep warm. At about 85°F, serious problems may develop because of significant drops in blood pressure, pulse rate, and respiration. In some cases, death may occur. Pain in the extremities may be the first warnings of dat~gerous exposure to cold. Severe shivering must be taken as a sign of danger and exposure to cold should be immediately terminated. If someone becomes fatigued during physical activity, he or she will be more susceptible to heat loss. As exhaustion approaches, the body’s ability to contract blood vessels diminishes, blood circulation occurs closer to the surface of the skin, rapid loss of heat occurs, and cooling begins. Sedative drugs, alcohol, and caffeine increase the risk of hypothermia. Sedative drugs interfere with the transmission of impulses in the brain, and aJcohol and caffeine dilate the blood vessels near the skin surface, increasing heat loss and lowering body temperature. 4.6.2
Chilblain and Other Blood Vessel Abnormalities
Blood vessel abnormalities may be caused or aggravated by exposure to cold. They include chilblain (pernio), Raynaud’s syndrome, acrocyanosis, and thromboangiitis obliterans. Chilblain is an inflammation of the hands and feet caused by exposure to cold and moisture. It is characterized by recurrent, localized itching and swelling, and painful inflammations on the fingers, toes, or ears produced by mild frostbite. The result is severe spasms accompanied by pain. Raynaud’s syndrome is caused by the constriction of blood vessels. It is often called "white finger" because fingers turn white and stiff. Contact with cold surfaces may bring on the symptoms of Raynaud’s syndrome.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. H-3
I I I I I I I i I I I I I I I
I PAGE 6 OF 14
Acrocyanosis is a circulatory disorder in which the hands, and sometimes the feet, are persistently cold, blue, and sweaty. Thromboangiitis obliterana is the inflammation of the wall and connective tissue surrounding certain arteries and veins, usually resulting from tobacco use. This condition is associated with a blocking of the artery. It can result in gangrene or tissue death. Workers suffering from this disorder should take precautions to avoid chilling. Workers suffering from blood vessel abnormalities should take special precautions to avoid chilling. Some people develop sensitivity reactions when exposed to cold. 4.6.3 Frostbite Frostbite may occur without hypothermia when the extremities do not receive sufficient heat because of inadequate circulation and/or because they are inadequately insulated. Frostbite occurs when there is freezing of the fluids around the cells of the tissues of the body from exposure to extremely low temperatures, resulting in damage to and loss of tissue. The most vulnerable parts of the body are the nose, cheeks, ears, fingers, and toes. Damage from frostbite may affect only the outer layers of skin, or it may extend deeper. Damage from frostbite can be serious; scarring, tissue death, and amputation are all possibilities, as is permanent loss of movement in the affected parts. However, skin and nails that slough off may grow back. The freezing point of the skin is about 30°F. As wind velocity increases, heat loss is greater and frostbite will occur more rapidly. If the skin should come in contact with objects colder than freezing, frostbite may develop at the point of contact, even in a warm environment. There are three degrees of frostbite: first degree, which is freezing without blistering or peeling; second degree, which is freezing with blistering or peeling; and third degree, which is freezing with death of skin tissues and possibly of the deeper tissues. The symptoms of frostbite are: skin color changes to white or grayish yellow, progresses to reddish violet, and finally turns black as the tissue dies pain may be felt at first, but later subsides blisters may appear later the affected part is cold and numb When frostbite of the outer layer of skin occurs, the skin has a waxy or whitish look and is firm to the touch (the tissue underneath is still resilient). In cases of deep frostbite, the tissues are cold, pale, and solid. The injury is severe.
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
H-3
I PAGE 7 OF 14
The first sign of frostbite is usually an uncomfortable sensation of coldness, followed by numbness. There may be a tingling, stinging, or aching feeling, or even cramping pains. The victim is often unawae of the frostbite until someone else observes the symptoms. Trench foot may be caused by long, continuous exposure to cold without freezing, combined with persistent dampness or actual immersion in water. Edema, tingling, itching, and severe pain occur and may be followed by blistering, death of skin tissue, and ulceration. Frostnip occurs when the face or extremities are exposed to a cold wind, which causes the skin to turn white. 4.7
FIRST AID TREATMENT
4.7.1
First Aid Procedures for Hypothermia
The main objective in treating hypothermia is rewarming the body core evenly and without delay. However, doing it too rapidly can further disrupt body functions, such as circulation. If medical help is not immediately available, the first thing to do is get the victim out of the wind, snow, or rain. Keep the victim’s use of energy to a minimum, but keep him or her awake, if possible. Get the victim into dry ctothes and wrap a blanket, sleeping bag, or newspapers around him or her. Avoid any unnecessarymovement of the victim. In a case of mild hypothermia, where the victim is conscious, the body may be packed with heat packs on wet towels - no warmer than 105°F - behind the neck, at the groin, and in the armpits. Give sweet, warm, caffeine-free, nonalcoholic drinks to conscious victims. Do not rewarm the extremities and the core at the same time. The sudden return of the cool blood pooled in the extremities to the heart can produce a drop in core temperature and cause shock. As much as possible, try to avoid moving, because a hypothermia victim’s exertion from walking could aggravate circulation problems. All victims of hypothermia should receive professional medical treatment. Active rewarming without appropriate medioal support could be hazardous to the victims. Provide Jifesaving actions as necessary - mouth-to-mouth resuscitation or cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR), if you are trained to do so. A hypothermia victim should never be given up for dead in the field. Many hypothermia victims unconscious for several minutes have been fully revived with minimal damage. 4.7.2 First Aid Procedures for Frostbite First aid for frostbite is designed to prevent further tissue damage by warming the affected area rapidly and maintaining respiration. Accepted procedures are listed under Attachment 3, "Cold Illnesses." Very minor frostbite of the outer layer of skin should be treated as soon as possible in the field. Deep frostbite should not be thawed in the field, or there is a possibility that the thawed tissue will refreeze. Thawed tissue witt have impaired circulation and wilt be more susceptible to refreezing, infection, and tissue death. Freezing preserves tissues, so severe frostbite is best left in a frozen state until proper medical attention can be obtained. Protect the frozen area from additional injury.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
H-3
I PAGE 8 OF 14
Do not try to rewarm frostbitten areas by rubbing, exercise, exposure to open fires, cold water soaks, or rubbing with snow. This will only damage the tissue further. 4°8
PREVENTING COLD STRESS
In preventing cold stress, factors relating both to the individual and the environment must be taken into account. For the individuat, that means acclimatization, adherence to work practices, water and salt replacement, medical screening, continuing medical supervision, proper work clothing, training, and education. Controlling the environment involves engineering controls, work practices, work-rest schedules, environmental monitoring, and monitoring the wind chill temperature. 4.8.1
Cold Stress Work Practices Older workers, or workers with circulatory problems, need to be extra careful in the cold. Additional insulating clothing and reduced exposure time should be considered for these workers, Obese and chronically ill people need to make a special effort to follow preventive measures. Sufficient sleep and good nutrition are important for maintaining a high level of tolerance to cold. If possible, the most stressful tasks should be done during the warmer parts of the day. Double shifts and overtime should be avoided. Rest periods should be extended to cope with increases in cold stress. A worker should go immediately to a warm shelter if any of the following symptoms are spotted: the onset of heavy shivering, frostnip, the feeling of excessive fatigue, drowsiness, irritability, and euphoria. The outer layer of clothing should be removed when entering a heated shelter. If possible, a change of dry work clothing should be provided to prevent people from returning to work with wet clothing. If this is not feasible, the remaining clothing should be loosened to permit sweat to evaporate. Alcohol should not be consumed while in the warmer environment. Anyone on medications such as blood pressure control or water pillsshould consult a physician about possible side effects from cold stress. It is strongly recommended that workers suffering from diseases or taking medication that interferes with normal body temperature regulation, or that reduces tolerance of cold, not be permitted to work in temperatures of 30°F or below. It is a good idea for people to weigh themselves at the beginning and end of the workday to check for weight loss that might occur from progressive dehydration.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
PAGE 9 OF 14
4.8.2 Acclimatization Some degree of acclimatization may be reached in cold environments, but it is usually not significant. With sufficient persistent exposure to cold, the body undergoes some changes that increase comfort and reduce the risk of cold injury slightly. However, these physiological changes are usually small and require repeated, uncomfortably cold exposures to induce them. Some people do not acclimatize readily, such as those who are physically unfit, older, obese, taking medications, or using alcohol or drugs. 4.8.3
Fluid Replacement
Working in cold areas causes high water losses through the skin and lungs due to the dryness of the air. Increased fluid intake is essential to prevent dehydration, which affects the flow of blood to the extremities and increases the risk of cold injury. Warm, sweet, caffeine-free, nonalcoholic drinks and soup should be available at the work site for fluid replacement and caloric energy. 4.8.4 Salt Requirements The body needs a certain amount of salt and other electrolytes to function properly. However, using salt tablets is not recommended. Salt tablets cause stomach irritation, which may include nausea and vomiting. A normal, balanced diet should take care of salt needs. In the event that salt intake needs to be increased, utilize electrolyte replacement fluids like GatoradeTM. Anyone with high blood pressure or on a restricted sodium diet should consult a physician for advice regarding salt intake. 4.8.5 Diet It is important for people who work in cold environments to eat a well-balanced diet. Restricted diets can deprive the body of elements needed to withstand cold stress. 4.8.6 Control Measures Continuous exposure of skin should not be permitted when the wind chill factor results in an equivalent temperature of-25°F. Workers exposed to air temperatures of 35.6°F or lower who become immersed in water or whose clothing gets wet should be given dry clothing immediately and treated for hypothermia. Cold stress can be controlled by engineering, administrative work practices, and use of personal protective equipment Engineering Controls Here are some of the ways engineering controls can be used to reduce the stress of a cold environment:
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. NO. H-3
I PAGE 10 OF 14
I I
General or spot space heating should be used to increase temperature at the workplace.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
At temperatures below 30°F, metal handles of tools and control bars should be covered with thermal insulating material.
If fine work is to be performed with bare hands for more than 10 or 20 minutes, special provisions should be made to keep the worker’s hands warm. Warm air jets, chemical hot packs, radiant heaters, or contact warm plates can be used.
Unprotected metal chair seats should not be used. When necessary, equipment and processes should be substituted, isolated, relocated, or redesigned to reduce cold stress at the work site. Power tools, hoists, cranes, or lifting aids should be used to reduce the work load. Heated warming shelters such as tents and cabins should be made available if work is performed continuously in an equivalent chill temperature of 20°F or below. Workers should be encouraged to use the shelters regularly. Engineering control of cold stress can be very complex and often depends more on ingenuity than on standard methods. Administrative Work Practice Controls These controls include any work practices or rules designed to reduce the total cold-stress burden. Some of them are: a work-rest schedule (see Attachment 2) to reduce the peak of cold stress enforcing scheduled rest breaks enforcing the buddy system (pairing up) enforcing frequent intake of warm, sweet, caffeine-free, nonalcoholic drinks or soup moving work to warmer areas whenever possible assigning extra workers to highly demanding tasks allowing workers to pace themselves and take extra work breaks when needed making relief workers available for workers who need a break teaching workers the basic principles of preventing cold stress and emergency response to cold stress maintaining protective supervision or a buddy system for those who work at 10°F or below
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. H-3
[ PAGE 11 Or 14
allowing new employees time to adjust to conditions before they work full-time in cold environments arranging work te minimize sitting still or standing for long periods of time reorganizing work procedures so as much of a job as possible is done in a warm environment, which will reduce the amount of work that must be done in a cold environment including the weight and bulkiness of clothing when estimating work performance requirements and weights to be lifted Personal Protective Equipment and Clothing PPE takes in a wide range of garments and equipment, from ordinary work clothing to special bodysuits. The correct clothing depends on the specific cold stress situation. Werkers should wear several layers of clothing instead of a single, heavy, outer garment. In addition to offering better insulation, the layers can be removed as needed to keep the worker from overheating. The outer layer should be windproof and waterproof. Body heat is lost quickly if the protective layer is not windproof. Attachment 4 lists recommended fabrics for the various layers of clothing. It is essential to preserve the air space between the body and the outer layer of clothing to retain body heat. The more air pockets each layer of clothing has, the better the insulation. However, the insulation effect is negated if the clothing interferes with the evaporation of sweat, or the skin or clothing is wet. The most important parts ef the body to protect are the feet, hands, head, and face. Hands and feet are the farthest from the heart and become cooled most easily. Keeping the head covered with a hat or hood is important, because as much as 40% of body heat can be lost when the head is exposed. Gloves and adequately insulated foot protection are essential to maintain and conserve body heat. Dirty or greasy clothing loses much of its insulation value. Air pockets in dirty clothes are crushed or filled up, and heat can escape more easily. Any interference with the circulation of the blood reduces the amount of heat delivered to the extremities. All clothing and equipment must be properly fitted and worn to avoid interfering with the circulation. Remember to think C-O-L-D to keep warm in a cold environment: keep clothing clea~n, avoid overheatinq, wear clothing loose and in layers, and keep clothing d~.
i i I I I I i I I I i I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE u
S.O.P. No.
H-3
I PAGE
12 OF
14
Recommended clothing Include~ Light Activity Inner Clothin.q A cotton t-shi~t and shorts or underpants under cotton and wool thermal underwearfor light activity. Twopiece long underwear is preferred, because the top can be removed and put back on as needed. Socks with high wool content are best. When two pairs of socks are worn, the inside pair should be smaller and made of cotton. In a pinch, wool socks can also double as mittens. Outer CIothin,q Wool or thermal trousers (either quilted or specially lined) are preferred. Belts can constrict and reduce circulation, so use suspenders if necessary. You will need extra room for trousers to fit over long underwear. Trousers should be lapped over boot tops to keep out snow or water. A synthetic, windproof, and preferably waterproof, shell layer can provide the final layer of protection. Heavy Activity Foot Protection For heavy work, a felt-lined, rubber-bottomed, leather-topped boot with a removable felt insole works well. The boots should be waterproofed and socks changed when they become sweat-soaked. Air insole cushions and felt liners should be used with chemical and/or water-resistant boots.The best foot protection is provided by insulated boots sealed inside and outside by vapor barriers. Protective Garments Either a wool shirt, wool sweater, or a down jacket over a synthetic shirt (such as polypropylene or capilene) should be worn. Size-graduated shirts and sweaters can be worn in layers. Wool pants are a better choice than jeans or corduroy. Synthetic materials used in jackets or pants, such as Thinsulate, Qualofi/, and pile, are ideal. An anorak or snorkel coat or arctic parka should fit loosely, with a drawstring at the waist. Sleeves should fit snugly. The hood, which prevents the escape of warm air from around the neck, should be capable of extending past the face to create a frost tunnel, which warms the air for breathing. Finish with a windproof, and preferably waterproof, shell layer. Check the shell for wind seals at the waist, neck, wrists, and ankles. Head, Eye, Face, and Respiratory Protection A wool knit or synthetic cap provides the best protection. When a hard hat is worn, a liner should be used. Wool or synthetic mittens are more efficient insulators than gloves; they can be worn over gloves for extra warmth.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
H-3
I PAGE 13 OF 14
A face mask or scarf is vital when working in a cold wind. A ski mask with eye openings gives better visibility than a snorkel hood. Face protectors must be removed periodically, so the worker can be checked for signs of frostbite. Thermal-type masks and respirators are available for those bothered by breathing very cold air. Full-face respirators must have separate respirator channels to prevent fogging and frosting of the facepiece. Medical clearance is required prior to issuing any respiratory protective equipment. Double-layered goggles with foam padding around the edges have proved to be effective in extremely cold conditions. Hand Protection Liquids conduct heat better than air and have a greater capacity for heat than air. For example, a spill of cold gasoline on skin can freeze the tissue quickly. It is a good idea to wear chemical-resistant gloves-such as neoprene gloves with cotton inserts--for chemical handling operations. If you are handling chemicals with permeable-type gloves, always keep extra gloves available in case the ones you are using become contaminated. Gloves should be used by workers if manual dexterity is not required, or if the air temperature falls below 60°F for sedentary work, 40°F for light work, and 20°F for moderate work. Mittens should be used instead of gloves if the air temperature is 0°F or less. Emergency Actions When stranded during a storm in a vehicle, it is better to stay with the vehicle. The engine can furnish heat, and the vehicle can act as a shelter. However, care should be taken to prevent carbon monoxide gas from building up in a closed vehicle. In an emergency situation, insulating material can be taken from the vehicle seats and stuffed into clothing for additional warmth. If you are in the water, try to reach something that will keep you afloat, but do not do any unnecessary swimming--it increases the rate of body heat loss. Air between layers of clothing provides buoyancy. Personal flotation devices (PFDs) offer your best chance of survival in cold water. Typetll PFDs include cold weather jackets and coats that contain flotation material and thermal protection.
It is especially important to keep your head dry. Avoid thrashing about if wearing a PFD, and assume th H.E.L.P. position (Heat Escape Lessening Posture), Attachment 5, by crossing your wrists over your chest and keeping your legs close together to avoid using excess body heat. By using the H.E.L.P position, you can protect your head, neck and groin area--all of which are high heat loss areas. If others are in the water with you, huddle together. This will reduce heat loss,aid in rescue, and may even boost morale. Keep in mind that survival floating techniques may not work in extremely cold water.
amec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. H-3
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
4.9
I PAGE 14 OF 14
CONTROL PROGRAM SUMMARY FOR COLD STRESS
A control program summary for cold stress at AEE includes the following elements: medical supervision of workers, including preplacement physicals that evaluate fitness, weight, and cardiovascular system, and other conditions that might make a worker susceptible to cold stress required medical evaluation during and after cold illnesses and required medical release for returning to work employee orientation and training on cold stress, cold-induced illnesses and their symptoms, water and salt replacement, proper clothing, work practices and emergency first aid procedures work-rest regimens, with heated rest areas and enforced rest breaks scheduled drink breaks for recommended fluids environmental monitoring, using the air temperature and wind speed indices to determine wind chill and adjust work-rest schedules accordingly reduction of cold stress through engineering and administrative controls, and the use of PPE 5.0 REFERENCES National Safety Council. 1986. Pocket Guide to Cold Stress. American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH). 2001 Threshold Limit Values (TLVsTM) for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents and Biological Exposure Indices (BEIs~M). American Red Cross. 1993. Standard First Aid. St. Louis: Mosby Lifeline. 6.0
ATTACHMENTS
2. 3. 4. 5.
Chill Temperature Chart Threshold Limit Values Cold Illnesses Winter Clothing HE.L.P. Position
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. NO. APPROVAL
H-9
EFFECTIVE DATE
Denise L. Daggett, MS, CIH TITLE
PAGE
1 OF 14
REVISION No,
0
10/15/01 HEAT STRESS CONTROL
1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide information on the causes, detection, prevention, and treatment of heat stress. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure should be utilized by all AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (AEE) on-site personnel and subcontractors working on AEE field projects. 3.0
RESPONSIBILITIES
3.1
SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR/PROJECT MANAGER/FIELD MANAGER
The Site Health and Safety Coordinator (SHSC) and Project Manager (PM) and/or Field Manager (FM) are responsible for implementing these procedures. Specific duties/responsibilities include: having knowledge about the signs and symptoms of heat stress ensuring appropriate time is allowed for acclimatization ensuring that employees practice appropriate heat stress prevention techniques completion of Heat Stress Monitoring form (Attachment 1) when conditions necessitate its use 3.2
REGIONAL SAFETY, HEALTH, AND ENVIRONMENT MANAGER
The regional Safety, Health, and Environment Managers (regional SHE Manager) is respmsible for auditing or evaluating on-site activities to ensure that these procedures are implemented. 4.0
PROCEDURES
4.1
INTRODUCTION
Heat is a physical stress on the human body. Exposure to excessive heat can develop into a serious health condition known as heat stress. If the proper measures are not taken to prevent or treat heat stress, the condition can become debilitating and perhaps fatal. The two most likely sources of heat stress that could be encountered by AEE field personnel are (1) external heat produced by high air temperatures and humidity, and (2) heat generated from the human body that cannot dissipate. Protective garments can greatly hinder the body’s mechanism of evaporative cooling, causing the body temperature to rise.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i i
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. H-9
4.2
I PAGE
2 OF 14
HOW THE BODY HANDLES HEAT
Under moderate conditions of work and environmental heat, the brain regulates the body’s temperature by monitoring the temperature of the blood. When the blood temperature rises above 98.6 degrees Fahrenheit (°F), the body initiates heat control mechanisms. The two major mechanisms of thermoregulation are increased blood flow and sweating. 4.2.1
Increased Blood Flow
As the heart begins to pump more blood towards the skin, excess body heat is lost to the air through convection, radiation, evaporation, and conduction depending on air temperature, humidity, and air movement. Convection
Convection is the transfer of heat by movement of the thin layer of insulating air next to the skin. Air movement causes a cooling action. The absence of wind will cause a more intense heat effect. Radiation Radiation is the transfer of heat to cooler objects in the surrounding environment. The heat is transferred through space between objects that are not in direct contact with each other. For example, the heat from a broiler will warm objects in its surrounding area. In the same way, the body’s heat will transfer to a cooler environment or will warm in the presence of a hotter environment. Ev~al~oration Evaporation is the absorption of moisture into the air. Evaporation of moisture from the skin cools the body. The rate of this evaporative cooling is significantly increased by convection or air movement across wet skin and/or wet clothing. The amount of evaporation is also increased by low humidity. When humidity is high, evaporation is hindered and the heat hazard increases. Conduction Conduction is the transfer of heat between objects that are in contact with each other. For example, touching a piece of metal that is hotter than skin temperature will conduct heat toward the body. 4.2.2 Sweating When heat loss by increased blood flow is not enough to keep the body core temperature normal, the brain signals the sweat glands in the skin to begin producing sweat (mixture of water and salts). The sweat evaporates on the skin and cools the skin surface. Sweating does nothing to cool the body unless the sweat can evaporate from the skin. When humidity is high, evaporation of perspiration slows down or stops. As the heart labors to pump more and more blood to the surface and the sweat glands continue to pour liquids onto the skin surface, the production of internal body heat continues. If this condition is not dealt with at this stage, heat stress disorders can arise rapidly.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
H-9
I PAGE 3 OF 14
As more blood flows to the skin, less blood remains to supply the active muscles. Strength declines and fatigue may come sooner than it would otherwise. Behavioral changes can arise in the forms of reduced accuracy, comprehension, and retention. In addition to these physiological changes, certain safety problems commonly arise in hot environments: sweaty palms resulting in impaired functional ability dizziness fogging of safety eyewear possible burns from accidental contact with hot surfaces 4.3
MONITORING THE HOT WORK ENVIRONMENT
There are two commonly recognized methods to measure the working conditions for heat hazard. One method employs measuring the actual environment for important physical parameters. The other monitoring technique, often used in tandem with environmental monitoring, is personal monitoring. 4.3.1
Environmental Monitoring
Evaluating the work environment to determine the degree of heat stress involves measuring and recording four different physical factors: air temperature humidity radiant temperature air speed Many different ways have been devised to evaluate the above-mentioned parameters. The method recognized by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) is commonly known as Wet Bulb Globe Temperature (WBGT). WBGT values are calculated based on the following equations: (1) Outdoors with solar load WBGT = 0.7 (WB) + 0.2 (GT) + 0.1 (DB) (2)
Indoors or Outdoors with no solar load WBGT = 0.7 (WB) + 0.3 (GT)
WBGT WB DB GT NOTE:
= = = =
Wet Bulb Globe Temperature Index Natural Wet-Bulb Temperature Dry-Bulb Temperature Globe Temperature
Temperatures can be recorded in either °F or °C (degrees Centigrade), but must be used consistently throughout the equation.
These measurements are made using specialized heat stress measuring equipment that measures each of the temperature parameters of the equation above. Instruments that measure the various temperature parameters, as well as calculate the WBGT for the user, are also available. To obtain the equipment,
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
H-9
i
PA~E 4 OF 14
contact a manufacturer (e.g., Metrosonics, Inc.) or a local instrument rental company. The monitoring should be made by an industrial hygienist or an appropriately trained SHSC who is familiar with the instruments and work being performed. Measurements are recorded on the Heat Stress Monitoring Form (Attachment 1). The recommended ACGIH Screening Criteria for Heat Stress Exposure are presented in Attachment 2. 4.3.2 Personal Monitoring Individuals vary in their susceptibility to heat stress. Factors that may predispose an individual to heat stress include: lack of physical fitness lack of acclimatization age dehydration obesity
alcohol and drug use infection sunburn diarrhea chronic disease
When workers must wear semipermeable or impermeable encapsulating personal protective garments the ACGIH recommended Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) cannot be used. For these situations, employees should be monitored when the temperature in the work area is above 70"F (21"C). When impermeable clothing will be worn, exposure limits will be established by applying adjustment factors to the values in Attachment 2. Adjustment factors are as follows: WBGT Correction Factor* (°C) Summer work uniform1 Coveralls Kleenguard coveralls Standard Tyvek Tyvek, PE Encapsulating suit
0 2 4 6 7 11
* Subtract correction factor (°C) from the WBGT in Attachment 2. summer work uniform is cotton long pants and cotton tee shirt. To monitor an employee for heat stress, one can measure any of the following parameters: Heart rate. Count the radial pulse during a 30-second period as early as possible in the rest period. If the heart rate exceeds 110 beats per minute (bpm) at 1 minute into the rest period, shorten the next work cycle by one-third and keep the rest period the same duration. If the heart rate still exceeds 110 bpm at 1 minute into the next rest period, shorten the following work cycle by one-third.
i i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. H-9
I PAGE 5 OF 14
If the heart rate exceeds 120 bpm at 1 minute into the rest period, the worker is under a significant strain and risk and the worker should be removed from the shift until his/her heart rate returns to normal. Oral temperature. Use a clinical thermometer (3 minutes under the tongue) or similar device to measure the oral temperature at the start and end of the work period. To obtain accurate results, workers shall not eat or drink for 15 minutes prior to ora~ temperature monitoring. There shall be no talking or mouth breathing when the thermometer is measuring the temperature. If oral temperature exceeds 99.6°F (37.6°C), shorten the next work cycle by one-third without changing the rest period duration. If oral temperature still exceeds 99.6°F (37.6°C) at the beginning of the next rest period, shorten the following work cycle by one-third. Do not permit a worker to wear a semipermeable or impermeable garment when his/her oral temperature exceeds 100.6°F (38.1°C). Body water loss, if possible. Measure weight on a scale accurate to +0.25 pound (Ib) at the beginning and end of each workday to see if enough fluids are being taken to prevent dehydration. Weights should be taken while the employee wears similar work clothing. If the change in body weight divided by the body weight, when multiplied by 100, exceeds 1.5 then there is likely dehydration. The body water loss should not exceed 1.5 percent total body weight in a workday. Behavior. Other indications of heat stress may be recognized from worker behaviors that include: adjusting clothing slowing down increased number of mini-breaks irritability low morale absenteeism increased number of errors shortcuts in maintenance The SHSC should monitor personnel for these changes in worker behavior.
4.4
HEAT ILLNESSES
4.4.1 Heat Cramps Description: Spasms in voluntary muscles due to reduction in the concentration of sodium chloride with continued loss of salt in sweat and copious intake of water without appropriate salt replacement. Other electrolytes, such as magnesium, calcium, and potassium may also be involved.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
ame¢~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
H-9
I PAe~ 6 OF 14
Symptoms: Painful spasms of muscles used during work. May occur during or after work hours, Possible Underlying Causes: Drinking large quantities of water without replacing salt loss Excessive perspiration during hot work Treatment: Administer lightly salted water by mouth unless on medical restriction. Consult physician. Adequate salt intake with meals. Those on salt-restricted diets should consult their physician for guidance. Do not follow fad or restrictive diets while working in heat conditions except under physician’s advice. 4.4.2 Heat Syncope Description: Pooling of blood in dilated vessels of skin and lower parts of body Symptoms: Fainting while standing erect and immobile in the heat Possible Underlying Causes: Lack of acclimatization Treatment: Remove to cooler area Recovery should be prompt and complete Consult physician 4.4.3 Dehydration Description: Excessive loss of body water Symptoms: No early symptoms Fatigue/weakness Dry mouth
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
H-9
I PAGE 7 OF 14
Loss of work capacity Increased response time Possible underlying causes: Excessive fluid loss due to sweating Excessive fluid loss due to illness (such as vomiting or diarrhea) Excessive fluid loss due to atcohol consumption Treatment: Remove to cool area Fluid replacement 4.4.4 Heat Rash ("Prickly Heat") Description: Keratinous layers of skin absorb water, swell, and mechanically obstruct the sweat ducts Symptoms: Profuse, tiny, raised, red vesicles (blister-like), usually in areas where clothing is restrictive Prickling sensation during heat exposure, particularly as sweating increases Possible underlying causes: Occurs on skin that is persistently wetted by unevaporated sweat Plugging of sweat gland ducts with retention of sweat and inflammatory reaction Treatment: Clean, cotton garments against the skin Mitd drying lotions Skin cleanliness to prevent infection 4.4.5 Heat Exhaustion Description: Low arterial blood pressure caused partly from inadequate cardiac output and partly from widespread vasodilation Symptoms: Skin clammy and moist, profuse sweating, coloring pale or muddy Extreme fatigue, weakness, blurred vision, dizziness, nausea, headache or light-headedness Insecure gait, may faint while standing
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
Exhibits rapid pulse and low blood pressure Oral temperature normal or low, rectal temperature may be elevated to 99"F to 101 "F Possible Underlying Causes: Lack of acclimatization/fitness Continuous exertion in heat Failure to replace water/salt lost in sweat, or from gastrointestinal maladies (dehydration) Distribution of blood to the periphery Treatment: Remove to cooler area Administer fluids by mouth (if victim is conscious) or give intravenous infusions of normal saline (should be done under care of a physician, especially for those on medically restricted diets)
4.4.6 Heat Stroke Description: Failure of the thermoregulating system Symptoms: Chills; hot, dry skin; red, mottled or bluish High, rising deep body (core) temperature: 104"F and over Mental confusion, restlessness, irritability, belligerence, loss of consciousness, convulsions or coma as temperature rises Possible Underlying Causes: Continuous exertion in heat by unacclimatized employees Lack of acclimatization Obesity Recent alcohol consumption Dehydration Individual workers’ susceptibility Chronic cardiovascular disease Treatment: Call emergency medical services for assistance. Inform ambulance on telephone that heat illness emergency exists. Danger - Fatal if treatment is delayed. Cool body while awaiting ambulance. Immediate cooling of victim by immersion in chilled water Wrapping victim in wet sheet while fanning with cool, dry air Sponging with cool liquid and fanning Treat shock, if necessary
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. H-g
4.5
! PAGE 9 OF 14
PREVENTING HEAT STRESS
Heat stress can be prevented by taking personal protective measures, such as allowing for acclimatization, ensuring fluid replacement, satisfying the body’s salt requirements, modifying work practices, and other control measures. 4.5.1
Acclimatization
The human body has a dramatic adaptation mechanism for working in the heat calledacclimatization. Any unprepared employee when exposed for the first time to a hot work environment wi~ develop signs of significant strain such as elevated body temperature, pounding heart, high pulse rate, and sweating. But the body will, over a series of days spent working in the heat, make a series of adjustments. These adjustments, which include the decreasing of body temperature and pulse rate, will occur after the individual has worked in the heat for a week for at least 2 hours per day. After acclimatization has taken place, work in the heat can be performed with a major reduction in strain. This allows the employee to work more effectively under conditions that may have been intolerable before acclimatization. An important point to emphasize- acctimatization will not take place if workers do not drink enough water to replace body fluids lost to sweating. Also, acclimatization is gradually lost if work in heat stops. Some degree of acclimatization is lost over a weekend and a large degree would be lost over a full week. It is significant to remember that when employees are first exposed to the heat, or when they are returning from time off such as vacation, the workload should be reduced until acclimatization can occur. 4.5.2 Fluid Replacement Employees must be encouraged to drink enough fluid to replace the fluid that is lost through sweating. Employees should be told to drink often throughout the day. Fluid replacement should occur at 20-minute intervals and coincide with cool-down breaks. Workers should begin the day with 16 ounces (2 cups) of water or electrolyte replacement fluids and then about 8 ounces (1 cup) every break. Cool water (about 10 to 15°C) is the ideal replacement fluid. Employees who are sweating heavily must be encouraged to drink targe amounts of water every 20 to 30 minutes whether they are thirsty or not. Thirst is a poor indicator under these conditions because by the time thirst is felt, heat stress already exists. Intermediate decon (as defined in the Decontamination Procedures section of the hazardous waste site-specific Health and Safety Plan [HSP]) may be performed for short heat stress mitigation breaks on hazardous waste sites. 4.5.3
Salt Requirements
Sweat contains water, salt, and other electrolytes. "The body needs a certain amount of salts to function properly, but using salt tablets is not recommended. Salt tablets cause stomach irritation that may result in nausea and vomiting. Presently, it is recommended that drinking water for employees not be salted, because the normal diet should provide adequate salt intake. However, if heat cramps are observed, slightly salted water (0.1% or
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
1 teaspoon of salt/15 quarts water) or an electrolyte replacement fluid (e.g., GatoradeTM) should be provided. Caution should be taken by individuals with high blood pressure or on a sodium-restricted diet. 4.5.4 Work Practices Preventive work practices can be used as either an alternative or complementary approach to engineering controls for preventing heat stress. Preventive practices may include: limiting or modifying the duration of exposure time building the heat tolerance of the worker by heat acclimatization and physical conditioning establishing a work-rest regimen that provides adequate rest periodsfor cool down training workers in safety and health procedures for work in hot environments The following are ways to control the daily length of time and temperature to which a worker is exposed in heat stress conditions: schedule hot jobs for cooler parts of the day schedule routine maintenance, repair work, and field projects in hot areas for the cooler seasons of the year alter the work-rest regimen to permit more rest time (the initial work period for an acclimatized worker should not exceed 1 to 1.5 hours, followed by a cool down of at least 15 minutes) provide cool, shaded areas for rest and recovery during the work shift add extra personnel to reduce exposure time for each member of the work crew permit freedom to interrupt work when a worker feels extreme heat discomfor~ The heat tolerance of workers can be enhanced in the following ways: establish an appropriate heat-acclimatization program instruct employees to gradually increase the thermostat in sleeping quarters for off-duty hours so that daily adjustment to the temperature at the project site is made easier encourage workers to achieve and maintain physical fitness ensure that an adequate supply of water is taken (roughly 8 ounces every 20 minutes) maintain the electrolyte balance in the body fluids
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
I I I I I ! I I I I I I I I I
amec
A work-rest regimen that provides adequate periods for cool down should be established. Work-rest periods will be adjusted based on the condition of the heat-exposed worker. When impermeable protective garments are worn, they will be removed during the cool-down period to allow for adequate recovery. Breaks shall be taken in a shaded, cool rest area (77°F or lower is best). 4.5.5 Training Workers will be trained in accordance with Volume IV, Training Program, of this manua~ in hea~th and safety procedures for work in hot environments. Such workers will be familiar with the preventive measures outlined in Volume II, Comprehensive Field Project Health and Safety Program, of this manual and in the site-specific HSP (when applicable), as well as early recognition of the signs and symptoms of heat illnesses and initiation of first aid and corrective procedures. Training topics will include: signs and symptoms of heat-induced illnesses causes and recognition of heat il{nesses work practices to minimize heat illnesses proper care and use of heat protective clothing and equipment effects of nonoccupational factors (such as drugs, alcohol, and obesity) on tolerance to occupational heat stress buddy system designed to recognize the early signs and symptoms of heat illnesses 4.5.6 Additional Control Measures Eng~ Controls Engineering controls are measures that may be used to reduce the stress of a hot environment. They include, but are not ~imited to: use of increased general ventilation or spot cooling to reduce temperatures in the work location use of local exhaust ventilation at points of high heat production to remove large quantities of generated and/or latent heat from the work area use of large fans to increase the air velocity over the workers and thereby increase the evaporative heat loss (Caution: if air temperature is greater than 95F, the use of fans will increase the heat stress. Cool the air instead being careful to avoid causing drafts that will disturb any existing exhaust ventilation controls) Application of radiant heat shielding may be helpful by such methods as: insulating heat-producing equipment covering exposed body parts with clothing
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE No.
H-9
[ PAGE 12 or 14
using reflective screens (made up of material such as polished aluminum, tin, or zinc) placed between the worker and the radiant heat source to reflect the heat back to the source wearing reflective aprons or reflective clothing (especially useful when the workers face the heat source) elimination of steam leaks, by hooding or covering of steaming tanks, hot water drains, etc., to reduce the water vapor pressure at the work site isolation, relocation, redesign, or substitution of equipment and/or processes to reduce the thermal stress at the work site a wider use of work-saving devices (such as power tools, hoists, cranes, or other lifting aids) to reduce the metabolic workload as feasible, provisions for field "showers" or hose-down areas to cool the body down Administrative Controls Administrative work practice controls are most easily implemented and include any and all work practices or rules that may reduce the total heat stress burden. Included are: acclimatization to the heat work-rest schedule designed to reduce peaks of heat stress enforcing scheduled rest breaks if possible, providing air-conditioned rest areas to give rapid recovery (this practice decreases the cumulative effects of heat exposure) enforcing a schedule of frequent water ingestion breaks and provision of abundant, cool drinking water or electrolyte replacement fluids scheduling the hottest work for the coolest parts of the day where possible, moving work indoors or to air-conditioned or cooler areas assigning extra workers to highly demanding tasks to reduce the individuals’ metabolic loads allowing employees to pace themselves and take frequent rest breaks rotating duties for hot jobs enforcing the buddy system
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I i
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
H-9
i PAGE 13 OF 14
educating workers on the basic principles of preventing heat stress illnesses and on emergency response to heat illness cooling sleeping quarters to allow skin to dry between heat exposures Personal Protective Equipment Personal protective equipment (PPE) includes a wide range of items such as ordinary work clothing, liquid cooling systems, ice-cooled body suits, and reflective clothing for radiant heat. The correct clothing depends upon the specific heat stress situation. The HSP will identify appropriate garments for heat stress management. Where air temperature is higher than the skin temperature or there is radiant heat (e.g., from a furnace or the sun), then clothing will protect the body. The advantage of wearing clothing, however, isnegated if the clothes interfere too much with the evaporation of sweat, which is a vital cooling function. Clothes made of thin cotton fabric help evaporate sweat by picking it up and bringing it to the surface. Nonbinding clothes are also good for sweat evaporation. In contrast, tightly fitting clothes made of synthetic fabrics interfere with evaporation. 4.6
CONTROL PROGRAM FOR HEAT STRESS
The AEE heat stress control program includes the following elements: Medical supervision of workers including preplacement physicals that evaluate fitness, weight, cardiovascular system and other conditions that may make an individual susceptible to heat illnesses. Medical evaluation during and after heat illnesses and medical release for returning to work should also be included. Employee training and education on heat stress, heat-induced illnesses and their symptoms, water and salt replacement, clothing, work practices, and emergency first aid procedures. Acclimatization of employees for work in the heat. Work-rest regimens with air-conditioned rest areas and enforced rest breaks.
Provision of cool, plentiful water supplies or electrolyte replacement fluids and scheduled rehydration breaks. Employees should be encouraged to weigh themselves daily to avoid dehydration. Environmental monitoring using one of the heat stress indices to determine the heat load and adjust work-rest regiments accordingly. Forecast of episodes of extreme heat or heat spells whereupon a number of preventive practices would be initiated. Reduction of heat stress by the proper use of engineering controls, administrative controls, or PPE.
I I I i I I I I I I i i i I i
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
H-9
i PAGE 14 OF 14
5.0 RECORDS Ambient temperature records and heat stress mitigation methods shall be recorded on the Heat Stress Monitoring Form (Attachment 1) by the SHSC or designee. 6.0
REFERENCES
National Safety Council. 1985. Pocket Guide to Heat Stress. American Conference of Governmental industrial Hygienists. Threshold Limit Values and Biological Exposure Indices for 2001. National Safety Council. 1988. Fundamentals of Industrial Hygiene. 3rd Edition. Patty, F.A. 1991. Patty’s Industrial Hygiene and Toxicology, General Principles. Edited by George D. Clayton and Florence E. Clayton. Vol. I, Part A. 4th Edition. New York: Wiley and Sons, Inc. 7.0
ATTACHMENTS
~. 2.
Heat Stress Monitorir~g Form Screening Criteria for Heat Stress Exposure
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S,O.P. No. APPROVAL
H-10
EFFECTIVE DATE
Denise L. Daggett, MS, CIH
10/15/01
PAGE 1 OF 14
I REVISION NO,
~
TITLE
HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM
1.0
PURPOSE
Hearing is one of the human senses that is indispensable in the workplace for communication and safety reasons. However, it is the one sense that is easily damaged to the point of irreversibility by overexposure to occupational noise. Once serious permanent damage has taken place, there is essentially no means to restore hearing apart from hearing aid devices. Of the population that has experienced permanent hearing loss, the majority have iost their hearing from long-term exposure to "lower" levels of noise (70 to 90 decibels [dB]). Pain is not evident until noise levels reach roughly 130 dB, workers typically do not even realize they have been overexposed. AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (AEE) is committed to providing a safe and healthful work environment, and therefore makes every effort to engineer control measures into equipment and facilities to eliminate noise problems. When control measures are not adequate and/or are being installed or modified, this Hearing Conservation Program (HCP) applies to all affected staff. 2.0
SCOPE
This document applies to all AEE personnel who are exposed to 85 dB for an 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA), defined as the "action level." 3.0 3.1
PROGRAM RESPONSIBILITIES SAFETY, HEALTH, AND ENVIRONMENT COORDINATOR OR SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR
The Safety, Health, and Environment Coordinator (SHE Coordinator) or Site Health and Safety Coordinator (SHSC) will: inform the staff of who must wear hearing 3rotectors and issues the equipment replace hearing protectors as necessary maintain records of equipment issuance provide training in the use and care of hearing protectors stock a variety of hearing protectors for employees to choose from notify management and supervisors of those employees who must wear hearing protectors due to a medical restriction or a job assignment in an area where the noise level exceeds 85 dE] conduct or arrange for noise surveys to determine sound levels in excess of 85 dB and recommend engineering control measures to greatly reduce or eliminate noise problems
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. H-10
I PAGE
2 OF 14
report any noise problems and/or employee threshold shifts to the Corporate Safety, Health and Environment Director (Corporate SHE Director) evaluate effectiveness of the HCP 3.2
CORPORATE SAFETY, HEALTH, AND ENVIRONMENT DIRECTOR
The Corporate SHE Director will: ensure that this program is in compliance with federal and state regulations make monitoring instruments available to employees be available to perform noise surveys be available to train SHE Coordinator in all aspects of hearing protection equipment and issuance make or approve written changes to standard operating procedures (SOPs) 3,3
FIELD OR PROJECT MANAGER OR SUPERVISOR
The Field Manager (FM), Proiect Manager (PM), or Supervisor will: ensure that the employees under their supervision who must wear hearing protectors do so correctly inform the SHE Coordinator or SHSC when protectors do not perform adequately 3.4
AFFECTED EMPLOYEE
Employees included in the HCP are responsible for wearing appropriate hearing protection equipment. Any reusable equipment shall be stored in a convenient and sanitary manner. Earmuffs and molded plugs can be maintained in clean, sanitary condition with treated towelettes, which may be obtained from the SHE Coordinator or SHSC. The user shall not loan, transfer, or exchange hearing protection devices with another person. Users shall guard against damage to the hearing protective equipment, routinely inspect and properly insert or wear the equipment, and report any apparent defect or malfunction to their SHE Coordinator or SHSC Defective equipment must be turned into the SHE Coordinator or SHSC for repair or replacement. Reusable hearing protective equipment no longer in use shall be returned to the SHE Coordinator.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I
arnec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
4.0
H-10
I PAGE 3 OF 14
MONITORING
4.1 PURPOSE The purpose of the occupational noise monitoring program is to: collect data to identify areas where occupational noise is above the action level of 85 dB and therefore unacceptable identify employees for inclusion in the HCP by virtue of their job assignment in an identified noisy area or by actual personal dosimeter monitoring data enable the proper selection of hearing protection equipment provide data that will assist in identifying the type of noise problem and developing an engineered solution for an area of noncompliance Monitoring shall be repeated whenever a change in operations, equipment, or controls increases noise exposure such that: additional employees may be exposed at or above the action level the ability of hearing protectors to attenuate to 90 dB or less is rendered inadequate for employee protection 4,2
MONITORING EQUIPMENT
4.2.1
Area Monitoring
A Type II sound level meter (SLM) (or better) meeting American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards is the instrument used for representative area monitoring. An SLM is available through regional analytical instrument rental companies. The SLM may be used for measurements only by trained individuals. The Corporate SHE Director is capable of providing training on the use of this instrument. The SLM must be calibrated before and after each survey and as often as necessary to ensure measurement accuracy. 4.2.2
Personal Monitoring
An ANSI-approved noise dosimeter is the monitoring equipment used to determine the actual employee noise dose. The dosimeter must be worn by the employee throughout the work shift. The data from the dosimeter indicate the integrated time-weighted average noise dose for the monitored worker. Dosimeters are also available through regional analytical instrument rental companies. The Corporate SHE Director is capable of providing training on the use of this instrument. Dosimeters must be carefully calibrated before and after sampling occurs.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. H-10 ] PAGE 4 OF 14
In cases of high worker mobility, significant variation in sound level, or a significant contribution by impulse noise, personal monitoring is the monitoring method required to determine regulatory compliance over area monitoring. 4.3
EMPLOYEE NOTIFICATION
Each employee shall be notified if they have been exposed to noise at or in excess of 85 dB for an 8-hour TVVA. 4.4
OBSERVATION OF MON{TORSNG
The employee or his or her Fepresentative sha(( have the opp0Ftunty to observe any’ noise measurements conducted as part of this progFam. 5.0
AUDIOMETRIC TESTING PROGRAM
As described in Volume III, Medical Surveillance Program, of this manual, baseline and annual audiometric testing is conducted on all personnel whose job assignments may expose them to 8-hour TWA noise levels at or in excess of 85 dB. 5.1
TESTING PERSONNEL
Audiometric testing will be performed by a licensed or certified audiologist, otolaryngologist, other physician, or by a technician who is certified by the Counse~ of Accreditation of Occupationa~ Hearing Conservation, or who has satisfactorily demonstrated competence in testing, interpreting results, and handling equipment. 5.2
STANDARD THRESHOLD SHIFT
Definition - A standard threshold shift is defined as a change in hearing threshold relative to the baseline audiogram of an average of 10dB or more at 2000, 3000, and 4000 Hertz (Hz) in either ear. 5.3
AGING CORRECTION
In determining whether a standard threshold shift has occurred, allowances may be made for the contribution of aging (presbycusis) to the change in hearing level. The AEE Medical Care Provider will make these corrections according to the procedure in Calculations and Application of Age Corrections to Audiograms, 29 CFR 1910.95, Occupational Noise Exposure, Appendix F. 5.4
BASELINE AUDIOGRAMS
At the time of the baseline medical examination or within 6 months of assignment to a job task that could possibly involve exposures to an 8-hour TVVA at or in excess of 85 dB, the employee shall undergo baseline testing against which subsequent audiograms will be compared. Employees will be notified that the baseline audiogram should be performed when preceded by at least 14 hours without exposure to workplace noise.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. H-10
I PAGE 5 OF 14
Employees will also be notified to avoid exposure to high levels of nonoccupational noise 14 hours immediately prior to the baseline and follow-up testing. 5.5
ANNUAL AUDIOGRAMS
As a part of the company-provided annual physical outlined in Volume III, Medical SurveillanceProgram of this manual, each employee participating in the program will have an annual audiogram to be compared to the baseline. The annual audiogram will be performed by a physician or a certified technician as described above for the baseline audiogram. The employee will be informed to avoid occupational and nonoccupational sources of noise in excess of 85 dB for at least 14 hours prior to his or her annual audiogram. 5.6
EVALUATION
The audiometric technician or clinical physician will compare the annual audiogram to the baseline and determine if a standard threshold shift has occurred. The AEE Medical Care Provider will notify the SHE Coordinator of any possible threshold shifts among the staff~ AEE will provide additional information if required by the physician or technician performing the evaluation. This notification will be made by notating any hearing limitation on the Medical Care, Providers Certification of an AMEC Earth & Environmental, inc. (AMEC) Employee form. This form is located in Volume III, Medical Surveillance Program, of this manual. If the annual audiogram results demonstrate that a standard threshold shift has possibly occurred, the employee will be retested within 30days. The results of the retest will be considered to bethose of the annual audiogram. 5,7
FOLLOW-UP PROCEDURE
Notification The employee and supervisor will be notified in writing within 21 days of the determination that a standard threshold shift has occurred by the SHE Coordinator. Additional Protective Measures If the AEE Medical Care Provider determines that the standard threshold shift Us work related or aggravated by work-related noise, the SHE Coordinator will ensure that the following steps are taken with employees for whom a standard threshold shift has been determined: Those not wearing hearing protection will be fitted with and trained in its care/use. It is important to explain to these individuals that they are required to wear their hearing protection. Those already using hearing protection will be refitted and retrained in its use and care. Hearing protection offering greater attenuation may be selected and issued. Nonpersistent Threshold Shifts
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
H-10
I PAGE 6 OF 14
If subsequent audiograms indicate that a previously determined threshold shift is not persistent, the employee will be informed of the new audiometric interpretation. The required use of hearing protectors by the employee may be discontinued. 5.8
REVISED BASELINES
The annual audiogram may be substituted for the baseline audiogram when, in the judgment of the physician or technician evaluating the audiograms, the standard threshold shift shown in the annual audiogram is persistent, or the hearing threshold in the annual audiogram shows significant improvement over the baseline audiogram 6.0
AUDIOMETRIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS
All audiometric testing will be conducted in a medical facility by a licensed physician or certified technician. The conditions and the equipment involved in the testing will comply with the specifications stated in federal or state Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations. A brief summary of the regulatory stipulations are summarized below. 6.1
TEST CONDITIONS
Audiometric testing must be pure tone, air conduction, hearing threshold examination, with test frequencies including at a minimum 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 6000 Hz. Each ear will be tested separately at the specifically defined frequencies. 6.2
EQUIPMENT TESTING
The audiometric testing equipment must meet ANSI and OSHA standards. The examination room where the testing is conducted must also comply with OSHA standards. The audiometric testing equipment must be functionally checked daily by the physician or technician performing the test. Acoustic calibration of the audiometer must be performed annually by the equipment manufacturer. ExhaL~stive calibration must be performed at least every 2 years in accordance with ANSI standards by the equipment manufacturer. 7.0
HEARING PROTECTORS
AEE will make available hearing protectors to all employees exposed to an 8-hour TVVA of 85 dB or greater on the A-scale of measurement (dBA). Typically, the site-specific Health and Safety Plan (HSP) for field projects will indicate when the use of hearing protection is required. There may also be situations when noise exposures were not anticipated by the HSP but are suspected to exist. If an SLM is not immediately available to assess unanticipated noise levels in an employee’s work area, then a basic rule of thumb shall be followed: If you have to shout to be heard within 3 feet of someone then the noise level is at least 85 dBA.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
ame
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. H-10
I P~,GE 7 OF 14
Hearing protection generally protects from noise levels over all frequencies, but most devices provide more high frequency protection to the wearer. Since speech is partly a low frequency noise, communication between coworkers is not typically hindered by the use of earplugs. 7.1 FOAM INSERT
Attachment 1, Anatomy of the Ear, may be useful in guiding the reader through the following sections of this SOP. 7.1.1
How to Roll Foam Ear Insert
Hands and insert should be clean prior to insertion. Begin by rolling the ear insert slowly into a very thin crease-free cylinder. The earplug when rolled should be compressed into a tight cylinder, not twisted, folded, or creased. To accomplish crease-free roiling, squeeze your fingertips slowly and lightly and progressively apply more pressure as the plug becomes more tightly compressed. Attachment 2 provides a diagram of how to roll a foam ear insert. 7.1.2 Inserting Foam Earplugs Once the earplug is correctly rolled, immediately insert it into the ear canal. Fitting is easier if the outer ear (also called the auricle or pinna) is pulled outwards and upwards by the hand on the opposite side of the ear (by reaching over or behind the head and gently grasping the pinna) into which the plug is being inserted. Plugs should be inserted into the right ear using the right hand and the left ear using the ~eft hand. Persons with larger ear canals may find it necessary to hold the earplugs in place with a fingertip for a few moments until the plug begins to expand and block the noise. Once a plug has been inserted and starts to expand, pushing and twisting will not improve its fit. If the initial fit is inadequate, remove the earplug, re-roll and try again. Each individual’s ear canal will differ in shape. Because of this, some individuals may find a better fit by pulling the pinna upward and outward and others may find a better fit by pulling the pinna backward and outward. Attachment 3 demonstrates the proper insertion technique for foam ear inserts. Attachment 4 shows improper insertion techniques. 7.1.3
Assessing the Fit of Foam Ear Inserts
Roughly one-half to two-thirds of a foam ear insert should fit into the ear canal once the earplug is in place. The exact amount depends on the shape and size of the individual’s ear canal. There are several different ways to assess the fit of a foam earplug: by visual and/or fingertip inspection of the posil~n of the earplug, assessment of noise differences when the earplugs are in place, assessment of fit when the earplugs are in place, checking the shape of the plug after it has been removed, and evaluating the occlusion effect. Attachment 5 shows the correct placement of foam ear inserts. Visual/Fingertip Inspection of Earplugs - The SHE Coordinator/SHSC can visually inspect the earplug or the wearer can check with their fingertips to determine whether the end of the earplug is resting at the proper location (see Attachment 1, Anatomy of the Ear). If the outer end of the earplug is flush, it is likely that at least half of the plug is in the canal and the fit is correct. If most of the plug projects beyond the outer ear, the insertion is probably too shallow. This method should only be used as a rough indicator because ear canal dimensions vary significantly. Attachment 6 shows an example of a proper fit.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. H-10
! PAGE 8 OF 14
Assessment of noise reduction while the earplugs are in place- Once the earplugs are inserted, the wearer should, in a steady noise area, tightly cup his or her hands over the ears briefly and then remove them. When properly fitted, the noise levels should seem nearly the same whether or not the ears are covered. If the noise ~evel is dramatically different upon removal of the hands, the earplugs are most likely not working sufficiently. Assessment of fit when the earplugs are in place- Once in place, pull slightly on the earplugs to verify the resistance of the pneumatic seal. Slightly pull, twist, and push on the plug. If the wearer does not feel as if he or she is "going up and down in an airplane" it is likely that the seal is not sufficient. Checking the shape of the earplug after it has been removed- Either the wearer or the SHE Coordinator/SHSC can remove the plug from the ear once it has expanded for at least 1 minute. For a few seconds fo~owing removal, the earplug should retain the shape of the ear canal. Examination of the molded plug should show that at least one-halfof it was in the ear canal and that it was not squashed, creased, or wrinkled. Attachment 7 shows an example of assessing insertion technique by this method.
Evaluating the occlusion effect - Wearers often complain about the occlusion effect of hearing protectors. This effect, which is a result of blockage of the ear canal, causes a wearer’s perception of their own voice and body sounds to be distorted. The distortion can be described as a boomy, hollow, resonant sounding voice and an exaggerated awareness of chewing, breathing, footfalls, and other body movements. When earplugs are properly and dee inserted, the occlusion effect is reduced, but not eliminated. To assess fit, the wearer can count aloud with only one ear correctly fitted. The voice should be more strongly heard or felt in the occluded ear. It this does not occur, the plug should be reseated or resized. When the second ear has been fitted, the effect should be the same in both ears, with the voice seeming to emanate from the cente~ of the head. Workers should be alert to times when the occlusion effect is more pronounced and adjust their earplugs appropriately. If there is no occlusion effect, however, it is likely that the earplug is not adequately inserted. 7.1.4 Removal of Foam Ear Inserts Earplugs should always be removed gradually by gently twisting and pulling on the insert because sometimes a "vacuum" condition can develop and when released suddenly, can injure or cause pain in the wearer’s ear Occasionally, wearers with large ear canals may push an earplug in so deep that it becomes difficult to grasp and remove. If this should occur, the SHSC/SHE Coordinator should use a small tool, such as a pair of tweezers, to carefully grip the end of the earplug and remove it. If the earplug cannot be readily removed, seek medical attention. Persons that experience this should use corded earplugs for subsequent uses. 7.2
EARMUFFS
7.2.1
Using Earmuffs
When headband muffs are used, the wearer must also use the crown strap to provide the necessary grip strength. Earmuffs can sometimes exacerbate existing conditions, such as outer ear infections, Before
I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
S.O.P. No. H-10
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
]
PAGE 9 OF 14
wearing, the SHE Coordinator or SHSC must visually examine the pinna and behind the pinna for signs of redness, inflammation, or infection. Some types of earmuffs are also made to attach to hardhats. The disadvantage to using this type of earmuff is that it is difficult to adjust the muffs correctly. Larger earmuff cups provide more noise reduction in the middle and low frequency ranges and less protection in the higher frequency ranges. Smaller cups are more effective unless all of the noise energy will be in the lower frequency ranges. Additionally, some people have outer ears that are too large for the cups of the earmuffs. In this case, the fit of the cup must be evaluated in comparison to the noise reduction needed since the larger muffs provide less protection. When wearing earmuffs, the Iobule of the outer ear must not protrude from the cup of the earmuff. The cushions must be equally deflected on the wearer’s head (see Attachment 8). Eyeglass temples can often break the seal of the earmuff. When using a foam earpad (stoppad) for eyeglasses to reduce the pressure on the temple, the issuer of the earmuff must consider the fact that the stop-pad reduces the noise attenuation by roughly 3 to 5 dB (i.e.,the wearer receives a 3 to 5 dB gain in noise level compared to when the stop-pad is not used). Other situations where the level of hearing protection may be comprorr~ed are when the wearer’s hair is tucked in between the earmuff and the ear or when the earmuff padding has degraded. To achieve maximum protection from a hearing protection device, the wearer must avoid taking the muffs off while in noisy areas of the workplace. Flinging the muffs up (when muffs are attached to a hard hat) to communicate with coworkers is an unacceptable practice and results in a reduction of hearing protection provided by the device. Employees are permitted to mark their earmuffs for identification purposes by using stickers or ink or paint products, but they must do nothing to compromise the quality of protection provided by the earmuffs. Drilling or punching holes into earmuffs is not acceptable. 7.3
SELECTION OF THE APPROPRIATE HEARING PROTECTION DEVICE
Employees included in the HCP who require hearing protection to perform their job duties shall be offered different types of earplugs and earmuffs (if the noise levels and frequency ranges are appropriate for earmuffs). The SHE Coordinator/SHSC will complete a Hearing Protector Fitting and Use form (Attachment 9) to document issuance. 7.3.1
Deciding Whether to Use Muffs or Plugs
When the noise exposure will be mainly low frequency energy in the range of 125 to 200 Hz, ear muffsare not a good choice. Ear muffs are satisfactory when used to protect from mid-frequency ranges. When it is necessary to identify the location of alarms on control panels or in work areas, earplugs are considered the better form of protection. In general, earplugs are more effective than muffs. Also, earmuffs do not fit everyone. Some people may have to wear earplugs regardless of whether they may have a preference for earmuffs. Workers must also use caution when considering using dual hearing protection devices. An earplug that provides 25 dB of protection, worn with earmuffs that provide 25 dB of protection, do not provide a total of 50 dB of protection. Placing muffs over plugs only increases the level of protection by 3 dB (i.e., 25riB plug plus 25 dB muffs equals 28 dB of protection). The combination of both muffs and plugs should only be considered when noise levels meet or exceed roughly 105 dB.
I I I I I I I I I I ! I I I I ! I I
arnec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. H-10
7.3.3
PAGE 10 OF 14
Description of Suggested Equipment EAR Ultrafit Plugs with or without cord #304-4002 (or equivalent) EAR Foam Insert Plugs with or without cord (or equivalent) EAR EZ Fit (for smaller ear canats) with or without cord (or equivalent) EAR Muffs #1000 (or equivalent) EAR Muffs #1000H (or equivalent) for hardhat attachment Howard Leight Max Foam Insert Plugs Howard Leight Max Lite Foam Insert Plugs Willson Sound Barrier Ear Muffs #390 for hard hat attachment
7.4
DISCARDING HEARING PROTECTION DEVICES
Hearing protection devices should be discarded when they have lost their original resiliency or show signs of any of the following: cracking breaking stiffening soiling that cannot be cleaned by washing holes 7.5
HEARING PROTECTOR ATTENUATION
7.5.1
Noise Reduction Rating
All hearing protectors available have been evaluated for attenuation using the Noise Reduction Rating (NRR). The NRR number appears on the equipment packaging. The NRR is the number of decibels the hearing protector absorbs if worn properly. The NRR for hearing protection devices is established based upon laboratory conditions and rarely holds true in field situations. Additionally, improper hearing protection device use by employees lowers the stated NRR values for a particular hearing protection device. Because of this, a more reasonable use of these ratings would be to decrease the NRR value by half. 7.5.2
Evaluation of the Adequacy of Hearing Protection Devices
Hearing protection issued must attenuate employee exposure to an 8-hour ]-WA of 90 dB or below. For employees who have experienced a standard threshold shift, hearing protector attenuation must be sufficient to reduce employee exposure to a FWA of 85 dB or below. It is important not to select hearing
I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P, No.
H-10
PAGE
11
OF 14
protection devices with a greater noise reducing capacity than necessary a~ this can hinder one’s ability to work at maximum efficiency. To determine compliance with OSHA standards and effective employee exposure when hearing protection is worn, measurements can be collected using a Type II SLM or better, the C-weighting scale, and the following equation (the results are in the A-weighting scale): dBC- NRR.~ = dBA where:
I I I I I I I I I
I I
dBC = workplace noise level measured on the C-weighted scale, in dB NRRA = Actual Noise Reduction Rating of the hearing protection device beingworn (NRR÷2) dBA = Effective employee exposure on the A-weighted scale, in dB Note: If measurements of workplace noise levels are only available in the A-weighted scale, then the OSHA 7 dB correction factor must be used (refer to the OSHA noise standard for this procedure). The adequacy of hearing protector attenuation will be reevaluated by the SHE Coordinator or SHSC each time noise levels increase to the extent that the hearing protector may no longer be adequate to provide the necessary attenuation. Hearing protection with a higher NRR may be issued as necessary. 8.0
TRAINING PROGRAM
AEE has developed an HCP that is in place everywhere noise exposure is at or above an 8hour TWA of 85 dB. All employees whose job tasks bring them into contact with awork area in excess of the noise levels described participate in the program and receive training. Hearing conserx, ation training is covered in two training outlines included in Volume IV, Training Program, of this manual (Hearing Conservation Program and Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response). 8.1
TRAINING RESPONSIBILITIES
The SHE Coordinator/SHSC is responsible for arranging for or conducting training and for maintaining records of all HCP training. 8.2 COURSE CONTENT
The Hearing Conservation training session will elaborate upon the following topics: effects of noise on hearing (include detailed explanation of impact of hearing loss and ease of protection and prevention) purpose of hearing protection devices; the advantages, disadvantages, and attenuation of various types; and instructions on selection, fitting, use, and care evaluating the effectiveness/fit of hearing protection devices purpose of audiometric testing
I I I i I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
H-10
I PAGE
12 OF 14
explanation of audiometric test procedures hearing conservation program
8.3
COURSE HANDOUTS/BOOKLETS
Course outlines, videotapes, and instruction booklets are available through the Corporate SHE Director. 9.0 ACCESS TO INFORMATION A copy of this SOP is available to any employee representative. A copy of the state and federal standard is available from the SHE Coordinator or SHSC. Training and equipment issuance records will be maintained by the SHE Coordinator or SHSC. These records will be made available to OSHA inspectors upon request. 10.0
RECORD KEEPING
10.1
NOISE I::XPOSURE MEASUREMENTS
Records of noise surveys, including date, instrument identification, calibration information, name of surveyor, maps/drawings, and data should be on file with the SHE Coordinator/SHSC. These records will be retained for a minimum of 2 years. 10.2
AUDIOMETRIC TESTS
AEE’s Medical Care Provider will maintain a record of all audiometric testing conducted as part of this and the AEE Medical Surveillance Program. For the sake of employee confidentiality, actual audiograms will be retained at the physician’s office where the testing occurred. The SHE Coordinator will receive a statement signed by the physician or technician who performed the testing that indicates the state of an employee’s hearing. The SHE Coordinator must inform the employee within 21 days of receipt of information indicating a hearing loss. Precautionary measures will be discussed with the employee. These records will be retained for the duration of the employee’s employment plus 30 years, asis normal for all medical records. 10.3
HEARING PROTECTOR ISSUANCE
A Hearing Protector Fitting and Use Form (Attachment 9) will be completed and maintained in employee personnel files. 11.0
EVALUATING THE PROGRAM’S EFFECTIVENESS
The Hearing Conservation Program Effectiveness Checklist (Attachment 10), completed by the SHE Coordinator/SHSC, is one method of evaluating the effectiveness of the program.
i i
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
I
12.0 REFERENCES
i I I I I I I i i i i i i
amec~ S.O.P. No. H-10
PAGE 13 OF 14
3M. 1994. Administrative Guide to Hearing Conservation. October. Berger, E.H. and Gasaway, D.C. 1995. Intensive Short Course: Hearing Protection and Hearing Conservation. Cabot Safety and E.A-R. September 28. CaI-OSHA. 2001. Title 8, Group 15, Article 105, Occupational Noise Exposure. Fed-OSHA. 2001. 29 CFR 1910.95, Occupa#onalNoiseExposure. 13.0 ATTACHMENTS 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Anatomy of the Ear How to Roll a Foam Insert Proper Insertion Technique of Foam Insert Improper Insertion Technique of Foam Insert Correct Placement of Foam Insert Assessing the Fit of Foam Insert Assessing the Insertion Technique of Foam Inserts Assessing the Fit of Earmuffs Hearing Protector Fitting and Use Form Hearing Conservation Program Effectiveness Checklist
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
H-10
PAGE 14 OF
14
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
ame,.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPROVAL
1 OF 18
S.O.P. No. S-1
PAGE
EFFECTIVE DATE
REVISION NO.
Denise L. Daggett, MS, CIH
0
12/01
TITLE
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY’
1.0
PURPOSE
The purpose of this procedure is to inform AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (AEE) personnel of the requirements and methods for safe entry into confined spaces to prevent bodily iniury, illness, and death. Given that most accidents occur because people fail to recognize that a confined space is a potential hazard, it shall be assumed (until otherwise determined) that the most unfavorable situation exists and that the danger of explosion, toxic exposure, and asphyxiation will be present upon entry. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies to all AEE personnel, personnel subcontracted to AEE, and visitors (including clients) who may work on or visit AEE jobsites with at least one member participating in a confined space entry. 3.0
DEFINITIONS
Affected Employees - Employees who work on field projects and work or may work in confined spaces. Assured Grounding Program - Previously used as an option for protection from electrical shock by portable tools in lieu of ground fault circuit interrupters. A written program that shall be implemented for all cord sets, receptacles not part of a permanent wiring system, and equipment connected by a cord and plug that are used by site employees. Program includes documented scheduled inspections and testing by a Competent Person. Must comply with 29 CFR 1926.404(b)1(iii), Wiring Design and Protection. Authorized Attendant - An individual stationed outside one or more permit spaces who monitors the authorized entrants and who is trained to monitor and provide support as required. Authorized Entrant - An employee who is trained and authorized by the employer to enter a "permitrequired" confined space. Blanking and Blinding - The absolute closure of a pipe, line, or duct by fastening a solid plate that completely covers the bore and is capable of withstanding the maximum pressure with no leakage beyond the plate. Confined Space -A space that has the following characteristics: is of adequate size and configuration for an employee to enter and perform assigned work has limited or restricted means of entry or exit is net designed for continuous occupancy has restricted air flow may contain potential or known hazards
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-1
PAGE 2 OF 18
Confined Space Entry Permit (Permit) - The administrative document provided by the employer that allows and controls entry into a permit-required space. It contains information from the employer’s hazard identification and evaluation needed to determine safe entry. Double Block and Bleed - A method of closing off a section of a line, duct, or pipe by closing and locking (or tagging) two in-line valves and then opening and locking (or tagging) a drain or vent valve in the line between the two closed valves, thereby venting to the atmosphere. Double-Insulated Tools - Tools that are protected by an approved system of double insulation and do not require additional grounding. Inner electrical components are physically and electrically isolated from the outer, nonconductive housing. Emergency - Any occurrence, internal or external to the permit space, that could endanger the entrants. Engulfment- The surrounding and capture of a person by a gas, liquid, or finely divided solid that can cause death by asphyxiation, strangulation, constriction, or crushing. Entry - The action of a person passing through an opening into a permit-required confined space. Entry occurs when any par~ of a person’s body (including the face) passes through the plane of the opening into the space. Entry Supervisor - The person responsible for verifying that permit conditions have been met and acceptable confined space entry conditions have been achieved, as well as authorizing and terminating entry into a confined space. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCl)- A device that measures the amount of current flowing to and from an electrical source. When a difference is sensed, indicating a leakage of current that could cause an injury, the device very quickly breaks the circuit. Hazardous Atmosphere - An atmosphere that may expose employees to the risk of death, incapacitation, injury, acute illness, or impairment of ability to self-rescue because of toxicity, flammability/explosivity, oxygen deficiency or enrichment, or any other condition that is immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH). Flammability/explosivity is chemical-specific and is defined here as 10% of the lower explosive timit (LEL) of the contaminant, the toxicity IDLH of which is chemical-specific. Oxygen deficiency IDLH is defined as less than 19.5% 02 by volume; oxygen enrichment is defined as greater than 23.5% O2 by volume. Hot Work Permit- The document provided by the employer that authorizes work that could produce a source of ignition (e.g., welding, grinding, cutting, burning, or heating). See standard operating procedure (SOP) S-8, Hot Work f~ermits, for more information.
I I I
Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH) - Conditions that pose an immediate threat to life or health (toxic, explosive, etc.) or conditions that pose an immediate threat of severe exposure to contaminants such as radioactive materials, which are likely to have an adverse cumulative or delayed effect on health. Also, the maximum concentration from which, in the event of respiratory failure, one could escape within 30 minutes without a respirator and without experiencing any escape-impairing or irreversible health effects.
I I I
I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-1
i PAGE 3 OF 18
Inerting - The displacing of the atmosphere in a permit space by a noncombustible gas to such an extent that the resulting atmosphere is noncombustible. NOTE: This procedure produces an IDLH oxygen-deficient atmosphere.
Isolation - The process by which a permit space is removed from service and completely protected against release of energy and material into the space. The Iockout/tagout procedure will be followed by blocking or disconnecting all mechanical linkages. See SOP S-2, Control of Hazardous Energy Sources, for more information. Line Breaking - The intentional opening of a pipe, line, or duct that is or has been carrying an inert gas; flammable, corrosive, or toxic material; or any fluid at a volume, pressure, or temperature capable of causing injury. LockoutJTagout - The placement of a lock and/or a tag on an energy-isolating device in accordance with an employer-established procedure, indicating that the energy-isolating device must not be operated until the lock/tag has been removed by an authorized person in accordance with the procedure. See the procedure for lockout/ragout in SOP S-2, Control of Hazardous Energy Sources, Low Voltage Systems - Less than 600 volts. Lower Explosive Limit (LEL) - The lowest vapor concentration (by volume) in air that could create a fire or explosion if subjected to a spark, open flame, or other source of ignition. Nonpennit Confined Space - A confined space that does not contain or have the potential to contain any hazard capable of causing death or serious harm. Oxygen-Deficient Atmosphere -Atmosphere containing less than 19.5% oxygen by volume. Oxygen-Enriched Atmosphere - Atmosphere containing greater than 23.5% oxygen by volume, Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) - The maximum level of exposure to a contaminant allowed by the U.S. Depatlment of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). An employee exposure to any substance listed in Tables Z-l, Z-2, or Z-3 of 29 CFR 1910 Subpart Z or in any section of Subpart Z of 29 CFR 1910 or 29 CFR 1926 shall not exceed the 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA) given for that substance in any 8-hour work shift of a 40-hour work week. Where designated, ceiling values shall not be exceeded at any time. Permit-Required Confined Space (Permit Space) - A confined space that has one or more of the following characteristics: contains or has a potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere contains a material that has the potential for engulfing an entrant is configured such that an entrant could be trapped or asphyxiated by inwardly converging walls or by a floor that slopes downward and tapers to a small cross section contains any other recognized serious safety hazard
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S°l
I PAGE 4 OF
18
Prohibited Condition - Any condition in a permit space that is not allowed by the permit during the period when entry is authorized. Purging - The method by which gases, vapors, or other airborne impurities are displaced from a confined space for the purpose of adjusting it to acceptable standards. A confined space may be purged with fluid (water), vapor (steam), inert gas (such as nitrogen [1~] or carbon dioxide [CO2]), or by forced air ventilation. Rescue Service - The trained personnel designated to rescue employees from permit spaces. Retrieval System - Equipment used for nonentry rescue of persons from permit spaces (e.g., retrieval line, chest or full-body harness, wristlets). Separately Derived System - A premises wiring system with power derived from generator, transformer, or converter winding, which has no direct electrical connection, including a solidly connected grounded circuit conductor; to supply conductors originating in another system. Testing - The process by which the hazards that may confront entrants of a permit space are identified and evaluated. Threshold Limit Value-Time-Weighted Average (TLV-TWA)- The TLV-TWA is the airborne concentration for a normal 8-hour workday and a 40-hour workweek, to which nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed, day after day, without adverse effect. Tripod - A lifting device used for vertical/overhead nonentry retrieval of entrant(s) from confined space entry. Unprotected Edge - Any edge or side of a walking/working surface at least 39 inches (3.25 feet) high where there is no wall or guardrail system. Winch - A device to assist in retrieving personnel from a confined space. Only manually operated winches are permissible. 4.0
RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1
REGIONAL SAFETY, HEALTH, AND ENVIRONMENT MANAGER
It is the responsibility of the regional Safety, Health, and Environment Manager (SHE Manager) to ensure that this procedure complies with federal and state OSHA guidelines. The regional SHE Manager shall also determine the frequency of atmospheric testing and approve retrieval equipment for confined space entry.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. NO. S-1
I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I
4.2
PAGE 5 OF 18
SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR
The Site Health and Safety Coordinator (SHSC) is responsible for implementing and enforcing this procedure, as directed by the regional SHE Manager during project operations and activities. Before any personnel may enter a possible confined space, the SHSC must survey the premises and perform a job task analysis to identify chemical and physical hazards. NOTE:
4.3
The SHSC may be asked to serve as the entry supervisor, attendant, or entrant of the confined space, based on his/her training records and capabilities.
PROJECT MANAGER
The program manager (PM) is responsible for incorporating the requirements of this procedure into project plans, budgets, and activities. 4.4
FIELD MANAGER
The field manager (FM) is responsible for: enforcing this procedure for working in confined spaces completing a Confined Space Entry Permit and having it authorized by the SHSC or designated entry supervisor ensuring that Confined Space Entry Permits are posted and that a confined space attendant is present during all entry activities
ensuring that all personnel have received proper training in confined space entry procedures and in proper use of safety, retrieval, and emergency equipment ensuring that all necessary safety, retrieval, and emergency response equipment for con spaces are on-site, operational, and properly used ensuring that the site is properly posted and flagged and that the approved permit is visible NOTE:
4,5
The FM may be asked to serve as an entry supervisor, attendant, or entrant of the confined space, based on his/her training records/capabilities.
ENTRY SUPERVISOR
The duties of entry supervisors include: knowing the hazards that may be faced during entry, such as routes of entry and signs and symptoms of overexposure verifying that the appropriate entries have been made on the permit, all tests specified by the permit have been conducted, and a/I procedures and equipment specified by the permit are in place before endorsing the permit and allowing the entry to begin
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
$-1
PAGE 6 OF 1 8
terminating and canceling the permit when the task is completed or if conditions change verifying that rescue services are available and that the means for summoning them are operable removing or disallowing unauthorized entrants ensuring that entry operations remain consistent if tasks are done in phases or intermittently NOTE:
4.6
An entry supervisor may also serve as an attendant or entrant as long as he/she is properly trained and equipped as required by the SOP for each role he/she fills.
AUTHORIZED ATTENDANT
The authorized attendant is to be stationed outside the confined space entrance, allowing only authorized personnel to enter. He/she will ensure that the number of authorized personnel in the controlled area never exceeds the number specified in the Confined Space Entry Permit. He/she must know the hazards that may be faced and the symptoms, behavioral effects, and consequences of overexposure. The duties of the authorized attendant are to: remain in constant two-way communication with authorized entrants, either by signaling them, keeping visual contact, or talking to them over a radio provide standby assistance to occupants exiting or entering the confined space monitor activities inside and outside the space to determine if it is safe for entrants to remain direct occupants to exit the confined space when conditions arise that may be hazardous or IDLH initiate evacuation and emergency procedures by summoning rescue and other emergency services as soon as he/she determines the entrants may need help escaping from permit space hazards be alert for conditions that could adversely affect entry or exit from the confined space warn unauthorized persons to stay away from or out of the confined space; inform authorized entrants and entry supervisor if an unauthorized person enters the confined space perform nonentry rescues as specified by the written rescue procedure perform no other duties that might interfere with the attendant’s primary duty to monitor and protect authorized entrants remain at the entry point unless relieved by another authorized attendant
4.7
AUTHORIZED ENTRANT
All authorized entrants shall: know the hazards that may be faced and the symptoms and consequences of exposure
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S,O.P. No.
properly use safety equipment and monitoring equipment properly use sampling and construction equipment communicate with the authorized attendant alert the authorized attendant if symptoms of exposure are evident or a dangerous condition exists exit the confined space if the entrant(s) detects a prohibited condition, recognizes any warning sign or symptom of exposure to a dangerous situation, or is told to by the authorized attendant or entry supervisor 4.8
SUBCONTRACTbRS
All personnel subcontracted to AEE and working on a field project are subject to the requirements of this procedure in addition to those required by the subcontracting company. 5.0 5.1
PROCEDURE COMPLETING A CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT
Before any entry will be allowed into a confined space, the FM will complete a Confined Space Entry Permit (Attachment 1). Instructions for use of the permit are provided on the reverse side of the permit. The entry supervisor or SHSC must approve the permit and ensure that it is posted at the entry to the confined space. In addition, the entry supervisor must submit a copy of the completed permit to the regional SHE Manager for filing, who must keep it for at least 1 year after the effective date. 5.2
CONFINED SPACE HAZARD ANALYSIS
Before personnel may enter a possible confined space, the SHSC or authorized attendant must survey the premises and perform a job task analysis to identify chemical and physical hazards. Any hazards must be evaluated by the SHSC and, if required, the regional SHE Manager. 5.2.1
Hazard Identification
In identifying possible hazards, the SHSC or authorized attendant will look for: atmospheres that are oxygen-deficient or-enriched, flammable, or toxic for single or multigas environments NOTE:
When testing for atmospheric hazards, note the 02 reading first. Low 02 readings (<16%) can cause inaccuracies in detecting the concentrations of combustible gases and vapors, and toxic gases and vapors. possible physical, mechanical, electrical, or biological hazards the possibility of liquids, gases, or solids being admitted during occupancy
! ! I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-1
PAGE 8 OF 18
past and current uses of the confined space that may have adversely affected the atmosphere of the confined space any hazards that might be created by the physical characteristics, configuration, and location of the confined space activities or facilities in the area (particularly in interconnected spaces) that could adversely affect the confined space, such as traffic, running vehicles (exhaust fumes), gas lines, sewers, fuel or chemical tank vents 5.2,2 Hazard Evaluation Each hazard will be evaluated with respect to: Scope of hazard exposure. The SHSC or authorized attendant should determine how many and which employees are exposed or may be affected. Magnitude of the hazard. The SHSC or authorized attendant shoutd know how much energy may be released, how toxic the chemicals are, and the quantity of materials that could be inadvertently introduced. Likelihood of a hazardous occurrence. The SHSC or authorized attendant should know the range of probability that the hazard will occur, e.g., from certain to impossible. Consequences of a hazardous occurrence. The SHSC or authorized attendant should determine the most likely outcome of a hazard, e.g., fire, explosion, death by asphyxiation, etc. Potential for changing conditions/activities. The SHSC or authorized attendant should anticipate the possible introduction of hazards not previously identited, e.g., the filling of a tank in an adjacent space, flooding due to storm, or vehicle exhaust outside the space. Strategies for controllinq the hazards. The SHSC or authorized attendant should formulate strategies to control the hazard, such as forced ventilation, use of personal protective equipment (PPE), atmospheric monitoring, and isolation. Emergency response. If the level of safety in the confined space becomes unacceptable while work is in progress, the SHSC and/or authorized attendant will supply procedures and equipment to allow the employee to safely exit the confined space. 5.2.3
High Hazard Confined Space
As a point of reference, a confined space is considered a high hazard when it exposes occupants to a risk of death, incapacitation, injury, or acute illness from one or more of the following: atmospheric oxygen concentration below 19.5% or above 23.5% flammable atmosphere greater than 10% of the LEL atmospheric hydrogen sulfide concentration above 10 parts per million (ppm) atmospheric CO2 concentration above 25 ppm atmospheric concentration of any toxic substance above the OSHA PEL or ACGIH TLV (whichever is lower)
I I I I I I I I I I ! I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
any atmospheric or physical condition recognized as dangerous conditions that limit access or egress mechanical energy The most hazardous confined space is one that combines a hazardous atmosphere with limited access and mechanical devices. 5.2.4
Low Hazard Confined Space
As a point of reference, a confined space is considered low hazard when there is an extremely low probability that an IDLH or engulfment hazard exists or could exist, and when all other serious hazards have been controlled. 5.2.5 Nonpermit Confined Space The FM shall evaluate the worksite to identify all permit-required spaces in accordance with the definition of permit-required confined space in this SOP. Spaces identified as nonpermit confined spaces must not contain or have the potential to contain any hazard capable of causing death or serious physical harm. Nonpermit confined spaces do not require implementation of the elements of the permit-required confined space entry program (e.g., requirements for a Confined Space Entry Permit), but are subject to all other applicable OSHA standards and company requirements. 5.3
ATMOSPHERIC TESTING
5.3.1
Requirements for Atmospheric Testing
The SHSC, Certified Safety Professional (CSP), Certified industrial Hygienist (CIH), or authorized attendant shall test for hazardous atmospheres in the confined space before the entry supervisor will authorize entry into the space. The sequence of testing will be oxygen, flammability, toxicity. Preliminary tests shall be conducted before and after turning on the ventilation. Testing should be conducted for at least 15 minutes before employees enter the space and continuously while they occupy it. If a permanent monitor is installed in the space, it must operate continuously while the confined space is occupied. During occupancy, the frequency of testing shall be as stated in the Confined Space Entry Permit, (as previously determined by the regional SHE Manager). In cases that require continuous atmospheric testing, the results will be recorded on the Confined Space Entry Permit at an interval no longer than every 30 minutes. Testing shall be conducted throughout the entire space occupied by using direct reading instruments (DRIs) worn by entrants. The required atmospheric test equipment shall be listed on the Confined Space Entry Permit (Attachment 1). 5.3.2 Considerations in Atmospheric Testing For entries involving a descent into atmospheres that may be stratified, the atmospheric envelope should be tested about every 4 feet in the direction of travel and to each side. The entrant’s rate of descent should
I i I I I I i I I I i I I I I I I I i
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
be slowed to accommodate the sampling speed and detector response. Confined spaces that are deep, have odd shapes or dead air spaces, or that are in remote areas may require remote sampling with the instruments, or the person performing the tests may have to bring the equipment into the confined space. For horizontal travel inside a confined space, entrants shall wear a personal LEL/O2 meter and an emergency escape air pack. During inert gas welding or other work that could create an oxyger~deficient atmosphere, portable or fixed oxygen analyzers with visual and audible alarms shall be provided in the confined space. NOTE:
Any person entering a confined space for purposes of sampling the atmosphere must be an authorized entrant, must take the same precautions as any other authorized entrant, and must wear the proper PPE to protect against hazards that may be encountered during testing.
5.3.3 Acceptable Limits The atmosphere of a c~)nfined space shall be considered within acceptable limits whenever the following conditions are maintained: oxygen between 19.5% and 23.5% flammability less than 10% of the LEL hydrogen sulfide concentration greater than 10 ppm CO2 concentration greater than 25 ppm toxicity concentrations less than one-half the OSHA PEL or ACGIH TLV (whichever is lower) 5.3.4 Changes in Ambient Conditions Changes in ambient conditions internal or external to the confined space will require a qualified SHSC and/or the authorized attendant to determine whether it is necessary to retest the confined space. Such changes may include: A change in weather or temperature inversion may hold air contaminants close to the ground or prevent them from escaping from a confined space, thereby causing contaminant concentrations to build up. An increase or decrease in the wind velocity may change the venting characteristics of the confined space. While odor is not a reliable indicator of a hazardous atmosphere, an increase in the perception of an odor may warrant retesting of the confined space atmosphere. NOTE:
Certain odors are not detectable by some people while other odors such as that of hydrogen sulfide may become undetectable at poisonous levels because of olfactory fatigue.
Operations underway in an adjacent area, such as filling a fuel tank (heavy vapors may flow to a confined space), use of compressed gases (some gases such as CO~ and acetylene are heavier than air and may settle in a confined space), or increased vehicular traffic (producing high carbon monoxide levels) may warrant retesting of the confined space.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-1
I PAaE 11 OF 18
The introduction of chemicals into or adjacent to a confined space or the evacuation of chemicals from a confined space for more than 30 minutes shall require retesting of atmospheric conditions. 5.4
HAZARD ELIMINATION OR CONTROL
5.4,1 Isolation A confined space shall be isolated to prevent entry of materials and hazardous contaminants by: blanking or blinding of pipes, line, or ducts removing or misaligning pipes, lines, or ducts double blocking and bleeding pipes, lines, and ducts deenergizing and Iockout/tagout (see SOP S-2, Control of Hazardous Energy Sources) of external energy sources 5.4.2 Ventilation Before employees are permitted to enter a confined space, the space shall be mechanically ventilated if atmospheric testing indicates a hazard or is deemed necessary by the SHSC. Ventilation typically consists of preentry purging (based on size of, and airflow into, the space) followed by continuous introduction of fresh air during occupancy. The standard for bringing the atmosphere in the confined space into equilibrium with the external environment is 20 air changes. As a general rule, confined spaces should be ventilated at least 15 minutes continuously prior to entry. Ventilation shall be maintained throughout occupancy if there is a potential for the atmospheric conditions of the confined space to move out of the acceptable range. If the SHSC determines that ventilation is necessary, the confined space shall be mechanically ventilated to prevent the accumulation of: oxygen-deficient or -enriched atmospheres flammables in the atmosphere at concentrations above 10% of the LEL toxic contaminants in the atmosphere above the OSHA PEL or ACGIH TLV (whichever is lower) control of heat and vapors generated as a result of hot work (also requires a Hot Work Permit) being conducted within the confined space Ventilation must continue until employees have left the space. NOTE:
Control of atmospheric hazards through forced-air venlilation does not constitute elimination of the hazards. The air supply for forced-air ventilation shall be from a clean source and may not increase the hazards in the space. When the atmospheric contaminants are flammable or explosive substances, electrical equipment (including electrical air blowers used for forced ventilation of confined spaces) shall be Class 1, Division 1 rated per National Electric Code standards, and na ignition sources shall be permitted in the area being ventilated or in the area of exhaust discharge.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
PAGE 12 OF 18
If the confined space is ventilated with an electric air blower, the blower shall be used with a ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI). Natural ventilation, if approved by the SHSC, may be acceptable as long as it can achieve the same results as mechanical ventilation. 5.5
SAFEGUARDS
5.5.1
Entry and Exit
Each point of entry and exit shall be evaluated to determine the most effective methods and equipment (including ladders) for helping employees to safely enter and exit the confined space. There will be no entry into a confined space, except by an authorized entrant working under a Confined Space Entry Permit signed by the entry supervisor. All entry points to any confined space shall be posted. Barricades or caution flags should be used in addition to posting of signs. Signs shall include but not necessarily be limited to the following message: DANGER CONFINED SPACE ENTRY BY PERMIT ONLY 5.5.2
Fall Protection
Warning line systems (barricades, barriers, and/or flags) that comply with 29 CFR 1926, SubpartM, Fall Protection, and SOP S-11, Signs, Signals, and Barricades, shall be used to inform personne~ they are approaching an unprotected edge. Employees working on the edge of excavations deeper than 6 feet with sides sloped less than 1 1/2 to 1 shall be provided with fall protection, as stipulated in SOP S-7, Fall Protection and Prevention. 5.5.3
Retrieval Equipment
Appropriate retrieval equipment shall be used to rescue a person from a confined space unless the regional SHE Manager determines that the retrieval equipment would increase the overall risk of entry or would not contribute to the rescue of the entrant. Retrieval systems shall meet the following requirements: A level tripod with a winch shall be used to retrieve personnel from vertical depths greater than 5 feet. Only manually operated winches are to be used. All authorized entrants shall wear a chest harness or full-body harness or wristlets secured to a retrieval line when entering a confined space. The retrieval line must be attached at the center of the backnear shoulder level, at or above the entrant’s head. The other end of the retrieval line shall be attached to a winch or fixed point in such a manner that rescue can begin as soon as necessary. Waist-type safety belts may not be used to retrieve entrants. (If the entrant is unconscious, a safety belt will "fold" the entrant,
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S,O,P. No.
PAGE
13 oF 18
possibly preventing retrieval. There is also a danger of asphyxiation and internal organ damage from being "folded.") 5.5.4
Electrical Equipment
Electrical equipment and lighting used in hazardous locations shall be rated Class 1, Division 1 as in the National Electric Code. To eliminate the potential for serious injury from electric shock, appropriate electrical equipment or systems shall be used. This includes GFCIs, assured grounding systems/programs, double-insulated tools, separately derived systems, and low-voltage systems. In some instances, the SHSC may require the use of PPE rated for protection against electrical hazards (hard hat, boots, and/or gloves). Temporary lighting used in confined spaces must meet the following requirements: All lighting shall be "spark proof" and approved for use in Class 1, Division 1, groups A, B, C, and D atmospheres. Extension cords used for temporary lighting or other electrical equipment shall be properly rated and equipped with connectors or switches approved for hazardous locations. Temporary lighting shall be equipped with adequate guards to prevent accidental contact with bulbs. Electrical cords shall be kept clear of working spaces and walkways or other locations where they might be damaged or create safety hazards (such as tripping). Temporary lighting and electrical cords shall be inspected regularly for signs of damage to insulation and wiring. 5.5.5 Compressed Gas/Flame-producing Equipment Cylinders of compressed gas are prohibited in confined spaces. Self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) equipment is the only exception. Hose lines and components should be designed for compressed gas work with a relief valve outside the confined space. Cylinders should be turned off at the valve when not in use. Welding equipment is prohibited in confined spaces that contain or potentially contain flammable gases, vapors, combustible dusts, or combustible materials (see SOP S-8, Hot Work Permits). Air-driven power tools shall be used when flammable liquids or vapors are present. Authorized entrants are prohibited from carrying matches or cigarette lighters into spaces containing or potentially containing flammable atmospheres. When work activities (e.g., painting, decontamination with solvents, etc.) create a flammable atmosphere inside a confined space, the space shall be properly ventilated and continuously monitored during occupancy.
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. NO.
I I I I I I ! I I I I I I I I !
S-1
PAGE
14
OF
18
6.5.6 Hot Work Permits Any operation that could produce flames or sparks, (e.g., welding, cutting, grinding, sawing, etc.) requires a Hot Work Permit completed and signed by the FM or the entry supervisor (see SOP S-8, Hot Work Permits). 5.5.7 Communications The authorized attendant and entrant(s) must communicate with each other throughout the period of occupancy. Methods that may be specified on the entry permit include: maintaining visual contact maintaining verbal/auditory contact using two-way walkie-talkie radios or hard-wired telephone equipment tapping or rapping codes on walls signaling tugs on a rope 5.6
EMERGENCY RESPONSE
5.6.1 Evacuation The authorized attendant shall call the authorized entrants out of the confined space if any of the following Occurs:
an emergency signal or alarm is sounded the attendant cannot effectively or safely perform all the duties required, or has to leave the area without transferring responsibility the attendant detects or suspects the presence of any substance that could endanger tie entrants the attendant detects or suspects any atmospheric hazard at or above the prohibited levels any of the required air monitoring equipment malfunctions there is a breakdown in communication with the entrants the attendant detects the behavioral effects of a hazard exposure in an entrant the attendant detects a situation outside the confined space that could endanger the entrants 5.6.2
Emergency Rescue
When rescue becomes necessary, the authorized attendant shall notify the entry supervisor of an emergency and, if possible, describe the nature of the emergency, the extent of injuries if any, and the exact location tell the entry supervisor to summon the rescue service and other emergency services
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ! I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-1
I PAGE 15 OF
initiate rescue operations from outside the confined space by using the winch(es) and retrieval line(s) attached to the authorized entrant(s) prohibit unauthorized personnel from attempting rescue NOTE:
An injured, ill, or incapacitated person should not be pulled from a confined space by the lifeline without a trained and properly outfitted rescuer inside the confined space guiding them to ensure that there will be no further injury by supports or protruding objects.
provide first aid or cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) as necessary give the rescue service a situation report immediately upon their arrival onsite If the entrants are still within the confined space, the rescue service will enter the space wearing the same PPE as the attendant and an SCBA or airline (if space permits) and fully equipped life-support equipment. Any injured person will receive emergency treatment at the site and then, if necessary, will be transported to the nearest medical facility, as specified in the Confined Space Entry Permit. NOTES:
5.6.3
Communication shall be established between the confined space location and the rescue service | prior to personnel entry into the confined space.
Emergency Reporting
The FM will conduct an investigation of all injuries or illnesses, near-misses, and work-related illnesses that arise as a result of the confined space entry. The FM will also complete the appropriate forms, in accordance with SOP A-3, Injury or Illness Reporting, of this manual. 5.7
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
All entrants shall wear the PPE required by the Confined Space Entry Permit when entering a confined space. Protection may be specified for the eyes, head, feet, body, hands, and respiratory system and will be used and maintained in accordance with SOP H-12, Personal Protective Equipment, and SOP H-13, Respiratory Protection Program. Additional safety equipment to protect against falls and/or to facilitate a rescue may also be specified. 5.8 TRAiNiNG
As stipulated in the federal OSHA regulation and applicable state OSHA regulations, all personnel assigned to work in confined spaces shall be trained in accordance with the requirements in Attachment 2 of this SOP and Volume IV, Training Program, of this manual,without exception. The training program should be especially designed for the type of space and potential entry/exit problems, if different types of confined spaces are involved, this will require additional training.
I I I i I I i I I I I I I I I I I I
arne¢~~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
5.9
S-1
i PAGE 16 OF 18
MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE
Employees who may be required to wear respiratory protection while entering a confined space must obtain a medical clearance. The content of the medical exam is addressed in Volume III, Medical Surveillance Program, of this manual. Employees who are trained as entrants must complete a respirator fit-test for each type of respirator they will wear in a confined space. 5.10
PROGRAM REVIEW
The Corporate Safety, Health and Environment Director (Corporate SHE Director) and regional SHE Manager shall review the Confined Space Entry Program, using the retained canceled permits, within 1 year after each entry and revise the program as necessary, to ensure that employees participating in entry operations are protected from permit space hazards. NOTE:
The canceled entry permits must be kept for at least 1 year. The confined space entry program must be reviewed by the regional SHE Manager annually. This review consists of examining any pertinent accidentJincident records, canceled permits, etc. The program should be revised as necessary based upon the review.
6.0 RECORDS Where applicable, the following documents shall be retained as records: Confined Space Entry Permits Air monitoring records Training records Medical surveillance records Respirator fit-test records All field records, notes, logs, and permits generated during a confined space entry Incident Reports or Supervisor’s Report of an Injury or Illness, as applicable 7.0
REFERENCES
American National Standards Institute, Z117.1-1977, Safety Requirements for Confined Spaces. Fed-OSHA. 29 CFR 1926, Subpart M-Fall Protec~on Fed-OSHA. 29 CFR 1910.146, Permit Required Confined Spaces. NIOSH. 1986. Publication No. 80-106, Working Safely in Confined Spaces.
I I I I i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S,O,P. No.
8.0
ATTACHMENTS
1. Confined Space Entry Permit 2. Confined Space Training Requirements
S-1
PAGE 17 OF 18
I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
S-1
! PAGE 18 OF 18
! I I i i
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPROVAL
S.O.P. No. S-2
I PAGE 1
EFFECTIVE DATE
I REVISION NO.
OF 8
0
Denise L. Daggett, MS, CIH 10/15/01 TITLE CONTROL OF HAZARDOUS ENERGY SOURCES (LOCKOUT/TAGOUT)
1.0
PURPOSE
I I
This procedure establishes the minimum requirements for the protection of employees working on systems, machines, or equipment, where the unexpected energization, start-up, or release of stored energy could cause injury. It shall be used to ensure that the system, machine, or equipment is isolated from all potentially hazardous energy sources and locked and/or tagged out prior to employees beginning work in the affected areas. This procedure also applies to work performed at or near deenergized electrical equipment and circuits.
i
2.0
SCOPE
This procedure applies to all AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (AEE) personnel, personnel subcontracted to AEE, and visitors (including clients) who may work on or visit AEE job sites where personnel work on or near systems, machines, or equipment. It is to be used in conjunction with any existing facility procedures where work is to be performed. 3.0
I I I I I I I I
DEFINITIONS
Affected Employee - Employees whose jobs require them to operate or use systems, machinery, or equipment that is being serviced or maintained or whose jobs require them to work in areas where service or maintenance is being performed. Authorized Employee - A person who locks out and/or tags out systems, machinery, or equipment in order to perform service or maintenance on that system, machine, or equipment and has been properly trained in the control of hazardous energy sources. Energy Isolating Device - A device that physically prevents the transmission or release of energy. Energy Source - Any source of electrical, pneumatic, chemical, thermal, or other energy. Lockout - The placement of a lockout device on an energy isolating device, ensuring that the equipment being controlled cannot be operated until the lockout device is removed.
Lockout Device - A device that utilizes a positive means (e,g., lock, either key or combination type) to hold an energy isolating device in a safe position and prevent the energizing of a machine or equipment. Primary Control - The Field Manager (FM) lock or tag (the first lock/tag to be applied and the last lock/tag to be removed from all isolation points). Qualified Person (Qualified Employee) - A person who can demonstrate by experience or training the ability to recognize potentially hazardous energy and its potential impact on workplace conditions and who
I I ! I I I ! I I I I I I I ! ! I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-2
I PAG£
2 OF 8
has the knowledge to implement adequate methods and means for control and isolation of such energy; a qualified person shall also be trained and certified competent in: skills and techniques necessary to distinguish exposed live parts from other parts of electric equipment skills and techniques necessary to determine the nominal voltage of exposed live parts minimum approach distances specified in Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 29 CFR 1910.269, Electrical Power Generation, Transmission, and Distribution, corresponding to the voltages to which the qualified employee will be exposed proper use of special precautionary techniques, personal protective equipment (PPE), insulating and shielding materials, and insulated tools for working on or near exposed energized par~s of electric equipment Tagout - The placement of a tagout device to indicate that the energy isolating device and the equipment being controlled may not be operated until the tagout device is removed. Tagout Device - A prominent warning device capable of being securely attached to an energy isolating device that identifies the applier or authority who has control of the energy control procedure and contains information, instructions, or both to prevent the operation of an energy isolating device. 4.0
RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1
FIELD MANAGER
The FM is responsible for: ensuring all authorized employees are trained in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.147, The Control of Hazardous Energy (LockoutYTagout), and Section 5.0 of this procedure identifying all work activities requiring the isolation and Iockout/tagout of hazardous energy sources coordination with the facility point-of-contact to ensure notification of all affected employees issuing the locks and tags to authorized employees and documenting on the Lockout/Tagout Log (Attachment 1) 4.2
REGIONAL, SAFETY, HEALTH, AND ENVIRONMENT MANAGER
The regional Safety, Health, and Environment (SHE) Manager is responsible for conducting a periodic inspection at least annually to ensure that the procedure and the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.147 are being followed.
I I I I I I ! I I I I I I I ! i I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
4,3
S-2
I PAGE 3 OF 8
SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR
The Site Health and Safety Coordinator (SHSC) is responsible for implementing and enforcing this procedure, as directed by the regional SHE Manager during project operations and activities. The SHSC is also responsible for documenting implemented procedures. Copies of LockoutJTagout Logs will be maintained on file by the SHSC. 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1
CONTROL DEVICES
The authorized employee will obtain a lock and tag from the SHSC. This issuance will be documented by the SHSC by making an entry on the LockoutFlagout Log, Attachment1. A lock and tag shall be placed on each energy-isolating device used to deenergize an energy source (e.g., circuit and equipment), except as provided in Section 5.1.3 and/or Section 5.1.4 below. 5.1.1 Locks All locks used for lockout devices shall be substantial enough to prevent removal without the use of excessive force and shall be distinctive in color. The locks shall not be used for any other purpose. 5.1.2 Tags Tags shall be constructed and printed so that exposure to weather conditions will not cause the tag to deteriorate or the message to become illegible. All tags shall have a standard message as illustrated in Attachment 2. The tag attachment means shall be nonreusable, attachable by hand, self-locking, and nonreleasable with a minimum unlocking strength of not less than 50 pounds. Tag attachments shall be at least equivalent to a one-piece, all-environmental tolerant nylon cable tie. 5.1.3 Locks without Tags A lock may be placed without a tag only under all of the following conditions: only one circuit or piece of equipment is deenergized the lockout period does not extend beyond the work shift employees exposed to the hazards associated with reenergizing the circQit or equipment are familiar with this procedure 5.1.4
Tags without Locks
If a tag is used on an energy-isolating device that is capable of being locked out, the tagout device will be placed where the lock would have been attached, or as close as possible, with at least one additional safety measure employed that provides a level of safety equivalent to that obtained by the use of a lock. Examples of additional safety measures include:
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
I I I I ! I I I I I I I I I !
S-2
I PAGE 4 OF
8
removal of an isolating circuit element blocking of a controlling switch opening of an extra disconnecting device removal of a valve handle to reduce the likelihood of inadvertent energization In instances where tags are used without a lock, the tag must be thought of as an equivalent to a lock and not be removed unless the authorized employee removes his/her tag in accordance with Section 5.2.7 (employee’s tag) or Section 5.2.8 (another employee’s tag). 5.2
LOCKOUT-TAGOUT PROCEDURE
5.2.1
Preparation for Deactivation
Prior to the start of a project, the SHSC and the FM (or designee) shall survey the work areas to identify activities that require the isolation of a system, machine, or equipment. Prior to the deactivation of a system, machine, or equipment, the FM shall notify the facility point-ofcontact and all affected employees. 5.2.2
Deactivation of Equipment or Machines
The machine or equipment shall be turned off or deactivated using the procedures established for the machine or equipment. An orderly deactivation must be utilized to avoid any additional or increased hazard(s) to employees as a result of the machine or equipment stoppage. See also related standard operating procedure (SOP) S-5, Electrical Safety Requirements for Work at Transformers for specific procedures regarding deactivation of transformers. 5.2.3 Isolation All energy isolating devices that are needed to control the energy to the machine or equipment shall be physically located and operated so as to effectively isolate the machine or equipment from the energy source(s). 5.2.4 Application of Locks and Tags Upon deactivation, the employee shall place a lock on all isolation points capable of being locked. Lockout devices shall hold the energy isolating device in a "safe" or "off" position. All isolation points that are not capable of being locked shall be tagged (see Section 5.1.4). The employee’s lock or tag shall be considered the primary control. The primary control shall be the first lock/tag applied and the last removed. When multiple isolation points are involved, a central lock box may be utilized. When used, the FM or SHSC shall place the keys of all primary control locks into the lock box and then lock the box. Each authorized employee will then apply their lock to the lock box, thus controlling all isolation points.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-2
i PAGE
5 OF 8
When necessary, an adapter or multilocking device may be used to attach one or more Iocksto a single control mechanism. 5.2.5 Stored Energy (Electric and Nonelectric) Following the application of Iockout/tagout devices to energy isolating devices, all potentially hazardous, stored, or residual energy shall be relieved, disconnected, restrained, or otherwise rendered safe by a qualified person. 5.2.6 Verification of isolation A qualified person shall use test equipment to test the circuit elements and electrical parts of equipment and shall verify that the circuit elements and equipment parts are deenergized. The test shall also determine if any energized condition exists as a result of inadvertently induced voltage or unrelated voltage backfeed. If the circuit to be tested is over 600 volts nominal, the test equipment shall be checked for proper operation immediately before and after this test. Prior to starting work, each authorized employee shall verify that isolation and deenergization of the system, machine, or equipment has been accomplished. See also related SOP S-5, Electrical Safety Requirements for Work at Transformers, for specific information on applying protective grounds (as part of a transformer deenergizing program). 5.2.7 Removal of isolation and Reactivation A qualified person shall conduct tests and visual inspections to verify that all tools, electrical jumpers, shorts, grounds, and other such devices have been removed so that the circuits and equipment can be safely energized. Before removal of the primary controls the following shall be checked: all necessary guards have been replaced the affected area has been cleaned and all tools removed all affected personnel have been notified to "stay clear" of circuits and equipment After these items are complete the FM or SHSC shall make a visual determination that affected employees are cleared and then remove all primary controls. The system, machine, or equipment may now be reactivated. When work is complete, each authorized employee shall remove only his or her own lock or tag. 5.2.8 Removal of Another Employee’s Lock (or Tag without a Lock) Authorized employees should be instructed to remove their locks (or tag without a lock) after completing their portion of the work or when leaving the affected area for extended periods of time. When it becomes necessary to remove the lock (or tag without a lock) of an employee who is absent from the job site, the following shall be followed:
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-2
! PAGE 6 OF 8
1. The employee’s supervisor shall verify that indeed the lock (or tag without a lock) owner is absent from the site. 2. All reasonable attempts shall be made to notify the employee. 3. The FM or SHSC may now direct the removal of the lock (or tag without a lock). 4. The employee’s supervisor shall be responsible for making immediate notification to the employee upon return to the site. 5. All actions shall be documented by the FM or SHSC in the project log book. 5.3 TRAINING in accordance with Volume IV, Training Program, of this manual, each authorized employee shall receive training in this procedure, recognition of hazardous energy sources, the type and magnitude of the energy in the workplace, and methods and means necessary for energy isolation and control. When isolation points cannot be locked and tags are used, employees shall also be trained in the following, as listed in 29 CFR 1910.147. Tags are essentially warning devices affixed to energy isolating devices and do not provide the physical restraint on those devices that is provided by a lock. When a tag is attached to an energy isolating means, it is not to be removed without authorization of the authorized person responsible for it, and it is never to be bypassed, ignored, or otherwise defeated. Tags must be legible and understandable by all authorized employees, affebted employees, and all other employees whose work operations are or may be in the area, in order to be effective. Tags and their means of attachment must be made of materials that will withstand the environmental conditions encountered in the workplace. Tags may evoke a false sense of security, and their meaning needs to be understood as part of the overall energy control program. Tags must be securely attached to energy isolating devices so that they cannot be inadvertently or accidentally detached during use. Retraining shall be provided for employees whenever there is a change in the job assignments or when there is a change in the energy control procedure. 6.0 RECORDS Lockout]ragout Logs (Attachment 1) will be maintained by the SHSC. Records of training and annual program inspections will be maintained in the project or office files.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
! I I I
I
amec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-2
7.0
PAGE 7 OF 8
REFERENCES
Fed-OSHA. 2000. Tagout).
29 CFR 1910.147, The Control of Hazardous Energy (Lockout/
Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1910.269, Electric Power Generation, Transmission, and Distribution. Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1910.333, Selection and Use of Work Practices. DOE/ID-1044 "Construction Safety Reference Guide." U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. 1996. Safety and Health Requirements Manual, EM385-1-1. 8.0
ATTACHMENTS
1. LockoutfTagout Log 2. "Danger - Do Not Operate" Tag
I I
amec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
S-2
[ PAGE 8 OF 8
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPROVAL
EFFECTIVE DATE
Denise L. Daggett, MS, CIH TITLE
I REVISION NO.
10/15/01 DRILLING SAFETY
1.0
PURPOSE
The purpose of this standard operating procedure (SOP) is to provide AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (AEE) personnel with procedures for general drilling safety, including aspects at sites that have been characterized as hazardous or potentially hazardous. 2.0
SCOPE
This procedure applies to all members of AEE field teams, including subcontractors, involved in drilling and associated activities. 3.0
RESPONSIBILITIES
3.1
CORPORATE SAFETY, HEALTH, AND ENVIRONMENT DIRECTOR
The Corporate Safety, Health, and Environment Director (Corporate SHE Director), or regional designee, is responsible for preparation of this procedure. 3.2
REGIONAL SAFETY~ HEALTH~ AND ENVIRONMENT MANAGER
The Regional Safety, Health, and Environment Manager (regional SHE Manager) will ensure that the SOP is incorporated into projects where drilling is occurring. The regional SHE Manager will assist the Field Manager (FM) and/or Site Health and Safety Coordinator (SHSC) with implementation where necessary. 3,3
SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR
The SHSC serves as the primary coordinator for activities associated with drilling operations at field sites. The SHSC shall receive the inspection reports for drilling equipment used on-site from the subcontractor. 3.4
FIELD MANAGER
The FM or designee who works in or around drilling operations is responsible and accountable for adhering to and enforcing this procedure. The FM is responsible for: ensuring that all employees assigned to drilling activities are instructed in the types of hazards associated with drilling operations ensuring adherence to safe work practices and techniques directing a prework safety meeting
I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-4
! PAGE 2 OF 18
ensuring that personnel leave the drilling site if a potentially hazardous condition is recognized
3.5
FIELD PERSONNEL
All field personnel involved in drilling at all locations shall be familiar with this procedure and work within the guidelines provided. 3,6
SUBCONTRACTORS
All subcontractors involved in drilling shall be familiar with this procedure and work within the guidelines provided. The subcontractor supervisor (or designee) is also responsible for performing and documenting equipment safety inspections. 4.0 PROCEDURE The following guidelines shall be implemented during general drilling operations. 4.1
HAZARDS ENCOUNTERED PRIOR TO OR DURING DRILLING
4.1.1 Fire and Explosion
I I I I I I I I I
To lower the potential for fires or explosions at drill sites: Flammable liquids shall not be stored or left within 50 feet of drill rigs, pumps, grout plants, or other related machinery (includes empty/full cans). Excess flammables will be stored in Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL)-approved safety cans or Department of Transportation (DOT)-approved drums with the appropriate dispensing device in a secure area on-site. Smoking, open flames, or spark-producing equipment, including lighters, matches, etc., are not permitted within 50 feet of drill rigs, open wells, gasoline-driven pumps, or fuel storage areas. Open flames greater than 25 feet from such areas are only permitted with the issuance of a Hot Work Permit in accordance with SOP S-8, Hot Work Permits. An appropriately sized ABC fire extinguisher shall be located within the Exclusion Zone, not less than 10 feet but not greater than 25 feet fromany operating drill rig. Fire extinguishers should be periodically inspected by the SHSC and maintained in operating condition at all times. Records shall be kept showing the date when the equipment was last inspected, tested, or refilled. When refueling equipment, a fire extinguisher shall be located no less than 10 feet from the equipment. Equipment engines shall be shut off during fueling. Grounded fuel containers will be used. If using dispensing fuel containers, all containers must be UL-approved and equipped with flame arrestors. These fuel cans shall be returned to a designated safe storage area after fueling is completed.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-4
I PAGE
3
OF 18
Drums containing Class 1 liquids must be stored in a vertical position and must be equipped with a dispensing pump. These liquids (e.g., gasoline) shall not be dispensed by gravity from tanks or drums. Metal drums and pumps shall be electrically grounded and a bond installed to metal containers being filled with Class 1 liquids. UL-approved, self-closing flammable cans must be used for the storage of Class 1 liquids that are in immediate use. When not in use, flammable cans should be stored in a safe storage area. Class 2 liquids (e.g., diesel fuel) may be stored in a vertical or horizontal position, and may be dispensed by gravity from tanks and drums, provided they are equipped with a UL-listed, selfclosing valve. Class 2 liquids must also be contained within a UL-approved flammable can and, when not in use, stored in a safe storage area. These liquids may be dispensed by gravity from tanks and drums provided they are equipped with self-closing valves. Class 3 liquids may not be dispensed by gravity from tanks and drums inside a building without local fire department approval. All combustible liquid storage must be in compliance with local code and ordinance requirements. The mouths of all metallic containers of 5 gallons or less must be kept in metallic contact during the transfer of flammable liquids. Extreme caution shall be used during drilling in areas where explosive gases/vapors are suspected. If 10% (or higher) lower explosive limit (LEL) explosive gases are detected in the hote being drilled (see Section 4.3.7, Air Monitoring) cease operations and contact the regional SHE Manager. Be sure all ignition sources are extinguished. All ignition sources, such as drill rig engines, compressors, and generators, shall be placed upwind or crosswind of drill holes that could potentially contain explosive gases greater than 10% LEL. If fire extinguishers are used to fight a fire, the extinguisher shall be temporarily replaced and refilled or permanently replaced immediately after use. 4.1,2 Hazardous Noise During drilling operations the allowable noise level of 85 dBA is routinely exceeded. In consideration of this: All workers shall wear hearing protection whenever they are working in high noise areas in the vicinity of drilling equipment. Hearing protection shall be wom if measurements have not been made, or if workers have to shout to communicate when they are 3 feet apart or less. Hearing protection shall be worn by all personnel within 25 feet of split-spoon driving and removal when groutJcement mixing equipment is in operation, when direct push probes are being advanced, and at any other locations where there is the potential to be exposed to hazardous noise.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
ame¢
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE ~.O.P. No.
PAGE 4 OF 18
Refer to SOP H-10, Hearing Conservation Program, for additional information. 4.1.3 Ergonomics Mobilization and demobilization require drilling equipment, air monitoring equipment, sampling equipment, and related items to be moved. Personnel should always test an object to obtain a rough estimate of its weight prior to actually lifting. If the object will cause the worker to strain upon lifting, then two or more workers (as many as necessary) shall lift the object. Lifting should always be performed in such a way that the lifter brings the load as close to the body as possible. When necessary, site workers shall make two trips to carry severa~ objects, rather than straining to carry many objects in one tdp. Waste drums can be extremely heavy and difficult to move. It is typically necessary to transfer the drums from the location where sampling took place to the drum storage area. When transferring drums, personnel shall use a drum. dolly, forklift (with a trained operator), or other appropriate means. Personnel shall not roll waste drums from one location to another, nor shall drums be dragged as a means of moving them. Several parts of the sample equipment decontamination procedure pose ergonomic hazards. Decontamination of sample equipment involves vigorous manual scrubbing with brushes, stooping over and reaching into decontamination buckets, repeated use of spray bottles, and lifting of buckets to transfer the contents to remotely located waste drums. Site workers can easily develop wrist, hand, finger, arm, neck, and back pain from repetitively or carelessly performing the above procedures or from working in an inappropriate work posture. Decontamination shall be performed with steady motions. Decontamination buckets shall be elevated to prevent back strain. Hand and finger pain can be prevented with the use of hand-powered pumped spray devices rather than triggered spray bottles. Drums can be transported by a drum dolly to the location of the decon buckets, or lids can be placed on the buckets and the buckets moved by an appropriate method (not in clean vehicles). Rotation of personnel on job tasks will help prevent the potentially hazardous effects of decontamination tasks. To lower the potential for injuries during material handling: Extreme caution shall be used when lifting or moving heavy materials. All personnel shall have a thorough knowledge of proper lifting techniques, which must be employed when necessary. Two or more persons shall lift or move materials weighing 50 pounds or more. Such materials would include 10-inch or larger augers, pumps, full 55-gallon drums, and bulky objects. Mechanical means such as forklifts and lift gates on trucks shall be used whenever practical. 4.1.4 Rotating Machinery Before performing work on rotating machinery or on automatic equipment, verify the position of all electrical control or starting devices. When inspections or repairs are to be made, all remote-controlled or automatic start parts must be controlled by locking out the circuit breakers or switches and pulling the fuses. Refer to SOP S-2, Control of Hazardous Energy Sources (Lockout/Tagout).
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
PAGE 5 OF 18
Machinery that is connected to blowers, water wheels, or pumps without check valves may turn even when the current to the motor has been disconnected. The rotor or armature must be blocked to achieve a state of zero energy. When rotating or automatic machinery is in operation, workers will not remove or adjust motor brushes, contacts, commentators, or slip or collector rings. To avoid entanglement during operation, employees will not wear loose clothing or loose gloves, wrist watches, rings, or metal pendants around rotating or automatic equipmert. Long hair must be tied back or put up under the hard hat. No one will reach into rotating equipment while in operation. Reaching in is not safe until the rotating equipment is fu]ly shut off and only then with an adequately long tool like a long-handled shovel. 4.1.5 Heat Stress Detailed information regarding heat stress hazards is provided in SOP H49, Heat Stress Control. 4.2
SPECIFIC OPERATIONS
4.2.1
Clearing the Work Area
Prior to drill rig setup, adequate site clearing and leveling should be performed to accommodate the drill rig and sL~pplies and provide a safe working area. Drilling shall not commence when tree limbs, unstable ground, or site obstructions cause unsafe equipment handling conditions. The following items serve as a guide to drilling operations safety measures but should not be considered inclusive: Clear work area of obstructions and debris prior to rig setup. Level and stabilize the rig prior to raising the mast. Grade the site if the working platform is unstable. Underground and overhead utilities must be identified by: mechanical and visual inspection of the site review of available site plans for the area information supplied by utility company personnel Precautions and preplanning will be used to avoid intrusion or impact during site activities. Where necessary, utilities will be deactivated prior to site activity. If subsurface work is being performed in areas with fill material, digging will be initiated manually, using a shovel, to avoid contacting utility lines. To avoid contacting underground utilities, a minimum distance of 5 feet will be maintained between all equipment and detected underground lines. To avoid contacting or arcing with overhead utility lines, a safe distance of at least 20 feet will be maintained between all equipment and overhead lines, in accordance with AEE policy.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
PAGE 6 OF
Alternatives to safe distances include deenergizing the overhead utility line and visibly grounding it at the point of work, or placing insulating barriers thatare not a part of or attached to the equipment over the live lines to prevent physical contact with the line. Workers are prohibited from moving drill rigs with masts deviating from the horizontal position. Masts must always be lowered before moving drill rigs. AEE Safe Work Practices, Section 6.8, and Universal Hazards and Controls, Section 5, of Volume II, Comprehensive Field Project Health and Safety Program, of this manual, and SOP S-2., Control of Hazardous Energy Sources/(LockoutZTagout), of this volume, provide additional information about electrical safety. 4.2.2 Start-Up Hollow-stem auger rig components are shown in Attachment 1. Direct rotary rig components are shown in Attachment 2. Direct push ring components are shown in Attachment 3. After the subcontractor supervisor completes the drill rig inspection and documentation (Attachment 4, Daily Drill Rig Checklist), the following shall apply: Ensure that all gear boxes, hoist levels, and hydraulic levers are in the neutral position. Ensure that the cathead rope or catline is not on the cathead before starting the engine. All site personnel should be instructed to "stand clear" of the drill rig immediately prior to and during start-up of an engine. The subcontractor shall place a sheet of polyethylene completely under the rear end of the drill rig to catch any contamination resulting from drilling activities and protect the surrounding area. The plastic shall be used only once per borehole and shall be placed into 55-gallon, DOT-approved drums for disposal after use. Drill rig platforms and stairs along with the immediate work area must be kept clear; do not allow oil, grease, and/or excessive mud to accumulate in these areas. The discharge of drill rig fluids and foam must be channeled away from the work area to prevent ponding or slippery conditions. In addition, drilling fluids and foam residues must be properly disposed of in 55-gallon, DOT-approved drums. 4.2.3
Direct Push Probing (e.g., Geo-Probe®, Stratoprobe~)
Direct push probing is accomplished by using a specifically designed hydraulically powered, percussion/probing machine. The direct push equipment is typically mounted in a truck, van, or a specialized cart. This probing technique can be used to collect soil samples, groundwater samples, and soil gas samples. The following is an overview of the hazards and control measures for direct push drilling technology. The drilling operator is expected to have superior knowledge of safe operation of the rig and associated equipment.
I I I I I I I I I I I I ! I I I I !
I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-4
! PAGE 7 OF 18
Noise is one of the more noticeable hazards associated with advancing the prolee with the hammer armature. Hearing protection must be worn by personnel in the vicinity of the direct push rig. The location and proper operation of the emergency stop (kill switch) will be indicated to the SHSC and the drilling crew. Any working platform area will be level and free of debris. Probe cuttings not packaged as samples will be deposited into a properly labeled, DOTapproved 55-gallon drum. 4.2.4 Safe Operation of Drill Rigs and General Site Conditions The following is an overview of safe drill rig work practices for reference only. The drill rig operator is expected to have superior knowledge of the safe operation of the rig andits appurtenances. The driller-in-charge shall assure that only qualified drillers operate the rig. The drill and augers shall be handled and operated in a safe manner. If cable repairs on the mast are required, the mast shall be lowered. For cases where the mast cannot be lowered: Unless ascending or descending a mast or derrick by means of a ladder fitted with approved OSHA cage guards, no person should attempt to ascend or descend unless wearing an approved full-body harness with shock absorbing capabilities. The harness shall be correctly fitted, adjusted, and attached to a mobile safety climbing device (rope or cable). Workers shall be instructed in the correct procedures by a skilled person. Refer to SOP S-7, Fall Protection and Preventior~ for procedural information. A full-body harness and lifeline shall be provided and its use required for each employee who works 6 feet or more above the floor or main work deck. Only personnel who are qualified and trained in drilling (i.e., drillers and their helpers) shall handle equipment associated with drilling operations. Included are augers, drive rods, ropes, cables, etc. Maintain proper clearance (at least 20 feet) from overhead hazards such as power lines. Under no circumstances shale the drill rig be moved with the mast raised, no matter how small the distance. On-site hazards shall be kept to a minimum. Items such as hand tools, rakes, shovels, etc. shall not be left lying on the ground (tripping hazards). All brush over 4 feet high in the vicinity of the drilling operations shall be cut.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
i PAGE 8 OF
18
Site entry/exit pathways, as well as work areas in the Exclusion Zone and decontamination area, shall be defined and kept clear of all items and debris. Properly secured items such as pallets may be used as platforms or walkways to provide better footing in wet and muddy work areas, During site activities, the minimum drilling crew to be employed will consist of one trained, experienced dr(l(er and one helper. The drilling crew and SHSC will be aware of the location and proper operation of the rig’s emergency shutdown equipment (kill-switches, etc.) and procedures. Watch for slippery ground when mounting/dismounting the drill platform. All persons in the vicinity of the drill rig must wear safety glasses with side shields at all times. The brakes shall be set and/or wheels blocked when the rig is set up at a site. A drill rig should only be operated from the position of the controls. Clean mud and grease from boots before mounting a drill platform. Never leave the drill rig unattended while it is operating. AEE personnel (geologists, engineers, etc.) will not assist the drill crew with their work while the drill rig is operating. Subcontractors shall ensure, however, that AEE personnel know how to turn off drilling equipment in case of an emergency. Extreme care will be used during placement or removal of augers and casings and during startup of rotating drilling equipment (such as hollow-stem augers, rotary tables, and catheads). Dust suppression techniques will be employed to the greatest extent possible to minimize the generation of dust/particulates and associated contaminants into the atmosphere. A water tap should be fitted with a nozzle or other device to create a water spray or curtain to contain dusts. No petroleum-based grease or oil shall be used on auger pipe joints; however, Teflon grease or vegetable oil is acceptable. Drill rods or core barrels should never be left unsecured, balanced across, or leaning on the rig. Operators should keep all body parts and loose clothing away from rotating augers. When moving a rig off-road, be aware of any obstacles in the route of travel. It is recommended to walk the route first. Walk around the rig before demobilization to check for obstacles. Have an assistant guide the driver when in proximity to hazards or if clearance is at a minimum.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
Do not move drill rigs up or down steep slopeswithout the assistance of a dozer tagging it off. Heavy equipment cannot stop quickly on wet ground; therefore allowances should be made to ensure a safe stopping distance. All unattended boreholes must be adequately covered. 4,2.4 DerrickslMasts A derrick or mast is the tower component of a drilling or well-servicing r~g that supports the crown block assembly (over which hoisting lines are reeled), the traveling block (travels between the derrick or mast floor and crown block), and hoisting lines. The term "monkey board" is often used to describe the derrickman’s working platform. Procedures for working on or near derricks/masts are as follows: Before raising the mast, look for overhead obstructions. Before raising the mast, make sure the drill rig is level and stabilized. Lock the mast in place before drilling. All loose tools and materials shal~ be removed or secured, and no worker sha~l be allowed under the derrick while it is being lowered or raised. All derricks and portable masts should be equipped with approved fixed ladders to provide access to all working areas from the floor to the crown. Drill rig masts shall not be used as ladders. Rig personnel shall always face the ladder when ascending or descending. For cases where the mast cannot be lowered: Unless ascending or descending a mast or derrick by means of a ladder fitted with approved Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) cage guards, no person should attempt to ascend or descend unless wearing an approved full-body harness with shock absorbing capabilities. The harness shall be correctly fitted, adjusted, and attached to a mobile safety climbing device (rope or cable). Workers shal~ be instructed in the correct procedures by a skilled person. Refer to SOP S-7, Fall Protection and Prevention, for additional information. 4.2.5
Hollow Stem Auger Drilling
Hollow stem auger drilling is particularly useful in obtaining accurate samples. Penetration rates are relatively slow compared to those of rotary drilling (discussed in Section 4.2.6). An example of the typical drill rig used for hollow stem auger drilling is provided in Attachment 1. Precautions for hollow stem auger drilling include:
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-4
! PAGE 10 OF 18
Handle augers with care. Serious injury or death can result from being caught or pinched in rotating equipment or from improper lifting of augers. Be aware of the rig’s emergency shut-down equipment (kill-switch) and procedures Use proper lifting techniques; use a tool hoist, if possible. Stay clear of rotating augers and pinch points, such as cables and pulleys. Passage under, or stopping over, a moving stem or auger is prohibited. Drill crews are not allowed on the mast while the drill bitJauger is in operation or during transporL Long-handle shovels will be used to remove cuttings from around the auger. Never reach in around the augers while operating. Loose clothing, hair, or jewelry are not permitted near rotating augers. Placing hands or shovels on augers while they are rotating is forbidden; burrs and or damaged augers can grab and pull tools or people into the rotating augers. 4.2.6
Rotary Drilling
Rotary drill rigs operate with either an air-based or water-based drilling fluid. The borehole is drilled by rotating a bit. In the air rotary method, air alone lifts the cuttings from the borehole. A large compressor provides air that is piped to the swivel hose. The air, forced down the drill pipe, escapes through small ports at the bottom of the drill bit. The cuttingsare blown out the top of the hole and collect at the surface around the borehole. Injecting a small volume of water or surfactant and water (foam) into the air system controls dust and lowers the temperature of the air. Cuttings are removed by continuous circulation of the fluid. For safety reasons, a dust deflector shall be used during open-hole air or mud settings. A divertor and cyclone shall be used for casing advancement or reverse circulation situations. A diagram of a direct rotary drill rig is provided in Attachment 2. The ends of connecting hose sections shall be secured together by means of clamps and a safety chain or wire rope. The clamps shall be tightly fitted to and near the ends of the connecting hose sections and the chain or wire rope securely fastened to each of the clamps. The site staff shall be instructed to not stand close to the hoses and cyclone discharge. Sometimes large rocks are discharged and can cause the hosing to significantly deflect and move. The standpipe of the rotary drilling rig is a vertical pipe that joins the rotary hose to the circulation system. The standpipe end of the circulating hose shall be secured to the standpipe, derrick, or mast, and the other end to the circulating pump by a clamp and chain and wire rope, Clamps shall be tightly fitted to and near the end of the hose and the chain or wire rope attached to it; to the standpipe, derrick, or mast; and to the mud pump skid.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i i
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-4
i PAGE 11 OF 18
4.2.7 Split-spoon Sampling Split-spoon soil sampling requires that an impact hammer connected to a wire pull rope, which is wound around a "cathead" pulley, be used to drive the split-spoon sampler into the hole to collect soil samples at various depths. The pull rope is manually pulled and released to lift and drop the hammer, driving the sampler into the soil. The following precautions shall be adhered to during split-spoon sampling: Workers who operate the driving hammer sha~i be thoroughly trained in the proper use of the impact hammer. Only drillers who are thoroughly trained and experienced shall operate the pull rope to drive down and pull up the sampling device. No one shall bend down or stand directly below the hammer while sample driving or removing is in progress. If the sample rod must be kept straight and steady, a mechanical holding device with quickrelease capability shall be attached to the drilling rig to support the sampling rod and guide the hammer. Before each use, the wire pull rope shall be inspected for wear; the cable securing the rope to the hammer will be checked to verify that it is securely fastened (see Wire Rope Wear and Damage illustrations, Attachment 5). Wire pull ropes shall be replaced if the inspection reveals signs of severe wear such as fraying, etc. Refer to Section 4.3.5 for inspection information. Before each use, the driller, along with his helper, shall inspect the sample rods for cracks and other signs of severe wear. Rods shall be replaced and shall not be used if they are found to be cracked or otherwise damaged. The hammer shall be inspected before each use. Particular attention shall be given to welded areas (i.e., the handle used to attach the pull rope). Hearing protection is mandatory while driving split spoons, 4.2.8 Catheads, Rope Hoists, and Saf-T-Drivers A cathead is a spool-shaped metal, mechanical device mounted on the end of a shaft on which the rope is wrapped. The rotating cathead imparts a pulling power to the rope that is wrapped on it. Catheads are extremely dangerous. Damaged catheads should be replaced so worker safety is not further jeopardized. For safety reasons, a Saf-T-Driver hoist is typically used to replace a cathead. If a cathead is mounted on the end of a shaft that projects beyond the guard for other moving parts of machinery, the shaft end, key, or other device for securing the cathead to the shaft, should be covered with a smooth thimble. The thimble should be of such a design that a rope cannot wind around it.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-4
PAGE 12 Or 18
Catheads on which the catline is manually wound shall have a reasonably smooth surface, be equipped with a divider for separating the first wrap of the catline from subsequent wraps, and be free of projections on which an employee’s clothing might be caught during operation of the catline. In the event of fouling, no attempt should be made to free the line while a cathead is in motion. While operating the cathead, the operator will be on a slip-free surface. The catline must be the right length, clean, preferably dry, and sound Not more than one wrap should be put on a cathead until all slack has been taken up and initial tension has been applied. While the rope is wrapped on the drum, the cathead must always be attended. The catline must never be wrapped around any part of a worker’s body. Use an adequate amount of wraps on the cathead to hoist the load. The cathead barrel must be kept free of rust, grease, and rope grooves. Loose clothing or loose gloves may not be worn while operating the cathead. An adequate amount of clearance must be maintained between other hoist lines to prevent contact with the catline. An adequate amount of clearance must be maintained between personnel and the impact hammer. Personnel must keep at least 18 inches away from the cathead drum at all times while it is in operation. The Saf-T-Driver hoist line must be kept free of s~ack and kinks. Daily inspection of wires for fraying must be maintained. 4.2.9 Safe Operation of Drill Rigs in Landfills Landfill drilling presents a fire/explosion hazard. Pockets of methane or other flammable/explosive materials may be encountered. Because of this, there is the potential for surface or downhole fires or explosions. To control the hazard: The drill rig should be diesel powered and equipped with a spark-arresting muffler. Explosive gases should be monitored as continuously as possible using an explosimeter and oxygen meter. The meter should be kept on the rig at all times during intrusive activities (see Section 4.3.7 of this SOP).
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-4
PAGE
13
OF 18
LEL readings in and around the borehole shall be immediately evaluated with an organic vapor monitoring instrument. Direct-reading colorimetric tubes may be used to determine the presence of toxic gases. Refer to the site-specific Health and Safety Plan (HSP) for project action levels. The rig and all ignition sources shall be placed upwind or crosswind from the borehole. The borehole shall be saturated with water where feasible to reduce the risk of downhole explosions. If explosive gases exceed 10% LEL at a radius of 5 feet outside the borehole, drilling operations should cease; crews should be placed on standby until levels are reduced by natural wind ventilation. If the % LEL does not decrease to a safe level, then at least one of the following suppression/dissipation techniques shall be implemented to reduce levels: While the rig is operational, a high-capacity fan can be used to aid the wind in dissipating escaping gases and/or vapors from the borehole. Fans will have explosion-proof wiring or be powered by a diesel-operated generator. Under no circumstances should air be directed into the borehole. While the rig is operational, a fire-suppressant foam such as AFFFTM may be used to reduce the potential for sparking or flare-ups. However, this technique requires the use of containment dikes, and protective coveralls and gloves, and is not recommended for use under windy conditions. The Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for this foam and all chemicals brought on-site must be kept on-site with the site-specific HSP. While the rig is not operational, an inert gas (such as nitrogen or carbon dioxide) purging system should be used to displace methane gas. The inert gas should be introduced to the base of the borehole with 1/4-inch copper tubing, at a rate of approximately 40 pounds per square inch gauge (psig). Subsequent gas/vapor readings and the inerting gas regulator inspections shall be performed in Level B (supplied air) to ensure personnel safety. 4.3
ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS
4.3.1
Training
All personnel working on a hazardous waste site in the proximity of an operating drill rig and the support equipment shall be thoroughly familiar with the operational hazards involved and shall have completed the OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120 Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response (HAZWOPER) training and annual updates, if applicable. Hearing conservation and personal protective equipment (PPE) training shall be covered either as part of the HAZWOPER training, or in separate sessions. Support equipment includes grout plants, pumps, and powered earth-moving equipment such as bulldozers, backhoes, etc. For work taking place on nonhazardous waste sites, hearing conservation and respiratory protection training, as well as a thorough familiarity with the drill rig and support equipment, are required.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-4
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
i PAGE 14 OF 18
Subcontractors shall be responsible for ensuring that their employees receive proper training in safe drilling operation, HAZWOPER (as applicable), hearing conservation, and personal protective equipment to limit the potential for job-related injuries/illnesses. Training requirements are also discussed in Volume IV, Training Program, of this manual. Training shall be documented and a copy of the training certificates shall be placed in the employee personnel or health and safety records. 4.3.2
Medical Surveillance
Personnel who are required to work on hazardous waste sites or wear respiratory protection will have completed a baseline or repeat physical, and exit physical examination, as necessary, in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120 HAZWOPER, and/or 29 CFR 1910.134, Respiratory Protection. Documentation should be placed in employee personnel or health and safety records. Because hearing protection is needed to protect from high noise levels around drill rigs, workers will receive baseline and annual audiograms, as required by 29 CFR 1910.95, Occupational Noise, and SOP H-10, Hearing Conservation Program. Subcontractors shall provide the necessary medical surveillance for their employees working on AEE projects. 4.3.3 Personal Protective Equipment The following PPE shall be worn: At a minimum, hard hats, safety-toe work boots/shoes, safety glasses, and work gloves shall be worn by all workers. Ear protection devices such as ear plugs, ear muffs, or plugs and muff combinations shall be worn, as required. Chemical protective clothing, goggles, and an air purifying respirator fitted with a dust filter shall be worn by all personnel handling cement grout during grouting. Additional protective equipment requirements for HAZWOPER projects will be covered in the site-specific HSP. All protective equipment shall be provided by respective employer(s). Worn, damaged, or excessively soiled equipment shall be replaced as required. Refer to SOP H-12, Personal Protective Equipment, for additional information.
I I I ! I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
PAGE 15
OF 15
4.3.4 Eating, Drinking, Chewing, or Smoking To limit the potential for ingestion of contaminants: Eating, drinking, chewing, or smoking is not allowed on any drill rig or in any restricted zone. A break area shall be set up with hand and face washing provisions in the Support Zone. Before eating, drinking, or smoking, all personnel shall thoroughly wash their hands and face. Soap and water shall be supplied for this purpose. Alcoholic beverages and drugs of any type shall not be consumed at any time during the work day. In addition, any employee suspected of being under the influence of drugs or alcohol at any time during the work day will be removed from the site. 4.3.5
Equipment Safety Inspections
The subcontractor supervisor (or designee) will be responsible for ensuring the inspection of all machinery and equipment within 7 days prior to its use on-site and before daily use to make sure it is in safe operating condition. In most cases the competent individual inspecting will be the subcontractor, owner, or operator. The Machinery and Mechanized Equipment Certification form (provided as Attachment 6) shall be submitted to the AEE Subcontracting Department upon completion. Drill rigs and related support equipment and vehicles shall be inspected by the driller-in-charge on a daily basis. Inspections will be made to determine that the brakes, lights, alarm systems, exhaust system, operating systems, drill rig controls, and any emergency shut-off controls are in proper working condition. All hydraulic lines and fittings shall be free from wear and damage, and cable systems and pull ropes shall be properly installed and free from fraying and other damage. For drill rigs, all inspections will be documented on the Daily Drill Rig Checklist (Attachment 4) or equivalent subcontractor forms. The drilling operator will complete the Daily Drill Rig Checklist and submit it to the SHSC. The SHSC shall enforce the equipment inspections.
Verification of inspection deficiencies and corrective action shall be recorded daily in the field log book by the FM. Any machinery or equipment found to be unsafe by the subcontractor supervisor or SHSC will be taken out of service and its use prohibited until unsafe conditions have been corrected. Preventive maintenance shall be conducted for all equipment according to the subcontractor’s internal policies, schedules, and equipment SOPs. Only preventive maintenance procedures recommended by the manufacturer will be followed. Should the operator observe any equipment deficiencies at any time that affect safe operation, they will be corrected before continuing operation and will have approval fromthe SHSC. All running ropes (wire ropes), shackles, and tow hooks that are in continuous service shall be visually inspected once each day for: distortion such as kicking, crushing, unstranding birdcaging, main-strand displacement, or core protrusion general corrosion broken or cut strands (must be covered or blunted)
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE ~.O.P. No.
S-4
PAGE 16 OF 1B
number and type of visible broken wires (in any length of 8 diameters, the number of visible broken wires must be less than 10% of the total number of wires) core failure in rotation-resistant ropes any other condition relative to the rope that may cause rope failure Attachment 5 presents examples of common wire rope damage. These practices serve as a basic guide and do not encompass all pertinent safety-related regulations. Subcontractors are responsible for full compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations of federal, state, and local authorities regarding project activities. 4.3.6 Operator Qualifications Machinery and mechanized equipment will be operated only by qualified personnel, in accordance with the procedures set forth in OSHA 29 CFR 1910.178, Powered Industrial Trucks and 29 CFR 1926.20, General Safety and Health Provisions. All heavy equipment operators will demonstrate their proficiency on the equipment prior to actually beginning work on-site. 4.3.7 Air Monitoring To lower the potential for employee and public overexposure and for fire and explosion, air monitoring shall be performed at regular intervals as specified in the site-specific HSP. Readings will be documented on forms provided in the site-specific HSP. In general: Explosivity may be monitored at the rig continuously; a meter may be placed on the rig as close to the borehole (source) as feasible. Toxics and explosivity may be monitored at the site perimeter, in the breathing zone of workers, and in the general work area at least once per hour, or as specified in the site-specific HSP. Monitoring will also be conducted with any change in site conditions or marked increases in previous readings, and/or at the discretion of the SHSC. Background monitoring will be conducted prior to the initiation of site activities each day, and upon mobilization of the drill rig to a new location. 5.0 RECORDS The Machinery and Mechanized Equipment Certification form (Attachment 6) and Dally Drill Rig Checklist (Attachment 4) must be completed to comply with this procedure. 6.0 REFERENCES Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1910, General Industry Standards. Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1926, Construction Industry Standards. Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29CFR 1910.95, OccupationaINoise
I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1910.120, Hazardous Waste Site Operations and Emergency Response. Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1926.152, Flammable and Combustible Liquids. Valley Well Drilling. 1995. Technical Approach to Drilling, Sampling, Monitor Well Installation, and Well Development. 7.0 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
ATTACHMENTS Hollow Stem Auger Drill Rig Operational Components Direct Rotary Rig Operational Components Direct Push Rig Operational Components Daily Dril~ Rig Checklist Wire Rope Wear and Damage Machinery and Mechanized Equipment Certification Form
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S--4
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
PAGE 18 OF 18
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE APPROVAL
S.O.P. No. S-5
PAGE "i OF 14
EFFECTIVE DATE
REVISION NO.
0
10/15/01
Denise L. Daggett, MS, CIH TITLE
ELECTRICAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR WORK AT TRANSFORMERS
1.0
PURPOSE
This procedure establishes the minimum requirements for the protection of employees working on transformer systems, machines, or equipment, where the unexpected energization, start-up, or release of stored energy could cause injury. It shall be used to ensure that the transformer system, machine, or equipment is isolated from all potentially hazardous energy sources, deenergized, grounded, and locked and/or tagged out prior to employees starting work in the affected areas. This procedure applies to work conducted at or near transformers such as polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) hexane wipe sampling and soil sampling, but does not include working on or collecting oil from transformers. See also related standard operating procedure (SOP) S-1, Confined Space Entry and SOP S-2, Control of Hazardous Energy Sources. SOP S-1 should be read if any confined space entry will be performed. 2.0
SCOPE
This procedure applies to all members of AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (AEE) field teams, including subcontractors, involved in sampling of transformers and associated activities. ~t is to be used in conjunction with any existing facility procedures where work is to be performed. 3.0
DEFINITIONS
Barrier - A physical obstruction designed to prevent contact with energized lines or equipment or to prevent unauthorized access to a work area. Bond - An electrical connection from one conductive element to another made to minimize differences in electrical potential, provide suitable conductivity for fault current, or mitigate current leakage and electrolytic action. Circuit - A connection of conductors and devices to a power source in one or more closed paths to perform a desired electrical function. Clearance - The safe distance, defined by AEE as 10 feet, for work performed either on live exposed parts (involving either direct contact or contact by means of tools or materials) or near enough to them to expose employees to any hazard they present.
Conductor - A material, usually in the form of a wire, cable, or bus bar, suitable for carrying an electric current. Deenergized - Free from any electrical connection to a source of potential difference and from electrical charge; not having a potential different from that of the earth.
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-5
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
PAGE
2 OF 14
Deenergized Circuit - A circuit that has been disconnected from its power source. Effectively Grounded - Intentionally connected to earth by a conductor(s) of sufficient low impedance and current-carrying capacity to prevent the buildup of voltages that could damage connected equipment or harm persons. Electric Supply Lines - Conductors used to transmit electrical energy, along with the structures needed to support and contain them. Exposed (Live Parts) - The parts of an energized circuit not suitably guarded, isolated, or insulated, capable of being inadvertently touched or approached at an unsafe distance by a person or a piece of equipment in contact with a person. Ground (reference) -The conductive body, usually earth, to which an electric potential is connected. Ground (noun) - A conductive connection, either intentional or accidental by which an electric circuit is connected to a reference ground. Ground (verb) - To connect, whether by intention or accident, an electric circuit or equipment to reference ground. Grounded Conductor - A system or circuit conductor that is intentionally grounded. Grounded System - A system of conductors in which at least one conductor or point (usually the middle wire or neutral point of a transformer or generator windings) is intentionally grounded, either solidly or through a current-limiting device (not a circuit-interrupting device). Grounding Electrode (or Ground Electrode)- A conductor embedded in the earth that maintains ground potential on the conductors attached to it and dissipates into earth the current passing through it. Grounding Electrode Conductor (or Grounding Conductor)- A conductor that connects equipment or the grounded circuit of a wiring system to a grounding electrode. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI)- A device that interrupts the electric circuit to the load when a fault current to ground exceeds some predetermined value that is less than that required to operate the overcurrent protection device of the supply circuit. High Voltage - 600 volts or greater. Hot Work - Work involving electric or gas welding, cutting, brazing, or similar flame or spark-producing operations. induced Current - Current generated in a conductor because of the conductor’s proximity to either a second source of alternating current, a source of moving direct current (such as a motor), or a source of extraneous voltage (such as lightning).
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
ame,.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-5
PAGE 3 Or 14
Insulated - Separated from other conducting surfaces by a dielectric (including air space) offering a high resistance to the passage of current. Low Voltage - Less than 600 volts. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory- Laboratories or other sources of consensus standards for protection of the consumer and industrial worker. Concerned with fire, electrical, or other materials, products, systems, or devices. Examples include Underwriters Laboratories, inc. (UL), Nationa~ Fire Protection Association (NFPA), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), and American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). Qualified Person (Qualified Employee or Qualified Electrician)- One who is familiar with the construction and operation of the equipment and who has received training in avoiding the electrical hazards of working on or near exposed energized circuits. Such personnel shall be capable of working safely on or near energized circuits. A qualified person shall also be trained and certified competent in: skills and techniques necessary to distinguish exposed live parts from other parts of electric equipment skills and techniques necessary to determine the nominal voltage of exposed live parts minimum approach distances specified in Occupational Saety and Health Administration (OSHA) 29 CFR 1910.269, Electrical Power Generation, Transmission, and Distribution, and 29 CFR 1926,416, General Requirements, corresponding to the voltages to which the qualified employee will be exposed control of hazardous energy sources (Iockout/tagout) techniques and procedures in SOP S-2 proper use of special precautionary techniques, personal protective equipment (PPE), insulating and shielding materials, and insulated tools for working on or near exposed energized parts of electric equipment. Unqualified Person (Unqualified Employee)- One who has little training in the avoidance of the electrical hazards of working on or near exposed energized parts of electric equipment and must maintain at least a 10-foot clearance from such hazards. Unqualified personnel must be trained in and familiar with the safety-related work practices required by 29 CFR 1910.331 through 1910.335, Electrical Safety-related Werk Practices, that pertain to their respective job assignments, and any other safe work practices as necessary for their safety. Vault- An enclosure above or below ground that personnel may enter andthat is used for the purpose of installing, operating, or maintaining electrical equipment or cable. Voltage - The effective root mean square (rms) difference in electrical potential between any two conductors or between a conductor and ground. Voltages are expressed in nominal values; these values are assigned for convenient designation. The operating voltage may vary above or below this value.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-5
PAGE 4 OF
14
Voltage-to-Ground - For grounded circuits, the voltage between the given conductors end that point or conductor of the circuit that is grounded. For ungrounded circuits, the greatest voltage between the given conductor and any other conductor of the circuit. Work near Energized Circuits - Work where a worker may come into contact with energized circuits either by direct contact or by contact with tools and equipment. Zero Mechanical State - A state of zero mechanical energy (ZME). Also referred to as energy isolation. To eliminate the source of power from equipment that could harm someone. 4.0
RESPONSIBILITIES
The regional Safety, Health, and Environment Manager (regional SHE Manager), Field Manager (FM), and Site Health, and Safety Coordinator (SHSC) are responsible for ensuring compliance with this procedure by all field personnel. 4.1
CORPORATE SAFETY, HEALTH, AND ENVIRONMENT DIRECTOR AND REGIONAL SHE MANAGER
The Corporate Safety, Health, and Environment Director (Corporate SHE Director), or regional SHE Manager, is responsible for dissemination of this procedure. 4.2
PROJECT MANAGER
The Project Manager (PM) is responsible for ensuring compliance with this procedure. 4.3 FIELD MANAGER
The FM is responsible for ensuring all authorized employees are trained in accordance with this procedure. The FM is also responsible for identifying all work activities requiring the deenergizing and grounding of transformers, coordinating with the facility point-of-contact (POC) to ensure notification of all affected employees, and issuing the locks and tags to authorized employees. 4.4
SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR
The SHSC is responsible for implementing and enforcing this procedure during project operations and activities. He/she coordinates all safety-related activities that involve electrical safety for work at or near electrical transformers. The SHSC must keep a file of the Notification and Assurance of Transformer Deenergizing Procedures form (Attachment 1) and all Confined Space Entry Permits (see SOP S-1 issued for the site. 4.5
FIELD PERSONNEL
All field personnel working on electrical transformer sites shall be familiar with this procedure and work within the guidelines provided.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
4.6
S-5
I PAGE 5 OF 14
SUBCONTRACTORS
Subcontractor personnel are responsible for ensuring that work performed by the craft workers under their supervision conforms to the requirements of this procedure. The subcontractor ensures that craft work is carefully planned. Each step must be well defined, justifiable, and safe. Workers shall be trained in, and familiar with, the electrical safety-related work practices, safety procedures, and other safety requirements that pertain to their respective job assignments. Training is required for both qualified and unqualified workers at transformer sites. Only qualified employees meeting the training and competency requirements of Electric Power Generation, Transmission, and Distribution, 29 CFR 1910.269(a)(2), may work within 10 feet of unguarded, uninsulated, energized circuits, lines, or parts of equipment operating at 50 volts or greater. Additionally, subcontractors are responsible for: initiating the Notification and Assurance of Transformer Deenergizing Procedures form (Attachment 1) to be performed by a qualified electrician signing the completed form and reviewing it with the FM before beginning the work inspecting the transformer area before starting work ensuring that no welding, cutting, or other defined hot work is performed at any time ensuring that only qualified persons perform transformer deenergizing and grounding procedures 5.0
PROCEDURE
5.1
GENERAL
5.1.1
Site Reconnaissance
As part of a site reconnaissance prior to starting field work, the existence and location of any part of an electric power circuit (exposed or concealed) that could be touched by tools, equipment, or workers during the performance of specified work tasks shall be determined. This determination shall be made by a qualified electrician in conjunction with a designated official from the appropriate local electrical power provider and a responsible AEE representative knowledgeable of planned work tasks. Electrical equipment and lines shall be considered energized until a qualified electrician has determined by tests, or other means, that they are deenergized and has applied protective grounds. This determination shall only be made by a qualified electrician. Procedures for Iockout/tagout will comply with SOP S-2.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S,O,P. No.
S-5
! PAGE
6 OF 14
The operating voltage of equipment and lines shall be determined before working on or near energized parts. All below-ground transformer vaults shall be evaluated as permit-required confined spaces by a competent individual in accordance with SOP S-1. 5.1.2 Site Control Clear work areas of all unnecessary equipment, materials, and tools that would increase the potential for inadvertent contact with energized circuits during work. Except for a worker’s "buddy," all personnel not involved in the work task must leave the work area. Strictly enforce the buddy system when working near energized circuits. The buddy will be in a "safe" position without opportunity for electrocution, and will be responsible for contacting emergency services and for providing emergency first aid, if necessary. Protect transformers with exposed conductors or live parts from unauthorized pedestrian and vehicular access. Entrances not under constant observation shall be kept locked. Metallic enclosures shall be grounded. Barricade the perimeter of the controlled work zone and mark it with caution tape, and warning signs that say "DANGER ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS" or an equivalent message. Erect suitable barricades or other barriers around electrical equipment with exposed energized parts within the Exclusion Zone to ensure that the immediate work space cannot be used as a passageway by field team members. Sufficient illumination shall be provided for all working spaces around transformers installed indoors. 5.1.3
Protective Equipment
Rubber personal protective equipment (PPE), such as gloves, insulating blankets, hoods, line hoses, sleeves, and mats shall be used for protection from electrical shock. All PPE must meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.137, Electrical Protective Equipment, and the appropriate ANSI/ASTM standards. Unqualified AEE employees may be assigned responsibility for properly inspecting, using, and storing rubber mats. All unqualified employees shall wear at a minimum: hardhats (nonmetallic components) safety glasses (nonmetallic components) safety-toe boots (with no exposed steel) The following responsibilities shall be assigned to and performed only by qualified electricians: Keep PPE dry and free of damage. Use, test, and maintain PPE in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, SOP H-12, Personal Protective Equipment, and Electrical Protective Equipment, 29 CFR 1910.137(b).
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-5
/ PAGE
7 OF 14
Wear leather protector gloves over rubber gloves to protect the rubber gloves from damage. Inspect PPE for damage or defects prior to each day’s use and immediately following any incident. Do not use insulating equipment with any holes, tears, punctures, cuts, or embedded foreign objects. Also, do not use PPE if there are any extreme changes such as swelling, softening, hardening, or equipment becoming sticky or loses its original shape or strength. Such inspections must also include an air test of gloves. Remove from the site any items failing inspection until replaced or repaired. Clean and electrically test PPE in accordance with the requirements of the appropriate ANSI/ASTM standards listed below. The intervals of retest must not exceed 6 months for gloves and 12 months for sleeves and blankets. Equipment must be certified; indicating that it has passed the test and the date of passing must be imprinted on the items. Testing shall include electrical, visual, and mechanical tests. Gloves: Sleeves: Blankets: Mats:
ANSI/ASTM D120-1987 ANSI/ASTM D1051-1987 ANSI/ASTM D1048-1993 ANSI/ASTM D178-1988
Insulating equipment must be stored to protect it from direct sunlight, temperature extremes, excessive humidity, ozone, and other injurious substances and conditions. Do not fold gloves or blankets. Appropriate barriers (e.g., Kevlar) shall be used for protection from electrical arc and blasts as deemed appropriate by the qualified electrician. Hard hats must be of the nonconductive type (e.g., plastic). Any badges, Iogos, decals, and symbols affixed to the hard hat must also be of the nonconductive type. Do not wear conductive apparel such as metal watch bands, bracelets, rings, necklaces, or head gear while working near energized circuits. Wear protective equipment for the eyes or face wherever there is a danger of injury from electric arcs, flashes, or from flying objects resulting from electrical explosion. 5.1.4
Electric Equipment
Only qualified persons may perform testing work on electric circuits or equipment. Test instruments and equipment and all associated test leads, cables, power cords, probes, and connectors shall be visually inspected for external defects and damage before the equipment is used. If there is a defect or damage, then the item shall be removed from service until repairs and tests have been conducted to render the equipment safe.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE 5.O.P. No. S-5
i PAGE 8 OF
14
Where flammable materials (e.g., flammable gases, vapors, or liquids; combustible dust; ignitable fibers or flyings, etc.) are present, electric equipment capable of igniting them shall not be used. 5.2
TRANSFORMER CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS
All work tasks conducted at or near electrical transformers shall strictly comply with the clearance requirements as outlined in the following subparagraphs. 5.2.1
Clearance Requirements- Enclosed Transformers
Do not perform work tasks (including PCB wipe sampling) within 10 feet of any energized transformer that is totally enclosed (i.e., without exposed parts) unless the transformer metal enclosure is properly grounded. The mechanical tools/equipment used must be grounded, and electrical protective equipment and insulating mats must be utilized. 5.2.2
Clearance Requirements - Open or Partially Open Transformers
Do not perform work tasks (including PCB wipe sampling) within 10 feet of any energized transformer with exposed parts unless circuits are deenergized, visibly grounded, and have been tested by a qualified electrician (according to Sections 5.3.2 and 5.3.3); control of hazardous energy sources (IockoutJtagout) is in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.147, The Control of Hazardous Energy (Lockout/Tagout), and SOP S-2; and electrical protective equipment and insulating mats are utilized. Increase the 10-foot clearance distance by the length of the longest tool or equipment to be used to prevent accidental contact. 5.2.3
Clearance Requirements- Transformer Vaults
Do not perform work tasks (including PCB wipe sampling) using mechanical equipment, conductive tools, or flammable materials within transformer vaults unless all of the following conditions are met: the transformer and incoming and outgoing circuits are deenergized, grounded, and tested by a qualified electrician (according to Sections 5.3.2 and 5.3.3) control of hazardous energy sources (Iockout/tagout) is in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.147 and SOP S-2. electrical protective equipment and insulating mats are utilized permit-required confined space entry procedures are followed in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.146, Permit-required Confined Spaces and SOP S-1.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S,O.P. No.
5.3
S-5
[PAGE
9 or 14
DEENERGIZING TRANSFORMERS
5.3.1 General If a work task requires that a transformer be taken off-line by Section 5.2, "Transformer Clearance Requirements," the PM will schedule the shutdown with appropriate facility personnel in accordance with the following: Submit formal outage requests, via the local electrical supplier, to the facility. Outage requests may take several working days to weeks to be processed. Before any work is started, obtain notification and assurance from the qualified electrician that the transformer(s) has been deenergized and tested and that protective grounds have been applied in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.147 and SOP S-2. Deviations from these deenergizing procedures require written authorization from the regional SHE Manager. Requests witl be considered under the following circumstances: The facility can demonstrate that these procedures would result in greater hazards or are infeasible due to equipment design or operational limitations. The facility can propose an alternate safe course of action that safeguards the health and safety of site employees. ]he qualified electrician under subcontract to AEE has reviewed and approved the proposed deviations. 5.3.2
Deenergizing Procedure
Deenergizing of electrical equipment shall only be performed by a qualified electrician. Appropriate Iockout/tagout procedures will be followed in accordance with SOP S-2 and 29 CFR 1910~147. Unqualified persons shall remain 10 feet beyond electrical equipment until the electrical equipment has been properly deenergized and grounded. Electrical equipment shall not be considered deenergized until all of the following requirements have been addressed by the qualified electrician: All switches, disconnectors, jumpers, taps, and other means through which electric energy may be supplied to the particular transformer shall be deenergized from all electric energy sources. Stored electric energy that might endanger personnel shall be released so as to achieve a ZMS. Stored nonelectrica~ energy in devices that could reenergize electric circuit parts shall be blocked or relieved so that the circuit parts cannot be accidentally energized by the device. All switches and disconnectors capable of being rendered inoperable have been rendered inoperable. Automatically and remotely controlled switches that could cause the opened disconnecting means to close shall also be tagged at the point of control. The circL~it elements and electrical parts of equipment and lines shall be tested and determined to be deenergized (incoming and outgoing transformer circuits).
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-5
Determine if any energized conditions exist due to inadvertently induced voltage or unrelated voltage backfeed even though specific parts of the circuit have been deenergized and presumed safe. If the circuit to be tested has greater than 600 (nominal) voltage, then check the test equipment for proper operation immediately before and after this test. Protective grounds (Section 5.3.3) shall be applied on the disconnected lines or equipment to be worked on between the work location and all sources of energy, including backfeed. Equipment with the potential for stored energy shall be short-circuited and grounded if the stored electrical energy could endanger personnel. If there is a possibility of re-accumulation of stored energy to a hazardous level, periodically verify the isolation until the task is complete. All switches and disconnectors are plainly locked out and tagged. When locking is not possible, the circuits will be removed and locked in a box and become the property of the SHSC until work is complete. See SOP S-2 for more extensive Iockout]tagout procedures. Locks will be red in color, be substantial enough to prevent removal without excessive force, and be identified with the authorized employee’s name. Tags will be constructed and printed so that exposure to weather conditions will not compromise legibility. Tags, including the means of attachment, wil~ be substantial enough to prevent inadvertent removal. AEE and facility staffwill inform each other of respective procedures. 5.3.3 Protective Grounds (as Part of a Deenergizing Program) Grounding of electrical equipment will only be performed by a qualified electrician. All other personnel must remain 10 feet beyond electrical equipment until electrical equipment has been properly deenergized and grounded. Before grounding deenergized conductors and equipment, test them for nominal voltage. When attaching grounds, first attach the ground-end connection, then attach the other end using insulated live-line tools or other suitable devices. Protective grounds shall be placed so as to prevent each employee from being exposed to hazardous differences in electrical potential. The qualified electrician and the FM shall discuss placement of grounds before deenergization and grounding occur. Place grounds between the work location and all sources of energy, as far away as practical from the work location and: downstream of the equipment on the secondary line at the transformer as applicable, on the primary line at the electrical utility substation
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
When using grounding electrodes be sure they have an impedance low enough to remove the danger of harm to personnel. Protective devices should be sensitive enough to be triggered by low impedance of grounding electrodes to prevent serious injury to personnel or accidenta~ energization. Grounds generally consist of a jumper with two clamps. Do not touch jumpers. If PCB sampling will occur close to the jumper, place rubber mats between the jumpers and any employees. When a ground lead must be attached to either a tower ground or driven ground, it must be capable of conducting the maximum anticipated fault current at the point of grounding for the time necessary to clear the fault. This equipment must have an ampacity greater than or equal to that of No. 2 American Wire Gauge (AWG) copper. When removing grounds, first remove the grounding device from the line or equipment using insulated live-line tools or other suitable devices, then remove the ground-end connection. 5.3.4 Transformer Sampling Safety All site personnel are responsible for observing safe work practices around electrical circuits. Additional safety precautions for transformer sampling for all site personnel include: verifying that appropriate Iockout/tagout procedures have been performed when necessary wearing appropriate ppe for the work being performed verifying that transformers have been grounded by a qualified electrician prior to beginning work on or near the transformer acquiring written authorization from the regional SHE Manager or regional designee for any deviations from this procedure Grounds generally consist of a jumper with two clamps. Do not touch jumpers. If PCB sampling will occur close to the jumper, place rubber mats between the jumpers and any employees. 5.3.5 Reenergizing After completing the work, the same qualified electrician shall determine that the crews are clear, remove the protective grounds, and coordinate with the FM and the designated official to remove the lock(s) and tag(s). See SOP S-2 for detailed procedures listed in Section 5.2.7 on removal of isolation and reactivation. 5.4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR PORTABLE ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
5.4.1 General Only equipment and electrical wiring (e.g., generators, concrete coring machines, blowers, etc.) listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (such as UL) may be used and only for the specific application for which they were designed.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-5
I PAGE
12 OF 14
Owners/operators and site personnel who use portable electric power tools and equipment (including extension cords and plugs) shall inspect for the following hazards: missing ground pins on plugs (except double-insulated) insulation pulled free from plugs or support connections damaged insulation (frayed, broken, cut, or cracked) exposed wires patched or spliced wires and cords oil-soaked cables or cords evidence of arcing, sparking, or smoking If the hazards in the above paragraph are evident in electric power tools or equipment, then it must be tagged as unsafe and removed from the site until repaired. Extension cords passingthrough work areas shall be protected from damage. Portable electric equipment and flexible cords used in highly conductive locations (inundated with water) shall be approved for those locations. Portable electric equipment shall not be used in areas where flammable vapors are present unless the lower explosive limit (LEL) is measured less than 10%, as tested initially and periodically by a trained and knowledgeable individual. All hydraulic tools to be used on or around energized lines or equipment must be equipped with nonconducting hoses having adequate strength for the normal operating pressures. Hydraulic fluids used in these tools shall be of the insulating type. All pneumatic tools to be used on or around energized lines or equipment must be equipped with nonconducting hoses strong enough to withstand normal operating pressures and have an accumulator on the compressor to collect moisture. No portable metal or conductive ladders shall be used near exposed energized lines or equipment. No .measuring tapes or measuring ropes that are metal or contain conductive strands shall be used when working on or near energized parts. Use nonconductive tools and sampling equipment when working near energized circuits. 5.4.2 Grounding of Portable Electric Equipment and Tools Bondinq and Groundinq All electrical circuits shall be grounded in accordance with the National Electric Code (NEC) and National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) unless otherwise noted. Portable and semiportable electrical tools and equipment shall be grounded by a multiconductor cord having an identified grounding conductor and a mulficontact polarized plug-in receptacle.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-5
i PAGE 13 OF 14
Semiportable equipment, floodlights, and work lights shall be grounded; the protective ground should be maintained during moving unless supply circuits are deenergized. Exception: Tools protected by an approved system of double insulation need not be grounded. Double-insulated tools are distinctly marked and listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory. A ground shall be provided for non-current-carrying metallic parts of equipment such as, but not limited to, generators (unless exempted, see below), electrical equipment, and metal enclosures around electrical equipment. Exemption: Portable Generators. The frame of portable generators is not required to be grounded if both of the following conditions are met: The generator supplies power only to equipment mounted on the generator and/or cordand plug-connected equipment connected through receptacles mounted on the generator. The non-current-carrying metallic parts of the equipment and the equipment grounding conductor terminals of the receptacles are bonded to the generator frame. Exemption: Vehicle-mounted generators. The frame of a vehicle is permitted to serve as the grounding electrode if all of the following conditions are met: The frame of the generator is bonded to the vehicle frame. The generator supplies power only to equipment located on the vehicle and/or cord- and plug-connected equipment through the receptacles mounted on the vehicle or on the generator. The non-current-carrying metallic parts of equipment and the equipment-grounding conductor terminals of the receptacles are bonded to the generator frame. The system complies with all other NEC grounding requirements. Conductors used for bonding or grounding stationary and movable equipment must be sized to carry the anticipated current. Connect bonds and grounds before activating a system. Disconnect them after deactvating a system. When attaching bonding and grounding clamps or clips, make a secure and positive metal-tometal contact. Attach the ground-end first, then attach the equipment end using insulated tools or other suitable devices. When removing grounds, remove the grounding device from the line or equipment first, using insulated tools or other suitable devices.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O,P. No.
S-5
PAGE 14 Or 14
Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters GFCIs will be installed in all circuits used for portable electric tools unless the tools are of the approved double-insulated type (marked on the housing). GFCIs will be installed in accordance with the most recent edition of the NEC. GFCIs may be portable or mounted permanently on equipment. GFCIs witl be installed at the end of all extension cords or as c~ose as possible to the equipment they protect. Note: GFCIs may be sensitive to some equipment, such as concrete vibrators. In these instances, an assured equipment grounding conductor program is acceptable in lieu of GFCIs. If a GFCI is tripped during use of a portable electrical tool, identify the cause and rectify the condition before resuming use of the equipment. 6.0
RECORDS
Records of training and Notification and Assurance of Transformer Deenergizing Procedures (Attachment 1) will be maintained in the project flies. 7.0
REFERENCES
Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1910.137, Electrical Protective Equipment Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1910.146, Permit-required Confined Spaces. Fed-OSHA. 2000.29 CFR 1910.147, The Control of Hazardous Energy (Lockout/Tagout). Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1910.269, Electric Power Generation, Transmission, and Distribution. Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1910.334, Use of Equipment Fed-OSHA 2000. 29 CFR 1910.335, Safeguards for Personnel Protection. Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1910.416, General Requirements. U.S. Army Corp of Engineers. 1996. Safety and Health Requirements Manual, EM 385-1-1. 8.0 ATTACHMENTS 1. Notification and Assurance of Transformer Deenergizing Procedures
I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPROVAL
S.O.P. No. S-6
PAGE 1 OF
12
EFFECTWS DATE
REVISION NO.
0
Denise L. Daggett, MS, CIH 10/15/01 TITLE EXCAVATION, TRENCHING AND SHORING
1.0
PURPOSE
The objective of this procedure is to establish requirements for excavation activities to ensure the safety of AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (AEE) employees, subcontractor personnel, and the public who work in or around (or have access to) excavations, and to fulfill requirements of Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 29 CFR 1926.650, .651, and .652 and state equivalents. No employee or subcontractor shall be permitted to enter excavation sites unless he/she is specifically required to do so and can enter in a safe, supervised manner. This procedure is not intended to be a specification for excavation, trenching, or shoring. In association with this standard operating procedure (SOP), see also SOP S-2, Control of Hazardous Energy Sources, and S-1, Confined Space Entry. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies to all AEE field personnel, personnel subcontracted to AEE, and visitors (including clients) who may work on or visit AEE jobsites. All excavations greater than 20 feet indepth require design/approval by a Registered Professional Engineer.
I I I I I I I I
3.0
DEFINITIONS
Benching - A method of protecting employees from cave-ins by cutting the sides of the excavation in an arrangement of. one or more horizontal levels, usually with vertical or near-vertical walls between the steps. Class I Perimeter Protection - Guardrails that meet the following requirements as defined by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (ACOE) Safety and Health Requirements Manual: When Class I perimeter protection guards against personnel falling into an excavation, it shall meet the strength, height, and maximum deflection requirements for guardrails; provide fall protection equivalent to that provided by a toprail, midrail, and leeboard; and have post spacing equivalent to a standard guardrail. Refer to the AEE SOP S-11, Signs, Signals, and Barricades, and 29 CFR 1926.202, Barricades, and 1910 Subpart D, Walking-Working Surfaces for specific requirements. When Class I perimeter protection guards against traffic (vehicles and/or equipment) falling into an excavation it shall be designed by a Competent Person to withstand the potential forces and bending moments due to impact by traffic; if the area adjacent to the barricade will be used by both personnel and vehic)es or equipment, provisions shall be made for physically separating the excavation, personnel, and traffic areas from one another. Class II Perimeter Protection - As defined by the ACOE Safety and Health Requirements Manual, warning barricades or flagging placed not closer than 6feet from all accessible edges of the excavation.
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S,O.P. No. S-6
I I I I I i I I I I I I I I I I
I PAGE 2 OF 12
Warning barricades or flagging must display an adequate warning at an elevation of 3 to 4feet above ground level. Refer to SOP S-11, Signs, Signals, and Barricades, for information about adequate barricades and flagging. Class Ill Perimeter Protection - As defined by the ACOE Safety and Health Requirements Manual, warning barricades or flagging placed a minimum of 6 inches and a maximum of 6 feet from the edge of the excavation. Warning barricades and flagging must display an adequate warning at an elevation of 3 feet to 4 feet above ground level. Refer to SOP S-11, Signs, Signals, and Barricades, for information regarding adequate barricades and flagging. Competent Person - The Competent Person has specific training in, and is knowledgeable about, soils analysis, the use of protective systems, and the requirements of 29 CFR1926, Subpart P, Excavations. A person who is capable of identifying existing and potential unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous work conditions and who has the authority to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. The subcontractor Competent Person must be designated by the subcontractor employer. AEE reserves the right to accept or refuse subcontractor Competent Persons. Protective System - A method of protecting employees from cave-ins, from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into excavation, or from the collapse of adjacent structures. Protective systems include support systems, sloping and benching systems, shield systems, shoring, trench shields, underpinning, rock bolting, and other systems that provide the necessary protection. Scaling - The removal of loose, overhanging, protruding, or otherwise precariously positioned material from above or along the sides of an excavation. Sheeting - Members of a shoring system that retain the earth in position and, in turn, are supported by other members of the shoring system. Shield - A structure that is able to withstand the forces imposed on it by a cavein and thereby protect employees within the structure. A shield can be a permanent structure or can be portable and moved along as work progresses. Shields may be pre-manufactured or job-built. Shields used in trenches are usually referred to as "trench boxes" or "trench shields." Shoring - A structure that supports the sides of an excavation and that is designed to prevent cave-ins. Examples are metal hydraulic, mechanical, or timber shoring systems. Sloping - A method of protecting employees from cave-ins by excavating to form sides of an excavation that are inclined away from the excavation so as to prevent cave-ins. The angle of incline required to prevent a cave-in varies with factors such as the soil type, environmental conditions of exposure, and the magnitude and location of any loads and vibration surcharged upon the s~opes. Stable Rock - Natural, solid mineral material that can be excavated with vertical sides and remain intact while exposed. Unstable rock can be considered stable when the rock material on the side or sides of the excavation is secured against caving in or movement by rock bolts or by another protective system that has been designed by a Registered Professional Engineer. Support System - A structural means of supporting the walls of an excavation to prevent cave-ins; includes shields, shoring, underpinning, rock bolts, etc.
i i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-6
PAGE 3 OF 12
Trench - An excavation made below the surface of the ground, which is narrow in relation to its length. In general the depth is greater than the width at the bottom, but the width of a trench at the bottom is not greater than 15 feet. 4.0
RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1
CORPORATE SAFETY, HEALTH, AND ENVIRONMENT DIRECTOR
The Corporate Safety, Health, and Environment Director (Corporate SHE Director) is responsible for ensuring this procedure complies with federal and state OSHA regulations. 4.2
REGIONAL SAFETY, HEALTH, AND ENV/RONMENT MANAGER
The regional Safety, Health, and Environment Manager (regional SHE Manager) assists the Project Manager (PM) and/or Field Manager (FM) in determining the applicability of this SOP to task performed by’ employees and subcontractors. 4.3
FIELD MANAGER/CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISOR
The Field Manager (FM) or their designee who works in or around excavations is responsible and accountable for adhering to and enforcing this procedure. The FM is responsible for: ensuring that all employees assigned to excavation activities are instructed in the types of hazards associated with excavation operations ensuring adherence to safe work practices and techniques directing a prework safety meeting, as described in Section 5.9 ensuring that approval from a Registered Professional Engineer is obtained when required by this procedure ensuring that personnel leave the excavation site if a potentially hazardous condition is recognized 4.4
COMPETENT PERSON
The Site Health and Safety Coordinator (SHSC) or the FM may be designated the Competent Person if qualified to do so. The Competent Person is responsible for ensuring daily that this SOP and applicable regulations are followed. He/She must also ensure that the design, construction, and maintenance of the excavation meets regulatory standards and follows this procedure.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
PAGE
4 oF 12
The competent person must ensure that: underground installations within the work area have been located and protected from damage or displacement before digging where oxygen deficiency exists or a hazardous atmosphere could reasonably be expected to exist, the atmospheres in the excavation are tested before employees enter excavations greater than 4 feet in depth the protective system used is properly set up in the work area and is in good working condition the work area is safe from unauthorized vehicular and pedestrian traffic proper means of access and egress from the excavation are employed tabulated data (if applicable) are accessible at the jobsite the open excavation is properly covered or barricaded at the end of a work shift or day 4.5 EMPLOYEES Employees must follow this excavation procedure and comply with applicable regulatory requirements. 4.6 SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR The SHSC is responsible for implementing the Health and Safety Plan (HSP) for all project-related fieldwork. Other responsibilities include: inspecting the work site and notifying the FM of any unsafe conditions or acts
supervising monitoring of excavations for hazardous atmospheres where it has been deemed necessary by the HSP verifying and posting locations and routes to medical facilities posting emergency telephone numbers suspending any operation that threatens the health or safety of team members or the public conducting and documenting daily safety meetings and addressing excavation-related safety hazards ensuring that proper personnel safety measures are employed; this includes a completed unexploded ordnance (UXO) clearance when excavations are performed in areas known or suspected to be contaminated with explosives, unexploded munitions, or military ordnance ensuring that employees are wearing proper protective gear, as stated in the HSP
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-6
PAGE
5 OF 12
5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1
PREEXCAVATION REQUIREMENTS
Below is the sequence of steps that the FM shall follow in preparing to excavate. The FM will determine which requirements apply and ensure that they are followed. Utility Location Before starting to excavate a site, the FM will locate identified utility installations previously marked by a Competent Person or geophysical surveyor such as sewer, telephone, fuel, electric, water lines, or any underground installations that may reasonably be expected to be encountered during the excavation work. The FM will obtain the locations of utilities from installation facility/activity personnel. Local utility companies shall mark the location of underground obstructions or geophysical detection methods will be used to locate underground utilities. The description of the markings as a result of the utility or geophysical survey will be discussed with the FM. When possible, energized power lines in an area of excavation should be deenergized prior to digging in accordance with the IockoutJtagout procedure. Otherwise, their exact locations shall be determined by hand-digging within 2 feet of their estimated location. When hand-digging (to determine exact locations of utilities), dig perpendicular (90°) to the direction of the line until it is located. Power line disconnects will be located before starting to excavate a site.
uxo The surface and subsurface of sites known or suspected to be contaminated with explosives, unexploded munitions, or military ordnance must be cleared by qualified UXO disposal personnel before excavating. Removal of Surface Encumbrances All surface encumbrances (trees, poles, boulders, etc.) that create a hazard to employees shall be removed or supported, as necessary, to safeguard employees. Designation of Competent Person A Competent Person shall be designated every time an excavation exceeds 4 feet. A Competent Person shall be designated for shallower excavations as conditions require. The Competent Person shall have the necessary training and knowledge as outlined in Section 4.2.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE ~.O.P. No.
5.2
S-6
i PAGE 6 OF 12
PROTECTIVE SYSTEMS
In all excavations with possible cave-ins, employees must be protected by sloping or benching the sides of the excavation, supporting the sides of the excavation, or placing a shield between the side of the excavation and the work area. Protective systems will be designed in accordance with 29CFR 1926.652, Requirements for Protective Systems, and are required except when: excavations are dug entirely from stable rock
excavations are less than 5 feet (1.52 meters [m]) deep and a Competent Person finds no indication of a potential cave-in Protection systems include: sloping and benching systems support systems, shield systems, and other protective systems The Competent Person may determine the necessary type of protection system (Option1, 2, 3, or 4 in Requirements for Protective Systems, 29 CFR 1926.652[b] or [c]) based on the soil type and by referring to the appendices and tables in 29 CFR 1926.652, Requirements for Protective Systems, and shall be able to recognize when design by a Registered Professional Engineer is required. 5.2.1 Sloping The maximum allowable slope shall be determined by a Competent Person based upon soil type end existing or potential conditions at the jobsite and in the area of the excavation. Allowable slopes will be determined by using Appendices A and B of 1926.652 or tabulated data and charts approved by a Registered Professional Engineer. Otherwise, excavations shall be sloped at an angle not steeper than 1.5:1 (horizontal to vertical). Designs for sloping using tabulated data and charts shall be in written form and shall include all of the following: identification of the parameters that affect the selection of a sloping or benching system drawn from tabulated data and charts identification of the limits of use of the data, including the magnitude and configuration of slopes determined to be safe explanatory information as may be necessary to aid the user in making a correct selection of a protective system from the data At least one copy of the tabulated data that identifies the Registered Professional Engineer who approved the data shall be maintained at the jobsite during construction of the protective system. After that time it may be stored off the jobsite.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P, No.
S-6
! PAGE 7 OF
12
Sloping and benching systems not utilizing Appendices A and B of 1926.652 must be designed and approved by a Registered Professional Engineer and shall be in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.652(b)(4), described in wdting, and include the following: magnitude of the slopes that were determined to be safe for the particular project configurations that were determined to be safe for the particular project identity of the Registered Professional Engineer approving the design 5.2.2
Shoring Systems
Use of portable trench boxes, sliding trench boxes, and/or shields in lieu of required sloping, benching, or supporting methods can be authorized when in accordance with one of the following requirements: designs are in accordance with Appendices A, C, and D of 29 CFR 1926.652 designs are selected from and in accordance with manufacturer’s tabulated data and approved by a Registered Professional Engineer designs are in written form and approved by a Registered Professional Engineer Designs using tabulated data and charts shall be in written form and shall include all of the followirg: identification of the parameters that affect the selection of a support system, shield system, or other protective system drawn from tabulated data and charts identification of the limits of use of the data explanatory information as may be necessary to aid the user in making a correct selection of a protective system from the data At least one copy of the tabulated data that identifies the Registered Professional Engineer who approved the data shall be maintained at the jobsite during construction of the protective system. After that time, it may be stored of/the jobsite. Backhoes and/or excavators used to move trench boxes and/or shields must meet the applicable requirements of ANSI B30.5 and Power Crane and Shovel Association (PCSA) Standard No. 4. Job-built support systems (as opposed to all-purpose manufactured support systems) must be designed and approved by a Registered Professional Engineer. 5.2.3 Materials and Equipment Materials and equipment used for protective systems shall: be used and maintained in a manner that is consistent with the recommendations of the manufacturer (if any), and in a manner that will prevent employee exposure to hazards
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-6
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
PAGE 8 OF 12
if damaged, be examined by a Competent Person who will evaluate its suitablity for continued use (If the Competent Person determines that the material or equipment is unsuitable for safe use, then such material or equipment shall be removed from service. Such material may be returned to service if evaluated and approved by a Registered Professional Engineer.) 5.2.4
Installation and Removal of Support Systems Members of support systems shall be securely connected together to prevent sliding, falling, kickouts, or other predictable failure. Support system installation and removal shall be conducted in a manner that protects personnel from cave-ins, structural collapses, or from being struck by members of the support system. Individual members of support systems shall not be subjected to loads that exceed design loads. Before beginning temporary removal of individual members, additional precautions shall be taken to ensure the safety of employees, such as installing other structural members to carry the loads imposed on the support system. Removal shall begin at, and progress from, the bottom of the excavation. Members shall be released slowly so as to note any indication of possible failure of the remaining members of the structure or possible cave-in of the sides of the excavation. Backfilling shall progress together with the removal of support systems from excavations.
5.3 STABILITY OF ADJACENT STRUCTURES
The stability of structures adjoining an excavation shall be evaluated by the Registered Professional Engineer and supported to protect employees from structural failure, as determined necessary by the Registered Professional Engineer. Excavation below the level of the base or footing of any foundation or retaining wall that could reasonably be expected to pose a hazard to employees shall not be permitted except when: a support system (underpinning) is provided to ensure the safety of employees and the stability of the structure the excavation is in stable rock a Registered Professional Engineer has determined that the structure will be unaffected by the excavation a Registered Professional Engineer has determined that such excavation will not pose a hazard to employees
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-6
I PAGE 9 OF 12
Evaluations and/or designs by the Registered Professional Engineer shall be available at the jobsite. Sidewalks, pavements, and appurtenant structures shall not be undermined. 5.4 PROTECTION FROM FALLING LOADS Excavated and/or other materials or equipment that could pose a hazard by falling or rolling into excavations shall be kept at least 2 feet (0.61 m) from the edge of excavations, or shall be retained by a device that will prevent materials or equipment from falling or rolling into excavations, or by a combination of both if necessary. Employees shall wear hard hats and safety glasses with side shields for protection. No employee shall be permitted underneath or within arm swing of loads handled by lifting or dragging equipment. Employees shall be required to stand away from any vehicle being loaded or unloaded to avoid being struck by any spillage or falling materials. Personnel shall stand clear of operating equipment and shall be protected from potential flying objects by keeping a safe distance, and by use of shielding (vehicles, structures, etc.) and personal protective equipment (PPE) (hardhats and safety glasses with side shields). When equipment is operated adjacent to an excavation, and the operator does not have a clear and direct view of the edge of the excavation, a warning system shall be utilized e.g., barricades, hand or mechanical signals, or stop logs. No employee shall work on faces of benched or sloped excavations at elevations above other employees unless adequate protection (e.g., wire mesh) from falling/sliding materials is provided. Materials such as boulders or stumps that may slide or roll into the excavation shall be removed or made safe. 5.5
PROTECTION FROM WATER ACCUMULATION
Employees shall not work in excavations in which there is accumulated water, or in excavations in which water is accumulating, unless adequate precautions (e.g., special support or shield systems to protect from cave-ins, water removal to control the level of water accumulation, or use of a safety harness and lifeline) have been taken to protect employees against the hazards posed by water accumulation. All de-watering activities shall be monitored by a Competent Person. All electrical and power generating equipment must be grounded. If the excavation work interrupts the natural drainage of surface water (streams, run-off channels), then diversion ditches, dikes, or other suitable means shall be used to prevent surface water from entering the excavation and to provide adequate drainage of the area adjacent to the excavation.
Excavations subject to runoff from heavy rains must be carefully inspected by a Competent Person after every rainstorm. The protection against slides and cave-ins shall be increased, if
I I I I I I I I I ! I I I I I I I
arneC
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-6
I PAGE 10 OF 12
determined necessary by the Registered Professional Engineer, before employees are permitted to reenter the excavations. 5.6 SAFE ACCESS AND EGRESS 5.6.1
Prevention of Unauthorized Entry
Protection shall be provided to prevent personnel, vehicles, and equipment from falling into excavations. Protection shall be provided according to the following hierarchy(see definitions of Class I, Class II, and Class Ill perimeter protection in Section 3. 0). A. Class I perimeter protection is required if the excavation could be easily accessible by vehicles, equipment, or members of the public. B. Class II perimeter protection is the minimum protection required if the excavation is (1) routinely exposed to employees an~d (2) is either deeper than 4 feet or contains hazards (e.g., impalement hazards, hazardous substances). C. Class III perimeter protection is the minimum protection required if the excavation does not require either Class I or Class II perimeter protection. Excavations, temporary trenches, borings, pits, etc., shall be backfilled as soon as possible. Temporary guardrails or barricades and flashing yellow lights, or other suitable warning lights shall be placed at all excavations that are near paths, walkways, sidewalks, driveways, or thoroughfares or where there is a possibility that vehicles or people could fall into such excavations. Unattended open excavations shall be covered by steel traffic plates when feasible. Otherwise, barricades, lights, and caution tape shall be used to define and prevent access to the excavation. 5.6.2
Safe Entry/Exit Requirements
Workers shall not enter trenches and excavations if there is another way to perform the work (e.g. sampling or testing from backhoe buckets, hand augers, shovels, or equivalent). Attachment 1 presents procedures that must be followed for trenches of specified depths. In general, trenches less than 4 feet that are not prone to failure or collapse do not require any specific safety measures other than taking general precautions of flagging, sign posting, and avoiding and correcting unstable areas. Trenches that are between 4 feet and 5 feet in depth require provisions for access and egress and atmospheric monitoring before entry. If examination of the ground by a Competent Person provides no indication of a potential cave-in, then a protective system does not need to be installed for trenches between 4 and 5 feet. Trenches greater than 5 feet in depth require the same provisions as required for trenches greater than 4 feet and also require support systems before entry. Whenever there are questions about the safety of entering a trench or excavation, contact the SHSC, the regional SHE Manager, or the Corporate SHE Director immediately.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. 8-6
PAGE 11 Or 12
5.6.3 Ladders and Ramps A stairway, ladder, ramp, or other safe means of exit shall be located in trench excavations that are 4 feet (1.22 m) or more in depth so that employees need travel no more than 25 feet (7.62 m) laterally. Ladders used as accessways shall extend from the bottom of the excavation to not less than 3 feet above the surface. Where the width of the excavation exceeds 100 feet, two or more means of exit shall be provided on each side of the excavation. When access to excavations of 20 feet (or greater) in depth is required, ramps, stairs, or mechanical personnel hoists shall be provided. Structural ramps used solely by employees as access or egress from excavations shall be: a minimum of 4 feet wide and be provided with standard guardrails designed by a Competent Person qualified in structural design constructed in accordance with the design Ramps used for equipment access shall: be a minimum of 12 feet wide have curbs not less than 8 inches wide and 8 inches tall be designed by a Registered Professional Engineer 5.7
DETECTION OF HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERES
Excavations more than 4 feet deep must be tested prior to entry for oxygen deficiency or hazardous atmospheres. Excavations with underground fuel lines visible also must be monitored, Atmospheric testing shall be documented on Air Surveillance Records in accordance with the appropriate instrument operation and calibration SOP or the manufacturers instructions. Engineering controls such as blowers may be used to reduce hazardous atmospheric conditions. Air-purifying and air-supplying respirators and emergency and rescue equipment must be on hand. Excavations shall be monitored when necessary by the SHSC to ensure that the atmosphere remains safe and hazard control measures are effective. See SOP 8-1, Confined Space Entry, for more guidelines to emergency response and excavation monitoring. 5.8
INSPECTIONS
A Competent Person shall inspect excavation sites daily. The inspection shall be made before the start of work and as needed throughout the shift. Inspections shall be made after each rainstorm or other hazardpromoting event such as vibration (e.g., earthquake, pile driving) or unanticipated traffic. A sample Excavation Checklist is provided as Attachment 2. If a hazardous condition develops, exposed employees shall be removed from the hazardous area until the situation is corrected.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-6
PAGE 12 OF 12
Materials and equipment used for protective systems must be declared free of damage and defects. The owner/operator of heavy and mechanized equipment shall inspect his/her equipment each day before using it. Equipment deficiencies shall be corrected before placing equipment into service. A Daily Backhoe Checklist is provided as Attachment 3. Checklists for other types of heavy equipment used onsite shall be designed by a Registered Professional Engineer. 5.9 TRAINING Individuals serving as Competent Persons shall be trained to perform the responsibilities defined in Section 4.2 and according to the requirements of 29 CFR 1926, Subpart P, Excavations The FM shall direct a prework (tailgate) safety meeting with employees working on excavation activities at the beginning of the shift. This meeting shall detail the hazards of the work to be performed, safety precautions and procedures that must be followed, and specific examples of noncompliance observed in previous shifts, if any. 6.0 REFERENCES Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1910.146. Permit-Required Confined Space. Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1926, Subpart P - Excavations. Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1926.652, Requirements for Protective Systems U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. 1996. Safety and Health Requirements Manual, EM385-1-1. October. 7.0 ATTACHMENTS 1. Trench/Excavation Entry Requirements 2. Excavation Checklist 3. Daily Backhoe Checklist
I I I I I I ! I I I I I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPROVAL
S.O.P. No. S-7
PAtE 1 O~ B
ItFFECTIVE DATE
REVISION NO.
0
10/15/01
Denise L. Daggett, MS, CIH TITLE
FALL PROTECTION AND PREVENTION
1.0 PURPOSE In accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M,Fall Protection, and 29 CFR 1926.104, Safety Belts, Lifelines, and Lanyards, 1926.105, Safety Nets, and 1926.106, Working Over or Near Water, the pLrpose of this procedure is to provide guidelines to ensure the safety of personnel working in areas where the potential exists for falls from elevated surfaces above 6 feet. 2.0
SCOPE
This procedure applies to all AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (AEE) personnel, personnel subcontracted to AEE, and visitors (including clients) of AEE who may work on or visit AEE job sites. 3.0 DEFINITIONS Anchorage - Secure point of attachment for lifelines, lanyards, or deceleration device. ANSI - American National Standards Institute. Body Belt - A belt with means both for securing it about the waist and for attaching it to a lanyard, lifeline, or deceleration device. The body belt shall be used only to prevent falls and not as part of a fall arrest system. Body Harness - Straps that may be secured about the employee in a manner that will distribute the fall arrest forces over at ~east the thighs, pelvis, waist, chest, and shoulders, and that can be attached to a lanyard, lifeline, or deceleration device. Connector - A device used to couple (connect) parts of the fall arrest system and positioning device systems together. It may be the independent component of a system (such as a carabiner) or it may be an integral component of the system (such as a buckle or D-ring sewn into a body harness, or a snap-hook spliced or sewn to a lanyard or self-retracting lanyard). Deceleration Device (shock-absorbing unit) - Any mechanism that dissipates a substantial amount of energy during a fa)l arrest, or otherwise ~imits the energy imposed on an employee during fall arrest. Examples include a rope grab, rip-stitch lanyard, woven lanyard, tearing or deforming lanyards, automatic self-retracting lanyards/lifelines, etc. Fall Arrest System - A system used to arrest an employee in a fall from a working level. It consists of an anchorage, connectors, and body harness, and may include a lanyard, deceleration device, lifeline, or suitable combination of these.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
PAGE
2
OF B
Floor Hole -An opening measuring {ess than 12 inches but more than 1 inch in its least dimension in any floor, roof, or platform through which materials, but not persons, may fall. Floor Opening - An opening measuring 12 inches or more in its least dimension in any floor, roof, or platform through which persons may fall. Free Fall - The act of falling before a fall arrest system begins to apply force to arrest the fall. Guardrail System - A barrier erected to prevent employees from falling to lower levels. Lanyard - A flexible line of rope, wire rope, or strap that generally has a connector at each end for connecting the harness to a deceleration device, lifeline, or anchorage. Lower Levels - Those areas or surfaces to which an employee can fall. This includes, but is not limited to, ground levels, floors, platforms, ramps, runways, excavations, pits, tanks, material, water, equipment, structures, or portions thereof. Stanchion - An upright bar, beam, or post used as a support. Unprotected Sides and Edges - Any side or edge of a walking/working surface that is at least39 inches (3.25 feet) above ground surface and where there is no wall or guardrail system. Wall Opening - An opening at least 30 inches high and 18 inches wide, in any wall or partition, through which persons may fall. Warning Line System - A barrier erected on a roof to warn employees that they are approaching an unprotected roof side or edge, and that designates an area in which roofing work may take place without the use of guardrail, body belt, or safety net systems to protect employees in the area. 4.0
RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1
CORPORATE SAFETY, HEALTH, AND ENVIRONMENT DIRECTOR
The Corporate Safety, Health, and Environment Director (Corporate SHE Director) is responsible for ensuring that the Hot Work Permit Program complies with federal and state OSHA requirements. 4.2
REGIONAL SAFETY~ HEALTH~ AND ENVIRONMENT MANAGER
The regional Safety, Health, and Environment Manager (regional SHE Manager) assists the Project Manager /PM) and/or Field Manager (FM) in determining the applicability of the Hot Work Permit procedures to tasks performed by employees and subcontractors. 4.3
PROJECT MANAGER
The PM is responsible for incorporating the requirements of this procedure into project plans, budgets, and activities. He/She is also responsible for providing the personnel, funds, and management support needed to implement the Fall Protection and Prevention procedure. The PM conducts assessments of fall protection.
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. NO. S-7
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
4.4
PAGE 3 OF 8
FIELD MANAGER
The FM is responsible for ensuring: ¯
compliance with this standard operating procedures (SOP) personnel are trained in accordance with Section 6.0 adequate fall arrest equipment is on-site and in good working order
4,5
SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR
The Site Health and Safety Coordinator (SHSC) is responsible for inspecting the work site to ensure compliance with this procedure and providing technical assistance during project planning to ensure the best method for fall protection is used. The SHSC is also responsible for ensuring that adequate training regarding fall protection is administered to employees. 5.0
PROCEDURE
Employees on walking/working surfaces with an unprotected side or edge that is 6feet or more above a lower level shall be protected from falling by the use of guardrail systems, safety net systems, or personal fall arrest systems. Employees working on the edge of excavations deeper than 6 feet with sides sloped less than 1.5:1 shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, fences, or barricades. Surfaces such as drilling derricks, if 6 feet or more above ground surface, are not exempt from this requirement. The use of guardrail systems or other engineering controls shall be the preferred method and should be attempted first. If guardrails or other engineering controls are not feasible, a fall arrest system shall be utilized. 5.1
GUARDRAIL SYSTEMS
A guardrail system is a barrier erected to prevent employees from falling to lower levels. Guardrail systems, or other engineering controls, are the preferred form of fall protection. For work taking place at 4 feet, a guardrail with a midrail is required to comply with 29 CFR 1910.23, Guarding Floor and Wall Openings and Holes. Work that is performed at 6 feet (or above) requires a guardrail to comply with 29 CFR 1926.501, Duty to Have Fall Protection. Work at 25 feet over water requires fall protection to comply with 29 CFR 1926.105, Safety Nets A guardrail shall consist of the following: a top rail, 42 inches (3.5 feet) plus or minus 3 inches above the surface a midrail, halfway between the top rail and the surface, or a screen extending from the top rail to the surface
I I I I ! I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-7
I PAGE
4 OF 8
Guardrail systems shall be capable of withstanding, without failure, a force of at least 200pounds applied within 2 inches of the top edge. When applied in a downward direction, the top edge shall not deflect to a height less than 39 inches. For wood railings, the top rails and posts shall be at least 2-inch by 4-inch lumber, with posts spaced not more than 8 feet on center. The midrail shall be at least 1-inch by 6-inch lumber. For pipe railings, the posts, top rails, and midrails shall be at least 1.5 inches in diameter (schedule 40 pipe) with posts spaced not more that 8feet apart on centers. Toeboards or screens shall be installed when there is a potential for material to fall onto personnel on a lower level. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 3.5 inches high and installed with a maximum clearance of 1/4 inch above the surface. 5.2
FALL ARREST SYSTEMS
Fall arrest systems are required when the use of guardrails or other engineering controls is not feasible. Fall arrest systems consist of an anchorage, connectors, and body harness, and may include a lanyard, deceleration device, lifeline, or a suitable combination of these. Examples of fall protection/arrestsystem components are shown in Attachment 1. Fall arrest system examples are shown in Attachment 2. Procedures for fall protection are as follows: All fall arrest equipment shall be appropriate for the task; shall meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.502(d),. 104,. 105,. 106; and shall be ANSi-approved. All fall arrest equipment shall be inspected before each use. Equipment that shows evidence of damage must be immediately tagged "Do Not Use." Some fall protection equipment inspection points are provided in Attachment 3. All fall arrest equipment used in a fall must be immediately turned over to the SHSC and not reused. Body belts may not be used in fall arrest systems. Snap-hooks shall be a locking type designed to prevent accidental disengagement. Double lanyard systems shall be required if disengagement of a lanyard is required for employee movement. At least one lanyard shall remain connected at al~ times during movement. 5.3
WARNING LINE SYSTEMS
Warning line systems shall be utilized to inform personnel they are nearing an unprotected edge. They shall be erected not less than 6 feet from the unprotected edge and consist of ropes, wires, or chains, and supporting stanchions erected as follows: The warning line system shall be flagged at not more than 6-foot intervals with high-visibility material or a high-visibility tape or ribbon at least 2 1/2inches wide.
I i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-7
I PAGE 5 OF 8
The warning line system shall be suspended in such a way that its lowest point is no less than 34 inches and its highest point no more than 39 inches. The stanchions, with line attached, shall be capable of resisting, without tipping over, a force of at least 16 pounds applied horizontally 30 inches above the surface. The warning line system shall have a minimum tensile strength of 500 pounds. The warning line system shall be secured to the stanchions in such a way that pulling on one section will not result in slack being pulled from other sections before the stanchion tips over. 5.4
FLOOR, ROOF, AND WALL OPENINGS
All floor openings shall be guarded by a standard guardrail or cover. Covering shall be secured in place to prevent accidental removal or displacement and shall be labele~f "Caution: Opening - Do Not Remove." Ladderway floor openings or platforms shall be guarded by standard railings with standard toeboards on all exposed sides, except at the entrance to an opening, with the passage through the railing either a swinging gate or offset so that a person cannot walk directly into the opening. Whenever there is a danger of falling through a skylight opening, the skylight shall be guarded by a fixed standard guardrail or cover capable of sustaining the weight of a 200-pound person. Wall openings from which there is a drop of more than 4 feet to thesurface below, and whose bottom opening is less than 3 feet above the upper working surface that leads to the wall opening, shall be guarded with a standard guardrail. 6.0
TRAINING
All employees shall be trained in the following areas: the nature of fall hazards in the work area correct procedures for erecting, maintaining, disassembling, and inspecting the fall protection systems to be used use and operation of guardrail systems, fall arrest systems, warning line systems, and other protection to be used correct procedures for handling and storing equipment and materials and erecting protection from overhead hazards (e.g., falling objects from above)
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arneC~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-7
PAGE 6
OF
B
Employees shall be retrained when: changes in the workplace render previous training obsolete changes in the types of fall protection systems or equipment to be used render previous training obsolete their behavior on-site indicates that they have not retained the initial training or did not comprehend the importance of it 7.0
RECORDS
7.1
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
Fall protection equipment shall be inspected for damage and deterioration prior to each use. Attachment 3 indicates inspection items of fall protection systems. Defective components shall be removed from service and submitted to the SHSC for repair or replacement. The SHSC shall inspect safety nets weekly for wear, damage, and other deterioration. Defective components shall be removed from service. Defective nets shall not be used. inspection and maintenance will be documented on the Fall Protection System Inspection and Maintenance Record (Attachment 4). 7.2 TRAINING A record of attendance at training sessions shall be maintained in the employee records. The record shall contain the name, social security number, employer’s name, date of training, and the signature of the person who conducted the training. 8.0 REFERENCES Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1910.23, Guarding Floor and Wall Openings and Holes. Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M, Fall Protection Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1926.104, Safety Belts, Lifelines, and Lanyards. Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1926.105, Safety Nets. Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1926.106, Working OverorNear Water. Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1926. 501, Duty to Have Fall Protection. Lab Safety Supply. 2001. Personal and Environmental Safety - 2001 General Catalog. National Safety Council. 1992. Accident Prevention Manual for Business & Industry." Engineering & Technology. 10th ed.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
9.0
ATTACHMENTS
2. 3. 4.
Fall Arrest System Components Fair Arrest System Examples Fall Protection Equipment Maintenance and Inspection Guide Fall Protection System Inspection and Maintenance Record
S-7
PAGE 7 Or 8
! I I I ! I ! I I I I I I I ! I ! I I
amec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O,P. No.
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
S-7
PAGE 8 OF 8
I I I ! I I I I I I I ! I I I ! I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPROVAL
Denise L. Daggett, MS, CIH TITLE
S.O.P. No. S-8
PAGE 1 OF 6
EFFECTIVE DATE
REVISION NO.
0
10/15/01 HOT WORK PERMITS
1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to inform all personnel of the requirements and methods of an effective Hot Work Permit Program that complies with applicable sections of 29 CFR 1910 and 1926 (or state equivalents) and guidelines from the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). This procedure also describes an effective dedicated fire watch in accordance with applicable Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations and NFPA standards. AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (AEE) policy is to establish c~ear requirements and procedures for granting interna~ Hot Work Permits and to administer an effective fire prevention and control program at each facility in order to prevent injury, loss of life, work interruptions, and proper~y damage from unsafe welding, cutting, and other hot work activities. Other relevant sources of information include standard operating procedure (SOP) ER3, Fire Prevention for Field Work; the Hot Work and Fire and Explosion sections of Volume II, Comprehensive Field Project Health and Safety Program, of this manual; and the Fire Prevention Plan in Volume V, Emergency Preparedness Program, of this manual. 2.0
SCOPE
This procedure applies to all AEE personnel, personnel subcontracted to AEE, and visitors (including clients) who are engaged in hot work or fire watch activities. 3.0
DEFINITIONS
Approved Welding/Hot Work Area Shop - A shop or work area defined and segregated from non-weld areas by easity identified boundaries and approved by designated and authorized AEE management (Field Manager [FM] or Site Health and Safety Coordinator [SHSC]). Arc - A controlled electrical discharge between the electrode and the workpiece that is formed and sustained by a gas that has been heated to such a temperaturethat it can conduct electric current. Arc Cutting - A thermal cutting process that severs or removes metal by melting with the heat of an arc between an electrode and the workpiece. Arc Welding -A welding process that joins workpJeces by heating them with an arc. Authority Having Jurisdiction - The designated person at each project site to contact about fire protection. Authorized Personnel - The person, employed by AEE or a subcontractor, who is authorized, trained, and qualified to perform the hot work.
I I I I I I ! ! I I I I I I ! ! I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No,
Brazing - A welding process that joins materials by heating them to a temperature that will not melt them but will melt a filler material that adheres to them and forms a joint. Combustible and Flammable Material- Any solid, liquid, or gas that can ignite when brought into contact with flames, sparks, hot slag, or other sources of ignition. A combustible material has a flash point greater than 100°F and a flammable material has a flash point less than 100"F. Dedicated Fire Watch - A person trained in fire prevention and suppression who is designated to perform duties of a fire watch during the hot work and for 30 minutes following the hot work, including site preparation, observing the hot work, and properly reacting to any emergency situation that may occur at the site during or after welding, burning, or other hot work operations. Effective Date - The date for which the hot work permit is valid. Gas Metal Arc Welding - An arc welding process that uses an arc between a continuous filler metal electrode and the weld pool; the process is used without shielding from an externally supplied gas. Heating Torch - A device for directing the heating flame produced by the controlled combustion of fuel gases. Hot Work - All spark-producing and open-flame operations including methods of welding, arc and torch cutting, abrasive cutting, open flame brazing, burning, soldering, and other portable torch open flames, including hot slag. Hot Work Permit - The front side of the two-sided "Hot Work Permit" (Attachment 1) shall be filled out completely, signed, and issued by the appropriate individuals in accordance with this procedure. As soon as the job site and/or permanent weld shop has been properly prepared for hot work, the back side of the permit is completed, signed, and implemented by either the FM or subcontractor. The permit shall then be attached to the hot work equipment being used in the operation. Oxyfuel Gas Cutting - An oxygen cutting process that uses heat from an oxyfuel gas flame. Oxyfuel Gas Welding -Welding process that joins workpieces by heating them with an oxyfuel gas flame. Soldering - A welding process that joins materials by heating them to a temperature that will not melt them but will melt a filler material that adheres to them and forms a joint. 4.0
RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1
AEE SUPERVISORS
AEE management is responsible for identifying and training appropriate dedicated fire watch personnel, supporting the dedicated fire watch procedure for AEE personnel, and ensuring that subcontractors are aware of this policy.
I I I I I I I I I I I i I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
CORPORATE SAFETY, HEALTH, AND ENVIRONMENT DIRECTOR
The Corporate Safety, Hea]th, and Environment Director (Corporate SHE Director) is responsible for ensuring that the Hot Work Permit Program complies with federal and state OSHA regulations and NEPA guidelines. 4.3
REGIONAL SAFETY~ HEALTH~ AND ENVIRONMENT MANAGER
The regional Safety, Health, and Environment Manager (regional SHE Manager) assists the Project Manager (PM) and/or Field Manager (FM) in determining the applicability of the Hot Work Permit procedures to tasks performed by employees and subcontractors. 4,4
PROJECT MANAGER
The PM is responsible for incorporating the requirements of this procedure into project plans, budgets, and activities. He/She is also responsible for providing the personnel, funds, and management support needed to implement the Hot Work Permit Programs. The PM conducts assessments of hot work. 4.5
FIELD MANAGER
The FM is responsible for completing, signing, and issuing Hot Work Permits. He/She inspects a hot work area thoroughly and ensures that all work is performed in conformance with the Hot Work Permit (Attachment 1). The FM is responsible for determining if any other jurisdictions (fire marshal, etc.) have Hot Work Permit policies that apply. The FM, along with the SHSC at~d PM, is responsible for implementing this procedure and assessing the fire watch and fire reporting policies. 4,6
SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR
The SHSC is responsible for implementing and enforcing this procedure during project operations and activities. The SHSC also conducts air monitoring when necessary to secure the Hot Work Permit. He/She coordinates all safety-related activities that involve hot work and Hot Work Permits and keeps a file of all permits issued for the site. 4.7
SUBCONTRACTOR
Subcontractor personnel are responsible for ensuring that work performed by the craft workers under their supervision conforms with the requirements of the Hot Work Permit. The subcontractor ensures that craft work is carefully planned and coordinated with the AEE FM. Each step must be well defined, justifiable, and safe. Finally, subcontractors are responsible for: initiating the Hot Work Permit for all welding, cutting, or other defined hot work tobe performed by their employees signing the completed permit and reviewing it with the FM before beginning the work inspecting the hot work area before starting work under the permit
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
! I I ! I I ! I I I I I I I I
S.O.P. No.
PAGE 4 OF B
ensuring that no welding, cutting, or other defined hot workis performed at any time without a current and propedy completed Hot Work Permit ensuring that only authorized subcontractor personnel perform hot work; authorized personne~ are persons who are qualified, have received hot work training, and were specifically assigned to perform the hot work maintaining a file of Hot Work Permits for 30 days after they expire forwarding the permit (or a copy) to the authority having jurisdiction (see Section 3.0) Atl craft workers are responsible for reading and complying with all Hot Work Permit restrictions. They must report to the SHSC or FM before starting hot work, when leaving the job site, and before resuming hot work. Craft workers are also responsible for waiting to begin welding, cutting, or other defined hot work, until a current, completed, Hot Work Permit is attached to the welding rig, cutting torch, or other tool to be used in the operation. Craft workers are responsible for: reporting to their immediate supervisor all unapproved or unusual conditions and situations retated to the operation for shutting down machines, power tools, welding rigs, etc., when they leave the job site, and keeping the work area clean. The immediate supervisor shall report any unapproved or unusual conditions or situations to the FM or SHSC for discussion and resolution. 4.8
DEDICATED FIRE WATCH PERSONNEL
Dedicated fire watch personnel are responsible for preparing the area for hot work operations, observing the activity as the hot work progresses, and inspecting the area for sources of ignition for 30 minutes after hot work is complete. Dedicated fire watch personnel are also responsible for reporting to their immediate supervisor any conditions or actions that violate the Hot Work Permit Program and for preventing the initiation of hot work at any time without a current, completed Hot Work Permit attached to the welding rig, cutting torch, etc. The name of the dedicated fire watch/safety observer shall be entered on the appropriate line of the Hot Work Permit.
I I I I I I I I ! I I I I I I I I !
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
PAGE 5 OF 8
5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1
HOT WORK PERMITS
The Hot Work Permit is an AEE requirement. Regardless of whether a Hot Work Permit is required or not by an outside agency or client, site workers must always comply with the Hot Work Permit as an AEE policy. Hot Work Permits (Attachment 1) may be issued for a maximum of 24 hours. The permit must be initiated by the subcontractor and completed by the FM Any extension of time beyond 24 hours must be approved by the SHSC. The permit itself is two-sided; thefront is the permit and the back gives instructions for filling it out. The permit should be protected from sun, wind, and rain, as appropriate, by inserting it in a plastic enclosure. 5,2
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
Welding presents a problem in the control of infrared (IR), ultraviolet (UV), and intense visible radiation. Some types of hot work, such as heavy gas welding and cutting, and arc-cutting and welding, also present a problem in the control of UV radiation. Hot work activities may generate noise ~evels greater ’than 85 dBA. To protect against excessive noise exposure, hearing protective devices will be used when needed. Eye protection will protect the eyes from slag and sparks, as well as radiation. Helmets, face shields, and safety glasses can protect the eyes from UV and visible radiation and sparks. Filter lenses or windows should be selected based upon the type of hot work being performed. The shield should be made of nonflammable material, opaque to radiation, and a poor heat conductor. The chemical composition of a lens, not its color, provides the filtering effect. Respiratory protection capable of being worn under the welding helmet, of the air-purifying or air-supplied type (depending on the hazard) must be worn when the action levels established in the site-specific Health and Safety Plan (HSP) are exceeded. Any time hot work is performed in an enclosed space, air-supplied respiratory support shall be worn. Leather guards and coveralls provide body protection against UV radiation and IR radiation (thermal heat). 5.3
DEDICATED FIRE WATCH
A dedicated fire watch is required when hot work is performed in locations where other than a minor fire might develop, or: appreciable combustible material, in building construction or contents, is closer than 35 feet to the point of operation appreciable combustibles are more than 35 feet away but are easily ignited by sparks wall and floor openings are within a 35-foot radius and expose combustible materials in adjacent areas including concealed spaces in walls and floors combustible materials are adjacent to the opposite side of metal partitions, walls, ceilings, or roofs and are likely to be ignited by conduction or radiation
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
amec
The following procedure is to be closely followed by the dedicated fire watch when hot work is being performed. Ensure that a valid Hot Work Permit has been properly completed, issued, and posted before the hot work starts. Before the hot work starts, inspect the work area for any condition that could contribute to a fire during the work. Prepare the work site for the job by removing all combustible materials to a safe location away from the work site as follows: combustible solids, 35 feet away; combustible liquids, 50 feet away. Sweep and wet down the floor, if necessary. Use approved, fire retardant drop cloths to cover floors, permanently installed equipment, and combustibles that cannot be removed from the immediate work site. Ensure that workers keep the work area clean and properly store materials. Ensure that no one is eating, drinking, or smoking in the vicinity of the hot work. Ensure that a sufficient number of the appropriate type of fire extinguishers are available and accessible for immediate use should a fire occur during welding, cutting, or other hot work operations. The SHSC will verify that the subcontractor has the number, size, and types of extinguishers needed for each job. NOTE:
Additional extinguishers beyond those used for fixed building protection must be provided for fire watch purposes. 8.
Check that all compressed gas cylinders at the job site are handled, used, stored, and disposed of properly, as recommended b~J the Materia~ Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). Assist the person welding, burning, or doing other hot work by ensuring that valves, regulators, hoses, and backflow preventers are in good repair and ready for safe operation.
10.
If there is a sprinkler system in the area, ensure that it works and that the sprinkler heads are unobstructed by materials or equipment.
11.
Survey the work area for existence of a smoke or heat detection system. If the system must be disabled during the hot work, then the dedicated fire watch shall be capable of manually actuating the system in the event of a fire emergency.
12.
Cover all openings in the walls, ducts, pipes, floors, ceiling, etc., within 35 feet of the welding, cutting, or other hot work activities with approved fire retardant cloths to prevent sparks or hot slag from dropping or entering adjoining areas.
! I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
5,4
PAGE 7 OF 8
13,
Perform the dedicated fire watch duties (Section 4.7) during and for 30 minutes after the hot work.
14.
Report promptly to the appropriate supervisor any serious violation of fire prevention requirements and any unusual conditions or actions.
15.
Know the location of the nearest fire reporting equipment (alarm pull box, telephone [911], etc.) and be familiar with the procedure for directing the response team to the proper location in case of a fire (see Section 5.4).
16.
If hot work is being performed in a confined space, the procedures in SOP S-1, Confined Space Entry, must also be followed, and both permits (Hot Work and Confined Space Entry) must be initiated, approved, and posted.
FIRE REPORTING MEASURES
The dedicated fire watch shall be on alert for fires in all exposed areas and shall sound the alarm immediately when a fire is discovered. Dedicated fire watch personnel should attempt to extinguish a fire only if it is clearly within their capabilities and training and the capabilty of the available fire protection equipment. Specific instructions for responding to fires is provided in the site-specific HSP, as well as in the Emergency Preparedness Program; Emergency Action Plan, and Fire Prevention Plan of Volume V, of this manual; SOP ER-2, Emergency Action Plan for Field Operations; and SOP ER-3, Fire Prevention for Field Work. 5.4.1
Steps for Sounding Alarm 1. Respond immediately by sounding a site alarm, or pulling the lever on the nearest fire alarm box or by calling 911 or the fire department of the facility in which the fire is burning. Give your name and location. Describe the fire. Remain on the telephone until released by the person receiving the call. 2. Evacuate personnel, if necessary. 3. Notify the local supervisor of the area where the fire is. 4. Have the FM meet the emergency personnel and lead them to the fire. 5. After reporting a fire, try to extinguish or control the fire only if it can be done safely and only until fire department personnel arrive at the scene. 6. Complete and submit to the regional SHE Manager and Corporate SHE Director within 24 hours the appropriate forms, as required by SOPA-3, Injury or Illness Reporting.
i I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-6
] PAGE
6 OF 8
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE WATCH
I I I I I I I I I I
The dedicated fire watch will be trained in fire extinguisher use. The dedicated fire watch will also be trained in emergency response as it relates to the hazards of the hot work being performed.
I I
US. Army Corps of Engineers. 1996. Safety and Health Requirements ManuaI, EM 385-1-1.
I I I I
6.0
RECORDS
Where applicable, the following documents shall be retained as records: Hot Work Permits Air monitoring records Incident Reports Supervisor’s Reports of Injury or Illness and First.aid Incident Reports All field notes, records, and logs that apply to hot work Training records A copy of the Hot Work Permit shall be posted at the hot work site for the duration of the work or the effective date, whichever is shorter. A second copy of all Hot Work Permits issued shall be kept in the SHSC fi~es. 7.0
REFERENCES
Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1910, Subpart Q, Welding, Cutting, and Brazing. Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1926, Subpart J, Welding and Cutting. Safety and Health Regulations for Construction. NFPA Standard 51B, Fire Prevention in the Use of Cutting, Welding Processes. National Safety Council Data Sheet 491, Fire Prevention and Control at Construction Sites. National Safety Council. 1992. Accident Prevention Manual for Business and industry: Engineering and Technology. 10th ed.
8.0
ATTACHMENTS
1. Hot Work Permit
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I
arnec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
APPROVAL
EFFECTIVE DATE
Denise L. Daggett, MS, CIH TITLE
REVISION NO.
0
11/30/01 SIGNS, SIGNALS, AND BARRICADES
1.0
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVE
The objective of this procedure is to establish the safety requirements for the design, application, and use of signs, tags, flagging, barricades, and barriers. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies to all AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (AEE) employees and subcontractors who design, procure, apply, or use signs, tags, flagging, barricades, or barrier devices in construction areas, or on sidewalks, pathways, streets, and roadways through and adjacent to project areas managed by AEE. This procedure also applies to all AEE personnel, personnel subcontracted to AEE, and visitors (including clients) of AEE who may work on or visit AEE jobsites. 3.0
DEFINITIONS
Barricades - Fixed or portable devices, having one to three diagonally marked horizontal rails supported by a stable base, used to control vehicular and pedestrian traffic by closing, restricting, or delineating all or a portion of an established travel route. Barriers - Fixed or portable devices (e.g., traffic cones) designed to prevent vehicles from physically entering an area. Flagging - High visibility tape, chain, rope, and/or bunting used to warn personnel of a hazardous location or operation. Guardrails - Protective structure (having top and intermediate rails) and support posts, used to prevent pedestrians from physically entering an area. Signals - Moving signs provided by workers (e.g., flagmen) or by devices (e.g., flashing lights) to warn of possible existing hazards. Signs - A piece of metal, plastic, wood, or paper marked with words and/or symbols and/or is color-coded, which is located to convey a message to personnel observing the sign. Tags - A strong strip of paper, plastic, fabric, metal, or ~eather designed for attachment to an object and marked as a visual warning of an existing or immediate hazardous condition or operation.
I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
I
4.0
RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1
FIELD MANAGER
I I I I
S.O.P. No.
I
I I I I I
S-11
PAGE 2 OF 8
The AEE Field Manager (FM), or subcontractor supervisor is responsible for: implementing the requirements of this procedure ensuring that each employee under his/her supervision understands his/her responsibilities and complies with the requirements of this procedure ensuring that hazards and hazardous operations that cannot be eliminated from the work place are identified, marked, and guarded by an appropriate barrier, barricade, flagging, guardrails, signs, and/or tags ensuring that barriers, barricades, flagging, guardrails, signs, and tags conform to the requirements of this procedure
!
I I I I
amec~
4.2
SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR
The Site Health and Safety Coordinator (SHSC), or designee is responsible for conducting periodic surveittance to ensure compliance with all requirements of this procedure. 4.3
REGIONAL SAFETY, HEALTH, AND ENVIRONMENT MANAGER
The regional Safety, Health, and Environment Manager (regional SHE Manager) can audit regarding the content of this standard operating procedure (SOP) to ensure compliance at a field site. The regional SHE Manager authorizes any deviation or modification of this SOP during field operations. 4.4 EMPLOYEES Each AEE and subcontractor employee is responsible for: complying with this procedure informing supervisors of all hazards and hazardous operations that cannot be eliminated from the workplace ensuring that personnel in the work place observe the instructions, directions, and intent of the barriers, barricades, flagging, guardrails, signs, and tags 5.0
PROCEDURES
5.1
ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS
The SHSC shall evaluate the scope of work to identify, insofar as possible, any safety sign and barricade concerns that may be involved in the work to be performed. The SHSC shall also review the sitespecific Health and Safety Plan (HSP) as it pertains to signs, signals, and barricade requirements.
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-11
I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I
I PAGE 3 OF 8
Upon evaluation of the work to be performed, the SHSC will identify the necessary means to minimize danger to employees. All required safety signs and barricades shall be erected prior to the initiation of project activities or as necessitated as the work progresses. The SHSC and site staff will inspect the work areas to determine the effectiveness of the barricades, barriers, and signages. Any deficiencies will be addressed with prompt corrective action. Follow-up surveys shall be conducted by the FM to evaluate job safety and the effectiveness of the safety sign or barricade. Any deficiencies and corrective actions will be addressed in the daily tailgate safety meeting. The SHSC and/or FM shall perform periodic surveillance of the jobs to ensure compliance with the requirements set forth by this procedure and the HSP. 5.2 BARRICADES Barricades shall be constructed by a person knowledgeable in the requirements of barricades and capable of constructing barricades to standard specifications. Barricades shall be used on or around work areas when it is necessary to prevent the inadvertent intrusion of vehicular and/or pedestrian traffic. Spills and other emergency situations may necessitate the use of barricades. Barricades shall be placed at least 2 feet away from the edge of a spill or other emergency situation. Guardrail systems, fences, or barricades shall be placed at least 2 feet from excavations that are 6 feet or more in depth when the excavation cannot readily be seen because of plant growth or other visual barriers. Barricade rails shall be: constructed of either 8-, 10-, or 12-inch (nominal)lumber, plastic, or metal at least 24 inches long mounted horizontally at least 36 inches above the ground marked with alternate orange and white 45-degree diagonal stripes Barricade rails shall be supported by a stable base. The rail will resist a 16-pound lateral force applied to the suppor~ 30 inches above the floor, platform, runway, ramp, or ground. 5.3 BARRIERS Barriers shall be constructed by a person knowledgeable in the requirements of barriers and capable of constructing barriers to standard specifications. Barriers shall be used to guard excavations across or adjacent to streets or roadways. Barriers shall be placed at least 2 feet away from the edge of excavations adjacent to roadways, as applicable.
! ! I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O,P. No.
S-11
PAGE 4 OF 8
Barriers shall be: constructed of solid material, such as concrete highway bumpers, to protect personnel from the inadvertent intrusion of vehicular traffic a minimum of 36 inches in height painted, marked, and/or illuminated to enhance their visibility Barriers shall be used on or around work areas when it is necessary to protect ~ersonnel from the inadvertent intrusion of vehicular traffic. 5.4 FLAGGING Flagging shall be designed by a person knowledgeable in the requirements of flagging and capable of designing flagging to meet standard specifications. Flagging shall not be used as a substitute for barricades or barriers. However, when there is no imminent danger to personnel, the short-term (less than 24 hours) use of flagging to identify new, unplanned hazards is permissible while appropriate barricades or barriers are being created. In some instances, flagging is suitable for excavations, providing the excavation is in a limited access area and the excavation is clearly visible. The flagging shall be positioned such that its lowest point (including sag) is no less than 34 inches and its highest point is no more than 39 inches as measured from the ground. Tape and chain used as flagging shall have a minimum width of ¾-inch; rope and bunting used as flagging shall have a minimum rope diameter of ¼-inch. Additional signs may be attached to the flagging when appropriate. Flagging shall be placed at least 6 feet laterally away from the hazard being identified. 5.5
GUARDRAILS
Guardrails shall be used at every open-sided floor or platform 6 feet or more above adjacent floor or ground level. Guardrails shall be constructed: of wood, tubular pipe, or other solid material suitable for use as a guardrail with a 2-inch by 4-inch wood or 11½-inch-diameter pipe top rail located approximately 42inches (+/- 3 inches) above the floor, platform, runway, ramp, or ground with a "{-inch by 6-inch wood or 1½-inch-diameter pipe intermediate rail located approximately halfway between the top rail and the floor, platform, runway, ramp, or ground
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
S-11
PAGE 5 OF 8
a 1-inch by 4-inch toeboard located not more than ¼ inch above the floor, platform, runway, ramp, or ground when required Guardrails shall be supported by 2-inch by 4-inch wood or 1t/z-inch-diameter pipe posts, or other solid material, spaced not to exceed 8 feet. The anchoring of posts and framing of members for railings of all types shall be of such construction that the completed structure is capable of withstanding a 200-pound force applied in a lateral or downward direction within 2 inches of the top edge. When applied in a downward direction, the top edge shall not deflect to a height less than 39 inches. The ends of the rails shall not overhang the terminal posts except where such overhang does not constitute a projection hazard. 5.6 SAFETY SIGNS 5.6.1 General Safety signs will be posted on-site to alert site personnel, visitors, or pass-through traffic (vehicular or pedestrian) of hazards. Examples of safety signs and color coding specifications ere provided in Attachment 1. All signs shall be furnished with rounded or blunt corners and shall be free from sharp edges, burrs, splinters, or other sharp projections. The ends or heads d bolts or other fastening devices shall be located in such a way that they do not constitute a hazard. Nylon cable ties (Zip-ties) are an appropriate fastener. All signs shall be conspicuously posted in a location readily visible to personnel preparing to enter an area requiring the sign. 5.6.2 Danger Signs Danger signs shall be used where an immediate hazard exists. There shall be no variation in the design of danger signs. Danger signs shall be designed as follows: Danger signs shall have red as the predominant color: red upper panel, black outline letters and borders, and a white lower panel for additional black-letter wording. NOTE:
Employees shall be instructed that danger signs indicate immediate danqe_[r and that s e~ precautions are necessary.
EXAMPLES:
DANGER - Asbestos Regulated Area DANGER - High Voltage DANGER - Do Not Operate
5.6.3 Caution Signs Caution signs shall be used to warn against potential hazards or to caution against unsafe operations. Caution signs shall be designed as follows: Caution signs shall have yellow as the predominant color: black upper panel and borders, yellow-letter "CAUTION" (on the black panel), and a yellow ~ower panel for additional blackletter wording.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
NOTE:
i PAGE 6 OF 8
Employees shall be instructed that caution signs indicate a possible hazard against which proper precautions should be taken. EXAMPLES:
5,6.4
S-11
CAUTION - Hard Hat Area CAUTION - Slippery When Wet CAUTION - Men Working Overhead
Instructional (or Notice) Signs
Instructional (or Notice) signs shall be used to convey general instructions and suggestions. Instructional (Notice) signs shall be designed as follows: Instruction signs shall have green or blue as the predominant color: green or blue upper panel, white letters, and a white lower panel for additional black-letter wording. 5.6.5
Traffic Signs (Vehicular and/or Pedestrian)
Directional signs shall be used to convey directional information. Directional signs shall be designed as follows: Directional signs shall have white as the predominant color: black upper panel, white directional symbol, and a white lower panel for additional black-letter wording. Exit signs shall be used to identify emergency fire exits. Exit signs shall be designed as follows: Exit signs shall be lettered in legible red letters, not less than 6 inches high, on a white field and the principal stroke of the letters shall be at least 3/4 inch in width. 5.6.6 Biological Hazard Signs Biological hazard signs shall be used to identify the actual or potential presence of a biohazard and/or identify equipment, containers, rooms, materials, and/or experimental animals that contain or are contaminated with a viable hazardous agent. Biological hazard signs shall be designed as follows: Biological hazard signs shall have fluorescent orange or orange/red as the predominant color, with a contrasting color or black letters and/or symbols. NOTE: 5.6.7
The term "biological hazard" and "biohazard" shall include only those infectious agents presenting an actual or potential risk to human well-being.
Radiation Hazard Signs
Radiation hazard signs shall be used to identify radiation hazards. There shall be no variation in the design of safety signs posted to warn of radiation hazards. Radiation hazard signs shall be designed as follows: Radiation hazard signs shall have magenta or purple on yellow background.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I
i I I I !
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O,P. No.
S-11
I PAGE 7 OF 8
5.6.8 Street Signs Street signs shall be posted to advise motorists of construction activity and/or hazards on or adjacent to the roadway. The design of street signs shal~ conform to the requirements of ANSI D6.1 - (latest revision), "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways." Street signs shall be the standard diamond shape, shall have a black message and border, and shall have an orange background. The message on street signs shall have a minimum letter size of 5 inches. Street signs shall be supported by a stable base not easily blown over by the wind or traffic. Additional requirements for traffic control/street signs are as follows: Construction area and construction area ahead signs shall be used to advise vehicle operators of construction activities adjacent to the roadway. Road work and road work ahead signs shall be used to advise vehicle operators of construction activities on the roadway. Detour and detour ahead signs shall be used to advise vehicle operators of a road detour. Road closed and road closed ahead signs shall be used to advise vehicle operators of a road closure. Flagman and flagman ahead signs shal~ be used to advise vehicle operators when a flagman is used to control/direct traffic through a construction area on or adjacent to the roadway. Flagman shall wear a red or orange warning vest. Vests worn at night shall be of a reflectorized material. 5.7 SAFETY TAGS 5.7.1
General Guidelines
Safety tags shall be used as a temporary means of warning employees of an existing hazard, such as defective tools, equipment, etc. Safety tags shall not be used in place of or as a substitute for safety signs. Safety tags shall contain a signal word and a major message. The signal word shall be either "Danger," "Caution," "Biological Hazard," "BIOHAZARD," or the biological hazard symbol. The major message shall indicate the specific hazardous condition or the instruction to be communicated to the employee. The sLgnal word shall be readable at a minimum distance of 5 feet (1.52 meters) or greater as warranted by the hazard. The tag’s major message shall be presented in eitherpictographs, written text, or both. The signal word and the major message shall be understandable to all employees who may be exposed to the identified hazard. Tags shall be affixed as close as safely possible to their respective hazards by a positive means such as string, wire, or adhesive that prevents their loss or unintentional removal. 5.7.2 Specific Guidelines Danger tags shall be used in major hazard situations where an immediate hazard presents a threat of death or serious injury to employees.
ame¢
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
I I I I i I I I I I I I I I
S-11
I PAGE 8 OF 8
Warning tags may be used to represent a hazard level between "Caution" and "Danger." Caution tags shall be used in minor hazard situations where a non-immediate or potential hazard or unsafe practice presents a lesser threat of employee injury. Biological hazard tags shall be used to identify the actual or potential presence of a biological hazard and to identify equipment, containers, rooms, experimental animals, or combinations thereof, that contain or are contaminated with hazardous biological agents. Other tags may be used in addition to those required by this procedure or in other situations where this procedure does not require tags, provided that they do not detract from the impact or visibility of the major message on any required tag. 6.0 TRAINING All employees shall be informed as to the meaning of the various tags used throughout the workplace and what special precautions are necessary. Additional training information is provided in Volume IV, Training Program, of this manual. 7.0
REFERENCES
Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1910.23 Guarding Floor and Wall Openings and Holes. Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1910.144 Safety Color Code for Marking Physical Hazards. Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1910.145 Specifications for Accident Prevention Signs and Tags. Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1926.200 Accident Prevention Signs and Tags. Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1926.202 Barricades. Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1926.500, Guardrails, Handrails, and Covers. Fed-OSHA. 2000. 29 CFR 1926.501 Duty to Have Fall Protection Fed-OSHA 2000. 29 CFR 1926.502 Fal! Protection System Criteria and Practices. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. 1998. Safety and Health Requirements Manual, EM-385-1-1. 8.0 ATTACHMENTS 1. Accident Prevention Signs and Color Coding
! I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-12 APPROVAL
EFFECTWE DATE
i PAGE 1 OF 10 REVISION NO.
0
Denise L. Daggett, MS, CIH 11/30/01 TITLE REMOVAL OF UNDERGROUND AND ABOVEGROUND TANKS AND PIPE SYSTEMS
1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidelines to ensure the safety and health of personnel during and after the removal of underground storage tanks (USTs). 2.0
SCOPE
This procedure applies to all AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (AEE) employees and subcontractors during the removal of all petroleum, oil, lubricant (POL), and fuel underground tanks. It is to be used in conjunction with all facility procedures covering the removal of USTs. Refer to other applicable standard operating procedures (SOPs), such as S-1, Confined Space Entry, S-6, Excavation, Trenching, and Shoring, and S-11, Signs, Signals, and Barricades. 3.0
DEFINITIONS
Bonding - The joining of metallic parts to form an electrically conductive path; usually accomplished using a copper wire with clamps. To be effective, both parts of the link must be metal and must not be blocked by a nonconductive material such as paint. Plastic products are unacceptable. Concentrat on - The amount of a given substance in a stated unit of measurement. Ground - An object that connects a potential electrical current (piece of equipment) to earth or some conducting body that serves in place of earth. Ionization Potential (IP)- The minimum voltage yielding energy sufficient to remove the first electron from a gaseous atom. lPs are expressed as e~ectronvolts (eV) and are used as a guideline for the selection of photoionization detector lamps used in some direct-reading instruments (DRIs). Gases with IPs higher than the IP of the detector lamp will not be detected. Lower Explosive Limit (LEL) - The lower limit of explosivity or flammability of a gas or vapor at ordinary ambient temperatures expressed in percent of the gas or vapor in air by volume. Purging - The removal of flammable vapors from the atmosphere of a storage tank by inerting, ventilating, or displacing the tank atmosphere. Underground Storage Tank (UST) - Any tank that has at least 10 percent of its volume underground, including underground piping connected to the tank.
! i I I i I I i i I I I I I I I I I i
arnec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-12
4.0
RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1
FIELD MANAGER
! P*GE 2 OF 10
The Field Manager (FM) is responsible for ensuring that each employee under FM supervision understands his/her responsibilities. The FM/CS is also responsible for approving recommendations regarding the method for removing the tank and for ensuring compliance with this procedure. 4.2
SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR
The Site Health and Safety Coordinator (SHSC) is responsible for implementation of the requirements outlined in the site-specific Health and Safety Plan (HSP) and performing air monitoring of the tank atmosphere. 4.3
PROJECT MANAGER
The Project Manager (PM) is responsible for ensuring that this procedure is implemented in the field. 4.4 SUBCONTRACTOR The subcontractor is responsible for ensuring that its employees are trained in this procedure and the proper use and inspection of equipment during this procedure. 5.0 5,1
PROCEDURE PRELIMINARY ACTIVITIES
The removal of USTs may be within the scope of 29 CFR 1910.120/1926.65Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response (HAZWOPER). Therefore, a site-specific HSP must be developed in accordance with the HAZWOPER standard prior to starting work on-site. For tank contents that are considered hazardous, a site-specific HSP for general field work is required by policy discussed in Volume II, Comprehensive Field Project Health & Safety Program, of this manual. Material safety data sheets (MSDSs) must be obtained regarding the tank contents and reviewed with site personnel and contractors. 5.1.1
Equipment Inspections
Heavy equipment that will be used on-site will be inspected and certified as being in acceptable condition with a Machir~ery and Mechanized Equipment Certification form (Attachment 1). Appropriate daily inspection checklists, such as a Daily Drill Rig Checklist (Attachment 2) or a Crane Inspection Checklist (Attachment 3) will be completed.
i i I i I I II I I I I I I I I I I
ameC
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-12
5.1.2
PAGE 3 OF 10
Monitoring Instruments
The following instruments must be on-site: explosimeter and oxygen (02) meter, hydrogen sulfide (H2S) detector, and carbon monoxide (CO) detector organic vapor monitor (photoionizing or flame ionizing detector) Before measurements are taken each day, all instruments shall be calibrated according to the manufacturers’ instructions. Data shall be recorded in calibration logs or in the site log. The concentration, IP, or LEL of the gases used to calibrate the instruments must closely resemble those of the hazard being tested. The person who operates the instruments must be familiar with their operation and interpreting the readings, as required for AEE SHSCs. 5.2
TANK PREPARATION 1. Drain product piping into the tank, being careful to avoid any spillage. Cap or remove product piping. Remove liquids and residues from the tank by using explosion-proof or air-driven pumps. Pump motors and suction hoses must be bonded to the tank or grounded to prevent ignition/explosion due to static electricity. It may be necessary to use a hand pump to remove the last few inches of liquid from the bottom of the tank.
NOTE:
The Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) 42 U.S,C. Section 6901, et seq., places restrictions on disposal of certain residues that may be present in some USTs, Exposure to residues from tanks that have held leaded gasoline should be avoided. Lead compounds and other residues in the tank may be classified as hazardous wastes.
Excavate to the top of tank. Do not remove vent line prior to excavation. Check for explosive gases before and during excavation, adhering to monitoring instrument operation instructions and HSP action levels. Review SOP S-6, Excavation, Trenching, and Shoring, for additional precautions. In addition, check O:~LEL readings before excavating. Remove the fill pipe, gauge pipe, vapor recovery truck connection, submersible pumps, and other tank fixtures. Remove the drop tube, unless it is planned to "vapor-free" the tank by using an eductor. Cap or remove all nonproduct lines, such as vapor recovery lines, except the vent line. The vent line must remain connected until the tank is purged. Temporarily plug all other tank openings so that all vapors will exit through the vent line during the vapor-freeing process. To safely relieve potential tank pressure, remove every other bolt of the first blind or manway cover attached. Then slowly loosen the other bolts. Use nonsparking tools.
I I I I l I I I I I I I I I I I
amec3"
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-12
PAGE 4 OF 10
5.3 PURGING Remove flammable vapors by one of the methods described below, or as required by local codes. These methods temporarily vapor-free the tank atmosphere; however, recognize that the tank may continue to be a source of flammable vapors even after following the vapor-freeing methods. Always exercise caution when handling or working around tanks that have stored flammable or combustible liquids. Before initiating work in the tank area or on the tank, use an explosimeter (LEL/O;) to assess vapor concentrations in the tank and work area. All work must be done in accordance with Section 5.4, Atmospheric Testing. Vent all vapors from the tank at a minimum height of 12 feet above grade and 3 feet above any adjacent roof lines until the tank is purged of flammable vapors. The work area must be free from sources of ignition (operating vehicles and equipment, open flames, etc.). 5.3.1 Inerting Flammable and combustible vapors may be purged with an inert gas such as carbon dioxide (CO2) or nitrogen (N2). This method should not be used if the tank is to be entered for any reason, because it removes oxygen from the tank atmosphere. A vent separate from the fill hole must be provided to allow vapor exhaust, introduce the inert gas through a single tank opening near the bottom of the tank at the end of the tank opposite the vent. Inert gases must be introduced under low pressure to avoid generating static electricity. When using CO2 or N~, pressures in the tank must not exceed 5 pounds per square inch gauge (psig). CAUTION: The process of introducing compressed gases into the tank may create a potential ignition hazard because of the development of static electrical charges. The discharging device must therefore be grounded. Explosions have resulted from discharging COz fire extinguishers into tanks containing a flammable vapor-air mixture. Do not use CO2 extinguishers for inerting flammable atmospheres.
5.3.2 Displacement If it is not feasible to use the method described in Section 5.3.1, the vapors in the tank may be displaced by adding solid CO2 (dry ice) to the tank in the amount of at feast 1.5 pounds per 100 gal/ons of tank capacity. The dry ice should be crushed and distributed evenly over the greatest possible area in the tank to promote rapid evaporation. As the dry ice vaporizes, flammable vapors will flow out of the tank and may surround the area. If possible, plug all tank openings, except the vent, after introducing the dry ice and continue to observe all normal safety precautions regarding flammable or combustible vapors. Make sure that all of the dry ice has evaporated before beginning the next stage of work. CAUTION: The use of dry ice or inert gases may deplete the 02 level in the excavation; therefore, 02 readings must be taken while purging. Handle dry ice with well-insutated leather or cotton gloves to protect the hands from frostbite, in accordance with the site-specific HSP.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-12
I PAGE 5
OF
10
5.3.3 Exhausting/Ventilating Flammable vapors may be exhausted from the tank by one of the two methods listed below: NOTE:
Exhausting tank vapors as described below should be performed only if the tank cannot be inerted with dry ice or inert gas.
Ventilation can be performed using an eductor-type air mover usually driven by compressed air. The eductor-type air mover must be properly bonded to prevent the accumulation of static electricity. When using this method, the eductor should be placed in a top manway with a flexible fill (drop) tube attached to the eductor that extends to near the tank bottom. The heavy vapors are drawn from near the bottom through the tube and eductor and are discharged upward. The shell manway is left on and the lighter air enters the tank through the top manway or vent. The fill (drop) tube must remain in place to ensure ventilation at the bottom of the tank. Tanks equipped with fill (drop) tubes that are not removable should be purged by this method. An eductor extension shall be used to discharge vapors a minimum of 12 feet above grade and at least 3 feet above any adjacent roof line. A separate vent must be provided to allow fresh air to enter the tank. Attachment 4 provides an illustration of the eductor method. No work shall be permitted on top of the tank while vapors are being educted. Any electrical equipment used in or near the tank (such as fans or blowers) must be suitable for flammable atmospheres. Ventilation can also be accomplished with a diffused air blower. When using this method, the air-diffusing pipe must be properly bonded to prevent the discharge of static electricity. Fill (drop) tubes must be removed to allow proper diffusion of the air in the tank. Air should be supplied by a compressor that has been checked to ensure the air is clean (free from volatile vapors). In this case, a separate vent must be present to allow air to escape the tank. Air pressure in the tank must not exceed 5 psig Attachment 5 provides an illustration of the diffusion method. Any electrical equipment used in or near the tank (such as fans or blowers) must be suitable for flammable atmospheres. 5,4
ATMOSPHERIC TESTING
The tank atmosphere and the excavation and surrounding areas are to be regularly tested for flammable or combustible vapor concentrations until the tank is removed from both the excavation and the site. Such tests are to be made with a combustible gas indicator that has been calibrated and maintained according to AEE policy and the manufacturer’s instructions. The excavation and surrounding area may also be monitored for CO, H2S, and other organic vapors during removal and subsequent activities. The sequence of evaluation of tank atmosphere shall be oxygen, flammability, and then toxicity. Review the project HSP for details on the monitoring required for the tank being removed. To test the tank vapor space, place the combustible gas indicator probe into the fill opening with the drop tube removed. Liquid product must not enter the instrument probe. Readings should be taken at the bottom, middle, and upper portions of the tank. Clear the instrument after each reading. If the tank is
I
I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-12
PAGE 6 OF 10
equipped with a nonremovable fill tube, take the readings through another opening. Readings of 10 percent or less of the LEL must be obtained before the tank is considered safe for removal from the ground. Tanks must be first monitored for O~ The O2 levels must be below 5 percent for removal to proceed. Be aware that low levels of O2 can result from displacement or inerting meth3ds of purging flammable vapors. If 02 readings are too low, then LEL readings are not reliable. Always use an O2indicator to assess the concentration of 02 in the tank atmosphere. Use the O2reading as the basis for operational decisions. 5.5 REMOVAL
After the tank has been freed of vapors and before it is removed from the excavated area, plug or cap all but one of the accessible holes. One port must have a 1/8-inch vent hole to prevent the tank from being subjected to excessive differential pressure caused by temperature changes. The tank must always be positioned with this vent plug on top of the tank during subsequent transport and storage. Excavate around the tank to uncover it for removal, and monitor for flammable vapors that may be the result of contamination of backfill. Because the stability and integrity of tanks is uncertain, never place heavy equipment on top of the tank. Remove the tank from the excavated area and set it on a level surface. Cranes or hoists used to remove the tank and appurtenances must be operated by trained persons in accordance with applicable OSHA standards. Use wood blocks to prevent the tank from moving (chocking) until it is trucked away from the site. Use screwed (boiler) plugs to close any corrosion holes in the tank shell. Refer to SOP S-6, Excavation, Trenching, and Shoring, for excavation procedures. 3. Before conducting any additional work on the tank, take precautions to ensure that no more than 0 to 5% LEL of any vapors are left in the tank. If %LEL readings are detected, the tank must be purged again. 4. Before removing the tank from the site, check the tank atmosphere with a combustible gas indicator to ensure that the gas level does not exceed 10 percent of the LEL and 02 does not exceed 5 percent. 5.6 CLEANING
Before the tank can be removed from the site or disposed of, it must be cleaned. The cleaning process will depend on the contents and coatings of the tank and the requirements of the scope of work. The FM and SHSO will determine the requirements for tank cleaning based upon actual conditions and the response scenarios outlined in the work fie~d plan and the site-specific HSP. Entry into tanks will be considered confined space entry and must follow SOP S-1, Confined Space Entry. When securing the tank on a truck for transport to the storage or disposal site, ensure that the 1/8-inch vent hole is located at the uppermost point on the tank. Tanks must be transported in accordance with all applicable local, state, and federal laws and regulations.
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No,
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
S-12
PAGE 7 OF 10
5.7 LABELING Tanks must be labeled after removing them from the ground and before transporting them from the site. Regardless of the condition of the tank, the label must warn against specific types of reuse. The former contents and present vapor state of each tank, including vapor-freeing treatment and data, must also be indicated (Attachment 6). Lettering on the label must be legible and at least 2inches high. Tanks that have held leaded motor fuels (or whose service history is unknown) must also be clearly labeled. 5.8
HOISTING AND RIGGING
Backhoes or excavators used to hoist tanks must have a manufacturer’s approved lifting lug and load radius/capacity chart showing the equipment is capable of performing the lift. Proof of passing the performance test must be submitted to the SHSC prior to allowing the hoist on-site. Visual inspections by crane/hoist operators must be performed prior to shift. Wire ropes must also be visually inspected. The approximate weight of the tank and remaining contents (sludges, liquids, solids) must be known prior to lifting. 5.9
CUTTING OF TANKS AND APPURTENANCES
The following procedures apply to cutting of tanks (USTs and aboveground storage tanks) and tank appurtenances. Tank cutting should be avoided when possible. The only time cutting should proceed is when tanks requiring transport cannot be transported any other way or if cutting is required by the contract scope of work. Tank cutting must be approved by the regional Safety, Health, and Environment Manager (regional SHE Manager) and the Corporate Safety, Health, and Environment Director. If tank cutting is conducted, cutting the ends of the tank will not be allowed. Tanks must be supported from rolling before activities are commenced. Hot Work Permits must be obtained should hot cutting be utilized. Always try to plan tank cutting using other than hot methods. Nonsparking tools are preferred over hot methods. In any case, cutting shall only be performed after monitoring for oxygen, LEL, and any other known or suspected contaminant and after all valve covers, manway covers, etc., are opened and interconnecting pipes are disconnected. NOTE:
Tanks that previously held flammable or combustible liquids should be monitored prior to removal, after removal, preceding any activities conducted on the tank, periodically during tank-required activities, and prior to transport.
The following methods for cutting tanks or tank appurtenances should be selected based on the priority of selections indicated but should only proceed after ensuring the tank is vapor free. First Priority Selection (Options): a. Cutting method that utilizes ice pellets to perform cutting b. Nonsparking blades approved for metal cutting utilizing wet methods to perform cutting
i I I I I
I I I I
s.o.P. No. S-12
i
PAGE 8 OF 10
c. Hydraulic shears Second Priority Selection (Options): a. High-pressure water jet (effective method but will result in large quantities of water)
b. Reciprocating saw (e.g., Sawzall) using cutting blades only (i.e., nongrinding) with water or other appropriate method to cool the blade during cutting I NOTE: As with other methods, it is essential to periodically conduct monitoring to ensure the tank is vapor-free.
Third Priority Selection: Use torch cutting only if above methods are not feasible (this method shall be reviewed and approved by the PM and regional SHE Manager). I NOTE: Abrasive saws or blades must not be used for cutting tanks or tank appurtenances.
Hot cutting methods should be preceded by triple rinsing of the tank, and only after monitoring indicates cutting can proceed. Refer to the SOP S-8, Hot Work Permit in Volume VI of the Corporate SHE Manual.
I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
A Hot Work Permit must be issued and posted at the site. Responsibility for issuing Hot Work Permits should be established at the project kick-off meeting or prior to the kick-off meeting. A trained Fire Watch needs to be assigned and remain at the site until 30minutes after completion of hot work. At the minimum, an adequately sized ABC fire extinguisher as well as a water hose with continuous water supply should be available at the site. Ensure the water hose is long enough to reach all areas of the tank and is equipped with a shut-off nozzle that will deliver a fine spray pattern. NOTE:
The number preceding the B rating on the fire extinguisher UL label must equal or exceed the total square feet of product remaining in the tank.
FoLlow all purging and monitoring requirements stated in this SOP and in the site-specific HSP. For tanks that are transported off-site intact, all openings must be capped or plugged while in transit. Provide a 1/8-inch vent hole at the top of the tank to allow tank breathing.
I I I I I I I I i I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No, S-12
PAGE 9 Or 10
6.0 TRAINING All personnel involved in storage tank removal of hazardous wastes must be trained in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.120/1926.65, Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response, and any applicable state requirements. All personnel must review the MSDSs and must be trained in the chemical hazards of removing the tank, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1200 or 29 CFR 1926.59, Hazard Communicahbn. Persons operating cranes, hoists, or other heavy equipment, or powered, industrial trucks must be appropriately trained. All employees will be trained to operate a fire extinguisher and in cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR), first aid, and emergency response, in accordance with their job function. 7.0
REFERENCES
American Petroleum Institute. 1987. Removal and Disposal of Used Underground Petroleum Storage Tanks, American Petroleum Institute Recommended Practice 1604, Second edition. December. American Petroleum Institute. 1985. Cleaning Petroleum Storage Tanks, Publication 2015, Third edition. September. Fed-OSHA. 29CFR 1910.120 and 29CFR 1965.65, Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response. Fed-OSHA. 29 CFR 1910.1200 and 29 CFR 1926.59, Hazard Communication. 8.0
ATTACHMENTS
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Machinery and Mechanized Equipment Certification Form Daily Drill Rig Checklist Crane Inspection Checklist Eductor-type Air Mover Diffused Air Blower Tank Labeling
I ! I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-12
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
PAGE 10 OF 10
I ! I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P, No. APPROVAL
S-13
EFFECTIVE DATE
Denise L. Daggett, MS, CIH TITLE
PAGE 1 OF 16 REVISION NO.
0
6/30/01
MOBILE AND STATIONARY MECHANIZED EQUIPMEN
1.0
SCOPE AND APPLICABILITY
l.’t
REQUIREMENTS
Mobile mechanized equipment requirements contained and referenced in this standard operating procedure (SOP) are applicable to all equipment propelled or drawn by mechanical power except rail equipment, passenger cars, station wagons, carryalls, trucks under 10,000 pounds, trailers under 3,000 pounds gross meeting DOT (Department of Transportation) design standards, snowmobiles, motorcycles, three wheelers, all-terrain machines, and similar equipment. 2.0
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
2.1
PROJECT MANAGER OR SITE FIELD MANAGER
The Project Manager or Site Field Manager is responsible for ensuring that supervisors, drivers, operators, and subcontractors are aware of the appropriate way to inspect and operate mobile and stationary mechanized equipment and to enforce this SOP. 2.2
SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR (SHSC)
The SHSC is responsible for implementing and enforcing this procedure during all project operations and activities. The SHSC or other qualified person shall witness brake performance testing and receive, review, and file the inspection forms. The SHSC shall followup and document that corrective action has been taken to ensure that mobile and stationary mechanized equipment is maintained and operate safely. 2.3 MECHANIC The mechanic may also witness the brake performance testing as designee of the SHSC. The mechanic reviews the completed inspection forms and schedule or completes any necessary repair or preventative maintenance to ensure safe operation of mobile and stationary mechanized equipment. The mechanic shall inform the SHSC of the scheduled repairs and completed corrective actions. 2.4
EQUIPMENT DRIVER OR OPERATOR
All equipment drivers and operators shall be qualified to operate the rr~bile and stationary mechanized equipment to which they are assigned. All divers and operators must be informed about the content of this SOP by the SHSC or another qualified person. Safe usage and limitations of the equipment must be clearly understood. Brake performance tests for mobile equipment and daily shift inspections must be performed and documented by the driver or by other qualified person. Daily inspections shall be kept on file at each site.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arne¢
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-13
3.0
I
PAGE 2 OF
18
OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
3.1 OPERATORS Mobile equipment shall be operated only by authorized employees who are qualified to operate the assigned piece of equipment. Operators shall receive the instruction and training required from the foreman or the site superintendent, meet physical requirements, and meet licensing requirements of the DOT for on-highway operations. They shall comply with applicable operating instructions, limitations, and regulatory requirements contained in this SOP; the OE&C Health and Safety Program and plans; and those posted on the project site. Failure to comply with these operating and regulatory requirements shal~ be grounds for dismissal. Furthermore, operators shall not place or continue in service any equipment found to be unsafe. 3.2
PARKING, STOPPING, STANDING
No equipment shall be stopped, parked, or left standing on any road, ramp, accessway, or other location in a manner that endangers personnel or property. Equipment shall not be left unattended unless the brakes are securely set, gears are engaged, and all hydraulic or cable raised components are lowered to a supporting surface or are otherwise protected against accidental movement. Equipment parked on a hill or grade shall have the wheels chocked or turned towards the curb. Transmix trucks, lubrication trucks, fuel trucks, and similar-type equipment using primary enginepowered auxiliary equipment and/or exterior controls are not considered to be unattended when: a. The operator is outside the cab but within arms length of the unit or is in contact withauxiliary equipment or controls. b. The primary units’ brakes and gearing arrangements designed for safe use of auxiliary attachments and/or exterior controls are in proper position. c. The primary unit is equipped with an automatic lockout device that prohibits operation of auxiliary’attachments and/or exterior controls until brake and gear arrangements are in the proper position. Diesel-powered earthmoving equipment being refueled or cooled down in a secured area or under visual observation of the operator or a mechanic, with brakes set or wheels chocked and hydraulic or cable raised components lowered to a supporting sur[ace, are not considered to be unattended. 3.3 SPEEDS Equipment shall not be operated at speeds greater than are reasonable and safe considering weather conditions, traffic, road conditions, type and condition of equipment, etc. The operator must have the equipment under control at all times and be able to stop within the clear-sight distance. 3.4
GEARS ENGAGED
No vehicle shall be operated on a downgrade with gears in neutral or with clutch disengaged.
I I I ! I I I I ! I I I I I I I i I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. $-13
3.5 TOWING Employees shall not be permitted between a towed and towing vehicle except when hooking or unhooking when the vehicles are stopped. 3.6
UNATTENDED AT NIGHT
Equipment left unattended at night on or near roadways or in areas where work is in progress shall have lights, reflectors, or lighted or reflective barricades to identify the location of the equipment. 3.7 UNAUTHORIZED RIDING
Unauthorized personnel shall be prohibited from riding in or upon mobile equipment. 3.8 SECURING LOADS The load on every piece of mobile equipment shall be properly distributed, chocked, tied down, or otherwise secured. Tools and material transported in the same compartment as personnel shall be secured to prevent movement. 3.9
SEATS AND SEATBELTS
Except for standup operation, no operator or passenger shall ride upon or in equipment unless seated with installed seatbelt fastened. 3.10
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
Mobile mechanized equipment shall be equipped with fire extinguishers or a fire suppression system. 4.0 4.1
INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS INITIAL
Prior to conducting required onsite brake performance tests, mobile equipment shall be inspected by a qualified person to ensure it is in safe condition and meets original manufacturer’s specifications and these standards. The inspections shall be conducted at the site in the presence of the SHSC or other qualified person and recorded on the Brake Performance Test Record form illustrated in Attachment 1. All forms shall be signed by the SHSC, mechanic, or other qualified person. Nonconforming equipment shall be repaired and reinspected prior to being placed into service and/or brake tested. Equipment exempted from brake tests shall be inspected by the SHSC or other qualified person prior to onsite use. Nonconforming equipment shall be repaired and reinspected. A record of the inspection(s) shall be available for review. 4.2 PERIODIC Equipment in service shall be inspected by the responsible driver/operator at the beginning of each shift and recorded on the Shift Inspection Checklist (Attachment 2). The inspected unit shall not be placed into service unless the following applicable equipment and accessories are in safe operating condition: service brake, emergency brake, parking brake, windows, tires, warning devices, steering mechanism, operating
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
amec S.O.P. No. S-13 I PAGE 4 OF 18
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
controls, wipers, defrosters, coupling devices, and other critical components. Daily inspection checklists shall be submitted to the mechanic and SHSC for review and corrective action(s). Agriculture, industrial, and crawler equipment shall be inspected by the operator at the beginning of each shift and recorded on the Agriculture, Industrial, and Crawler Type Equipment Performance Inspection form, Attachment 3. This completed form shall be submitted to the mechanic and SHSC for review and appropriate corrective action. All equipment inspections shall be updated yearly or when equipment arrives at a new job site. 5.0
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
5.t
REMOVAL FROM SERVICE
Equipment shall be removed from service whenever an unsafe condition is detected. It shall not be placed back in service until repaired. 5.2
REPAIR SHUTDOWN
Equipment shall be shut down while repairs or adjustments are being made unless operation is essential to making the adjustments or repairs. 5,3 REFUELING
Vehicles or equipment using gasoline, liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), or other flammable or combustible liquid fuels shall be shut down during refueling. Diesel equipment is excepted when fueled in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 5.4
TIRE REPAIR
A safety tire rack, cage, or equivalent protection shall be provided and used when inflating, mounting, or dismounting tires installed on split rims. Welding or applying any heat source on rims is prohibited unless the tire has been removed. 5.5
BLOCKING
Equipment or parts thereof suspended or held aloft by cables, hydraulic cylinders, slings, ropes, hoists, or jacks shall be blocked or cribbed or lowered to a supporting surface prior to permitting employees to work in, under, or between them. 5.6
BRAKE REPAIR
A vacuum with a high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter shall be used to clean asbestos-lined brake assemblies. Compressed air shall not be used for this purpose.
I I I I I I i I I I I I I I I I I I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O,P. No.
S-13
PAGE 5 OF 18
6.0 TESTING Operational tests, required by the manufacturer’s maintenance and operational manuals accompanying the machine, shall be conducted at recommended intervals. Test results shall be appropriately logged and available. In addition, onsite brake tests for specific equipment are set forth in this SOP. 7.0 ROADS 7.1
REQUIREMENTS
All roads, including haul roads, on the project site shall be designed in accordance with the requirements contained in this section. No mobile equipment shall be moved upon any road, accessway, or grades . unless the roadway widths, grades, and curves are constructed to safely accommodate the movement of the vehicle or equipment at the speeds proposed by the employer. 7.2 GRADES Maximum allowable haul road grades shall be determined on a case-by-case basis. Guidelines shall be: a. Manufacturer’s recommended maximum grade for the equipment b. The maximum grade on which the machine loaded to the manufacturer’s specified gross weight can be safely stopped and held c. Acceptable machine gear range and ground speed for safely descending and stopping on the ramp, determined by field testing or provided by the manufacturer A Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) is developed in accordance with the OE&C Health and Safety Program Manual. 7.3 CURVES All curves shall have open sight lines and as great a radius as practical. 7.4
EMBANKMENT PROTECTION
When a difference in road or working level exists, berms, curbs, or barricades shall be constructed to prevent the vehicles or equipment from overrunning the edge or the end of the embankment. When possible, berms or curbs shall be constructed to one-half the diameter of the tires of the largest piece of equipment using the roadway. 7.5 DRAINAGE Roadways shall be constructed with a slight crown and ditches provided to facilitate drainage. 7.6
POSTING SPEED LIMITS
All roads, including haul roads, shall be posted with maximum speed limits. Vehicle speeds shall be limited on curves to those that permit the vehicle to be stopped within one-half the minimum sight distance.
I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O,P. No.
7.7
S-13
[ PAGE 6 OF 18
SINGLE-LANE HAUL ROADS
Single-lane haul roads with two-way traffic shall be provided with adequate turnouts. When turnouts are not practical, a traffic control system shall be provided to prevent accidents. All employees must be advised of the traffic control system and operating restrictions. 7.8
TWO-WAY HAUL ROADS
Whenever possible, a right-hand traffic pattern shall be used on two-way haul roads. Signs and traffic control devices shall be installed to safely control travel when a right-hand traffic pattern is not feasible. 7.9
TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
As applicable to the project, OE&C may install traffic control devices, including signal lights, signs, barricades, and/or flagpersons, necessary to ensure the safe movement of traffic. 7.10
ROAD MAINTENANCE
All roadways, including haul roads, shall be routinely maintained in safe condition, including the elimination or control of dust, ice, and similar hazards. Whenever dust conditions exist, adequate dust control equipment shall be available on the job site and shall be used to control the dust hazard. 8.0
ON-HIGHWAY TYPE EQUIPMENT
8.1
REQUIREMENTS
On-highway trucks over 10,000 pounds gross vehicle weight (GVVV), truck-tractor/trailer combinations, transmix trucks, dump trucks and buses, man-haul vehicles, self-propelled and rubber-tired truck cranes and excavators, and all other similar on-highway types of equipment shall meet applicable requirements of subsections 1.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0, this subsection, and applicable DOT requirements contained in Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations 49 CFR 390-399. 8.2 LIGHTS All equipment or combination of equipment shall have lighting systems meeting DOT requirements, but never less than the following: two headlights (one on each side), one red taillight on each side, one red stoplight on each side, directional signal lights on each side both front and rear. 8.3
CABS, MIRRORS, WARNING DEVICES
All equipment shall have cabs with shatter-resistant glazing in all windows, heaters, defrosters, windshield wipers, rearview mirrors, an audible warning device activated by a control on the steering column, and an automatic reverse signal alarm when operating close to personnel on foot or in congested equipment areas.
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
S-13
PAGE: 7 OF 18
8,4 TOWING
Towing devices used on any combination of vehicles shall be structurally adequate for the load imposed as well as securely and properly mounted. A locking device shall be provided on fifth-wheel and tow bar systems that prevent accidental separation of the units. Safety chains shall be provided for towed units up to 3,000 pounds GVW and automatic breakaway stopping systems for towed units over 3,000 pounds GVW. 8.5
DUMP TRUCKS AND END-DUMP TRAILERS
Dump trucks and end-dump trailers of all descriptions shall be equipped with the following safety devices: Trip handles. Trip handles or dump body operating levers that control hoisting or dumping shall be equipped with a latch or similar device that prevents accidental starting or tripping of mechanism. The trip handle shall be located so the operator remains clear of the load or dumping device. b. Hold n,q device. A manually operated strut shall be permanently attached to the truck body for use in preventing accidentat lowering of the dump body or bed during inspection and/or maintenance operations. Cab protection. Trucks loaded or unloaded by means of crane, power shovels, loaders, or similar equipment shall have a cab shield and/or a protective steel canopy adequate to protect the operator from falling or shifting material. When such protection is not ir~stalled, the operator shall leave the cab during loading or unloading operations. 8.6 FILL OPENINGS Fill hatches on water tank trucks or trailers shall be guarded by either reducing the size of the opening to a maximum of 8 inches in diameter, or by attaching a heavy metal grill over the opening. 8.7
FENDERS AND MUDFLAPS
A)) equipment with maximum speed exceeding 15 miles per hour shall be equipped with fenders or equivalent protective structures. Haul trucks on highways or public roads shall be equipped with rearwheel splash and stone-throw protection (mudflaps) conforming with SAE J682. All trucks traveling on highways or public roads shall meet mudflap requirements. 8.8
ACCESS REQUIREMENTS
Any person entering or exiting the cab or requiring access to other work located on the equipment shall be afforded sufficient steps and handholds and/or deck plates to allow the user to have at least three limbs in contact with the equipment at any time. 8.9
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
Trucks and combinations of vehicles operated on public roads, and all buses, man-haul vehicles, and vehicles carrying flammables, explosives, or hazardous materials shall be equipped with at least the
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
S-13
PAGE 8 OF 18
emergency equipment described in subparagraphs "a" and "b." All mobile machines shall be equipped with fire extinguishers meeting requirements of subparagraph "b." a. Fla,qs and reflectors. One red flag not less than 12 inches square or three reflective markers are to be used in event of emergency stops. b. Fire extin,quishers. One 2-A:40-B:C dry chemical extinguisher is to be installed. When transporting flammable or explosive cargo, at least two 2-A:40-B:C dry chemical or other acceptable fire extinguishers shall be available. 8.10
SEATBELTS
Seatbelts and anchorages meeting 49 CFR 393.93-Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations, "Seats, Seatbelt Assemblies and Seatbelt Assembly Anchorages," shall be installed in all equipment for the operator and all passengers. Seatbelt use is mandatory for operator and all passengers when the equipment is in motion. 8.11
BRAKING SYSTEMS
All on-highway types of equipment shall have braking systems as described below. a. A bus, truck, truck-tractor, combination of vehicles, or similar type of equipment referenced in Section 8.1 shall have the following braking systems that conform to these and 49 CFR 393.4-Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations, "Required Brake Systems." 1. A service brake system. 2. A parking brake system. An emergency brake system (equipment manufactured prior to July 1967 and trucks under 10,000 pounds GVW are exempted from the emergency brake system requirement if the system was unavailable from the manufacturer at date of manufacture, is presently unavailable from the manufacturer, and was not required by the standard in force at time of manufacture). b. Self-propelled and truck cranes and excavators, mounted on rubber-tired chassis or frames, manufactured after July 1967, shall be equipped with a service braking system, secondary stopping (brake) system, and parking brake system. All systems shall conform to SAE Jl152 "Braking Performance--Rubber-tired Construction Machines" or DOT Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations 393.40 as applicable. 8.12
BRAKE PERFORMANCE TEST
The contractor shall, after satisfactorily completing initial inspection requirements of Section 4.0, equipment shall be subjected to an onsite brake performance test prior to initial onsite use, annually thereafter, and after repair or maintenance of braking systems. (Equipment owned/leased and operated by suppliers and engaged in limited operation on the project is exempted from brake performance test and inspection requirements.)
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-13
I ! I I i I I I I ! I I I I I I
PAGE 9 OF 18
Onsite brake performance tests shall be conducted in the presence of the SHSC or other qualified person on each piece of equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s prescribed method for brake performance testing if: a. The procedure is in writing. b. The procedure provides a method to verify the operation of the service, emergency and parking brake systems. c. The procedure is, in the manufacturer’s opinion, adequate to verify that the braking systems meet the applicable SAE standard requirements. In lieu of an acceptable manufacturer-approved brake performance test procedure, onsite brake performance tests shall be conducted in the presence of the SHSC or other qualified person on each piece of equipment in accordance with this procedure. Test results shall be recorded on the Brake Performance Test Record form (Attachment 1), which shall be signed by the SHSC, mechanic, or other qualified person and maintained in the equipment file. Equipment failing the test shall not be placed into service until repaired and retested. 9.0
CRAWLER EQUIPMENT
9.1
REQUIREMENTS
Crawler equipment and operations shall meet requirements of this subsection and applicable requirements of Sections 1.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, and 7.0 9.2
ROLLOVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES (ROPS)
ROPS shall be installed on all crawler tractors and crawler loaders except side boom crawler tractors when equipped with seatbelts and the boom and counterweights are installed. The ROPS shall conform to requirements of the latest edition of SAE J1040, "Performance Criteria for Rollover Protective Structures (ROPS) for Construction, Earthmoving, Forestry, and Mining Machines." 9.3
FALLING OBJECTS PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES (FOPS)
Crawler tractors and loaders used in operations that expose the operator to falling objects shall be equipped with protective structures meeting criteria contained in SAE J231, "Minimum Performance Criteria for Falling Object Protective Structures (FOPS)." Crawler equipment protective structures providing equal protection shall meet these requirements. 9.4
CERTIFICATION OF PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES
Certification that protective structures (ROPS and FOPS) meet required design criteria must be available for review prior to equipment use. Acceptable methods of certification are:
a. Manufacturer or professional engineer’s written confirmation that the structures meet required design criteria
I I I I I I I I I I ! I I I I ! ! I
i
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE s.o.P. No. S-13
PAGE 10 OF 18
b. Permanent labels conforming to SAE Jl164, "Labeling of ROPS and FOPS," permanently attached to the structure 9.5
MODIFICATION OR REPAIR OF PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES
Modification or repair of protective structures (ROPS and FOPS) without manufacturer or professional engineer’s written approval shall void certifications. The mobile equipment on which the decertified protective structure(s) is installed shall be removed from service until the modified or repaired protective structure is recertified or replaced. Damaged protective structures shall be removed from service until recertified. 9.6
BRAKING SYSTEMS
Crawler equipment shall have service and parking brake systems adequate to stop and hold the machine on all working surfaces. Crawler tractors and loaders manufactured after June 1982 shall conform to requirements of SAE J 1026, "Braking Performance --In-Service Crawler Tractors and Crawler Loaders." 9.7
ACCESSORIES
All crawler equipment shall be equipped with the following accessories:
Li~hts. Machines operated at night or when vision is obscured shall be equipped with two symmetrically mounted lights or floodlamps that illuminate the forward working area and one light or floodlamp of equal intensity for illuminating the rear working area. Furthermore, one bucket lamp shall be provided on all shovels and excavators. b. Warning Devices. An automatic backup alarm shall be installed on all bidirectional equipment that has obstructed vision to the rear. The alarm shall be functional when the equipment is working close to foot traffic or congested equipment areas.. 9.8
ACCESS SYSTEMS
Personnel entering, leaving, or working in/on operator cabs/stations or inspection or service platforms shall be provided steps, stairways, ladders, walkways, platforms, handholds, guardrails, and entrance openings in accordance with SAE J185, "Access Systems for Off-Road Machines." Such systems shall provide for the person to achieve three points of support at all times. 9.9 SEATBELTS Seatbelts shall be installed on all equipment protected by rollover protective structures or as required elsewhere in these standards. Seatbelts for all construction machines defined in SAE Jl116, "Categories of Off-Road Self-Propelled Work Machines," shall meet the design and installation standards set forth in SAE J386, "Seat Belts for Construction Machines." Where seatbelts are installed, their use is mandatory. 9.10
EQUIPMENT CABS
Equipment cabs shall meet applicable requirements of Section 10.8.
I I I I I I I I I I ! I I I i I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
10.0
S-13
PAGE 11 OF 18
OFF-HIGHWAY WHEELED CONSTRUCTION MACHINES
10.t REQUIREMENTS Off-highway wheeled construction machines, including loaders and tractors, scrapers, dumpers, graders, rollers and compactors of mass greater than 5,952 pounds, water wagons, and similar-type equipment, shall conform with this section and applicable provision of Sections 1.0 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, and 7.0. Mobile, self-propelled cranes shall conform to applicable provisions of Section 8.0. 10.2
ROLLOVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES (ROPS)
All equipment described in Section 10.1 shall be equipped with rollover protective structures meeting the requirements of Section 9.2. 10.3
FALLING OBJECTS PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES (FOPS)
AlL equipment described in paragraph 10.1 shall be equipped with FOPS meeting the requirements of Section 9.3 when used in machine loading operations or other operations that expose the operator to failing objects. 10.4 CERTIFICATION OF PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES Protective structures (ROPS and FOPS) shall be certified by the methods described in Section 9.4. 10.5 MODIFICATION OR REPAIR OF PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES Modification and repair of protective structures (R©PS and FOPS) shall conform with requirements and restrictions set forth in Section 9.5. 10.6 ACCESS SYSTEMS
Machine access systems shallconform to criteria contained and referencedin Section 9.8. 10.7 SEATBELTS Seatbelts shall be installed on equipment described in Section 10.1 and installations shall conform with requirements of Section 9.9 or other standards providing equal protection. Where seatbelts are installed, their use is mandatory. 10.8
ACCESSORIES
~. All equipment described in Section 10.1 shall have lights and markings conforming to SAE J1029, "Lighting and Marking of Construction and Industrial Machinery," when working at night or with poor visibility. Equipment used on public roads or in public areas shall be equipped for highway operation. Slow-moving vehicles, such as motor graders, end loaders, agricultural and industrial equipment operating on public roads, in borrow or fill areas, shall also be equipped with a rotating amber light or equivalent that is visible in all directions.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
arnec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S,O.P. No.
S-13
PAGE 12 OF 18
Cabs,mirrors, warning device. Machine cabs shall be equipped with shatter-resistant glazing in all windows, heaters, defrosters, windshield wipers, and door restraints. Bidirectional machines shall be provided with rearview mirrors or use of engineering controls, when necessary. Machines provided with windshields but no cab shall be equipped with windshield wipers. c. Audible Alarms. All mobile equipment shall be equipped with a horn distinguishable from the surrounding noise level and an automatic backup alarm. The backup abrm shall be functional whenever the equipment is working close to foot traffic or congested equipment areas. d. Tires. Tires shall be replaced when the tread wear reaches the first ply of the cord, unless alternative replacement criteria are recommended by the tire manufacturer. 10.9
SCISSOR POINTS
Scissor points on articulating machines or loaders constituting a hazard to personnel shall be guarded or marked with signage of possible danger. 10.10 SAFETY DEVICES Dumpers shall have applicable safety devices required by Section 8.5a and b. 10.11 FILL OPENINGS Fill hatches on water tank trucks or trailers shall be guarded by either reducing the size of the opening to a maximum of 8 inches in diameter, or by attaching a heavy metal grill to span the opening. 10.12 BRAKING SYSTEMS All equipment described in Section 10.1 shall, regardless of age, be equipped with an operable, service brake system, emergency stopping (brake) system, and parking brake system. The braking systems shall conform with the criteria contained in SAE Jl152, "Rubber-tired Construction Machines." Units manufactured prior to 1980 may conform to the SAE Standard under which they were manufactured, if the standard requires (1) a service brake system, an emergency brake system, and a parking brake system, and (2) that failure of any one system or component shall not reduce the effectiveness of the machine’s stopping capability below the emergency stopping performance of the manufacturer. 10.13 BRAKE PERFORMANCE TEST OE&C shall, after satisfactorily completing initial inspection requirements of Section 4.0, conduct onsite brake performance tests on all equipment described in paragraph 10.1 prior to initial use, annually thereafter, and when directed to do so by the SHSC. a. Onsite brake performance tests shall be conducted in the presence of the SHSC or other qualified person on each piece of equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s prescribed method for brake performance testing if: 1. The procedure is in writing.
arnec ’
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-13
I I !
2. The procedure provides a method to veriflj the operation of the service, emergency and parking brake systems. 3. The procedure is, in the manufacturer’s opinion, adequate to verify that the braking systems would meet the applicable SAE standard requirements. b. in lieu of an acceptable manufacturer’s approved brake performance test procedure, onsite brake performance tests shall be conducted in accordance with the following procedures:
! I
! I I I I I I I I I
PAGE 13 OF 18
1.
In the presence of the SHSC or the mechanic, each required braking system (service, emergency, parking) sha~l be individually tested in accordance with criteria set forth on the form entitled, "Brake Performance Test Record" (Attachment 3).
2.
Each test result shall be recorded on the form and the form signed by the SHSC, mechanic, or other qualified person.
3.
Equipment failing the test shall not be placed into service until corrective measures have been taken and retest confirms compliance with requirements.
11.0
AGRICULTURE AND INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT
11.1
REQUIREMENT
Agriculture wheeled tractors and industrial equipment including tractors, loaders, backhoe loaders, trenchers, and similar types of equipment shall conform with this subsection and applicable provisions of Sections 1.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, and 7.0. 11.2
ROLLOVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES (ROPS)
Agriculture wheeled tractors shall be equipped with ROPS meeting the requirements of SAE Jl194, "Rollover Protective Structures (ROPS) for Wheeled Agriculture Tractors." Industrial-type equipment, described above, shall have ROPS meeting the requirements of SAE J1042, "Operator Protection for Industrial Equipment." 11.3
FALLING OBJECT PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES (FOPS)
Equipment described above shall be equipped with FOPS when operating conditions subject the operator to falling material. Agricultural wheeled tractor structures shall conform to requirements of SAE J167, "Overhead Protection for Agricultural Tractors." Industrial-type equipment structures shall conform to requirements of J 1042, "Operator Protection for hdustrial Equipment." 11.4
CERTIFICATION OF PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES
Protective structures (ROPS and FOPS) shall be certified by the methods described in Section 9.4.
I I I I I I
I I
S.O.P. No.
11.5
I I
I I
S-13
I PAGE 14 OF 18
MODIFICATION OR REPAIR OF PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES
Modification and repair of protective structures (ROPS and FOPS) shall conform to requirements and restrictions set forth and referenced in Section 9,5. 11.6 ACCESS SYSTEMS Machine access systems shall conform to criteria contained and referenced in Section 9.8. 11.7 SEATBELTS Seatbelts shall be installed on agriculture wheeled tractors and installations shall conform with SAE J1194, "Rollover Protective Structures (ROPS) for Wheeled Agricultural Tractors." Seatbelts shall be installed on all industrial-type equipment described in Section 11.1. Installations sha~l conform with SAE J1042, "Operator Protection for Industrial Equipment." Where seatbelts are installed, their use is mandatory. 11.8
ACCESSORIES
~. Agricultural wheeled tractor lighting and markings shall conform with SAE J137, "Lighting and Marking of Agriculture Equipment on Highways," and applicable requirements of Section 10.8. Industrial-type equipment described in Section 11.1 shall conform with applicable requirements of Section 10.8.
I I I
I I
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
b. Cabs, Mirrors. Equipment described in Section 11.1 shall conform with applicable requirements of Section 10.8. c. Audible Alarms. All equipment described in Section 11.1 shall be equipped with a horn distinguishable from surrounding noise levels. The horn-activating device shall be accessible to the operator when seated at the machine controls. 11.9
BRAKING SYSTEMS
All equipment described in Section 11.1 shall have service and parking braking systems that can stop and hold the equipment on any working surface. 12.0
MAN-HAUL VEHICLES AND BUSES
12.1
REQUIREMENT
In addition to applicable requirements set forth in Sections 1.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0 and 7.0, man-haul vehicles and buses shall conform to this section and applicable provisions of Section 8.0. 12.2
TYPE OF EQUIPMENT
Only fully enclosed vehicles with seats for operators and passengers shall be used to transport employees.
I I I I I I I I I ! I I I I i I I i
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-13
12.3
PAGE 1,5 OF 18
OPERATOR QUALIFICATIONS
Operators of man-haul vehicles and buses shall be 21 years of age or older and have in their possession valid State operator’s permits or licenses for the type of vehicle being operated. The operator must have passed a physical examination within the past year showing him/her physically qualified to operate the vehicle safely on public roads or highways. Operators of man-haul vehicles and buses confined to job site property (not public roads or highways) shall be capable of operating the equipment and sufficiently trained. 12.4 STARTING Vehicles transporting personnel shall not be moved until the operator has checked that all persons are seated and the required doors are closed. 12.5
TOOLS AND MATERIALS
Tools and materials shall be placed in containers or secured when transported in vehicles carrying personnel. 13.0
INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS
13.1
REQUIREMENT
All industrial trucks shall meet the requirements for design, construction, stability, inspection, testing, maintenance, and operation as set forth in ANSI/ASME B56.1, "Low Lift and High Lift Trucks;" ANSI/ASME B56.6, "Rough Terrain Forklift Trucks;" and 29 CFR 1910.178 as applicable. High lift rider trucks shall be equipped with overhead guards as described in ANSI B56.1. 13.2
LIFT TRUCKS AND STACKERS
Lift trucks, stackers, etc., shall have capacity plates posted on the equipment in the operator’s view. When removable counterweights are used, the corresponding rated capacities shall not be exceeded by the operator. No modifications or additions affecting the capacity or safe operation of the equipment shall be made without the manufacturer’s written approval and the capacity plates correspondingly revised. 13.3
MULTIPLE LIFTING
When a load is lifted by two or more trucks working in unison, the proportion of the total load being lifted by any one truck shall not exceed its capacity. 13.4
STEERING KNOBS
Steering or spinner knobs shall not be attached to the steering wheel unless the steering mechanism is of a type that prevents road reactions from causing the steering wheel to spin. The knob shall be mounted within the periphery of the wheel.
! I I I I I ! I I I I I I i I ! I i
arnec~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-13
14.0
OTHER MECHANIZED CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT STANDARDS
14.1
REQUIREMENT
PAGE 16 OF 18
In addition tc specific requirements set forth elsewhere in this SOP, the requirements set forth in this section shall apply to all stationary mechanized equipment and drives. 14.2 GUARDING Belts, 9ears, shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, drums, fly-wheels, chains, or other reciprocating, rotating, or moving parts of equipment shall be guarded or isolated so they do not endanger persons or property. Guarding shall comply with the standards set forth in the current edition of ANSI B15.1, "Safety Standard for Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus." 14.3
WORKING PLATFORMS
Equipment shall be provided with adequately designed working platforms, guardrails, and accessories providing a safe footing for operating and maintenance personnel. Access ladders must be secured and extended at least 3 feet above an elevated work platform. 14.4
FUEL TANKS
Fuel tanks shall be located in a manner that does not permit spills or overflows to contact theengine, exhaust, or electrical parts. 14.5
REMOVAL OF GUARDS
Guards and safety devices shall not be removed or rendered ineffective except for necessary repairs or maintenance and then only after the power has been shut off. The guards and safety devices shall be replaced and made operable prior to restarting the equipment. 14.6 HOT SURFACES Hot surfaces of equipment, including exhaust pipes, steam pipes, etc., shall be either isolated, guarded, or insulated to prevent contact by persons. 14.7
EXHAUST FUMES
Exhaust or discharges from equipment shall be confined or controlled so they do not endanger employees or obstruct the operator’s view. 14.8
ROCK CRUSHERS
Rock crushers and similar equipment shall be designed to prevent flying chips or rocks from injuring persons in the vicinity.
amec
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No. S-13
I I I I ! I I I I I I I i
14.9
PAGE 17 OF 18
VIBRATING AND ROCKER SCREENS
Vibrating or rocker screens shall be equipped with sides and baffles to prevent rock from falling from the screen. Where materials are being processed dry, adequate engineer controls shall be installed to limit fugitive dust. 14.10 TAGGING AND LOCKING Power-driven equipment shall be installed with provision for locking out the controls or switches while under repair. The Control of Hazardous Energy Sources (LockoutiTagout SOP, S-2,)shall be followed by the person(s) performing the repair work. This type of equipment shall be both locked out and tagged out during repair. For electrically driven equipment repair, a certified electrician or qualified electrical technician shall complete the work in accordance with OSHA Construction Regulations, 29 CFR 1926 Subpart K, Electrical. 14.11 CERTIFICATION The design for all major facilities and equipment built for OE&C for the company’s use, such as conveyors, materials handling systems, hoists, personnet hoists, manskips, concrete forming support systems for major structures, and similar equipment, shall be certified as structurally suitable for the use intended. This certification shall be made in writing by the manufacturer or a registered professional engineer competent in these fields and shall be completed prior to erection or use of such facilities and equipment on the job site. 15.0
REFERENCES
United States Department of Interior, Bureau of Reclamation, 1993, Reclamation Safety and Health Standards, Section 19, Mobile and Stationary Mechanized Equipment. 16.0
ATTACHMENTS
1. Brake Performance Test Record 2. Shift Inspection Checklist 3. Agricultural, Industrial, and Crawler Type Equipment Performance Inspection
I I I I I I i i ! I I I I I I I !
amec.~
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE S.O.P. No.
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
S-13
PAGE 18 OF 18
